Manual_TQ4xx_installation-en.pdf - Meggitt Sensing Systems

Meggitt SA, Route de Moncor 4, Case postale, 1701 Fribourg, Switzerland Tel: +41 26 407 1111Fax: +41 26 407 1660

[email protected]/energy

www.meggitt.com

INSTALLATION MANUALTitle page

Proximity measurement systems usingTQ4xx proximity sensors

with IQS45x signal conditioners

This document contains importantinformation about products thatare intended for use in potentiallyexplosive atmospheres.Ex

Document reference MAPROX400/EEdition 19 – January 2022

http://www.meggittsensing.com/energy

http://www.meggitt.com

Document reference MAPROX400/E INSTALLATION MANUALEdition 19 - January 2022 Proximity measurement systems using TQ4xx proximity sensors

ii

REVISION RECORD SHEET

Edition Dateof issue

Written by / modified by Description Signature

1 26 Jun. 1995 R. Meyer Original edition RM

2 09 Apr. 1997 R. Meyer Page 5-21: Cabling diagram modified (−24 V on GSI123) RM

3 15 Jul. 1997 R. Meyer / ew Section 2.2 and Appendix A: All data sheets revised RM

4 03 Aug. 1999 R. Meyer / jlbCable layout diagrams modified to better show grounding technique (Figs 5-17, 5-18, 5-19).Removed references to TQ407 and TQ417.

RM

5 02 Jul. 2004 R. Meyer General revision. Updated “Ex” information according to directive 94/9/CE. RM

6 09 Mar. 2007 D. Evans Major revision. Substantial restructuring and updating throughout the document. DE

7 10 May 2007 D. Evans PZ drawings updated. Incorrect in Edition 6. Disclaimer updated. DE

8 16 April 2008 D. Evans Certification updated, electrical drawings updated DE

9 05 Feb. 2009 S. Trono Transducer mounting torques added.Certifications and electrical drawings updated. ST

10 25 Jan. 2011 P. Ward

Electrical drawings updated. Ex certificate updated for the IQS4xx/TQ4xx.Updated in accordance with the latest Meggitt brand guidelines.

PW

11 11.05.2012 P. Ward

Updated to reflect proximity measuring system improvements, including Ex certificate updates and the IP172 interconnection protection.Initial gap information moved to separate section. Reintroduced a separate maintenance section.

PW

12 19.03.2013 P. Ward

Updated wiring diagrams (Figure 7-1 and Figure 7-2) to correct a wiring error between the GSV14x and its external power supply. Ex certificate updated for the GSV14x.

PW

13 24.07.2013 P. Ward

Added the GSI127 galvanic separation unit (5 Installing galvanic separation units) and updated the mechanical diagrams (1 Introduction to TQ4xx-based proximity measurement chains) and the electrical diagrams (7 Electrical connections). Updated the Ex certificates.

PW

14 06.03.2014 P. Ward

Clarified the permitted installation areas for the GSI123, GSI124 and GSI127.Updated 7 Electrical connections: updated the electrical diagrams in Figure 7-1, Figure 7-2 and Figure 7-3.Also updated Appendix B: ATEX certifications: updated PTB 01 ATEX 1061 U, removed TÜV 03 ATEX 2153 X, and added PTB 98 ATEX 3101 U.

PW


iii

15 12.09.2014 P. Ward

Added a note to 5.3 Replacing a GSI124 galvanic separation unit with a GSI127, clarifying that cable lengths might have to be adjusted.Clarified the assembly of self-locking miniature coaxial connectors in 3.3 Installing an integral or extension cable.Updated Appendix B: ATEX certifications: updated PTB 01 ATEX 1061 U, LCIE 11 ATEX 1010 X, LCIE 11 ATEX 3091 X and LCIE 05 ATEX 6033 X.Updated Appendix C: cCSAus certifications: added 70001999 and updated 1699234.Updated Appendix D: IECEx certifications: updated IECEx LCI 11.0061X and IECEx LCI 11.0063X.

PW

16 01.06.2015 P. Ward

Clarified how to correctly hand-tighten the self-locking miniature coaxial connectors (3.3 Installing an integral or extension cable and 3.4.1.4 Joining the two parts of the IP172 interconnection protection).Updated Appendix B: ATEX certifications: updated PTB 98 ATEX 3101 U, added Presafe 14 ATEX 5378 U, LCIE 03 ATEX 0033 U, PTB 02 ATEX 1126 X, PTB 11 ATEX 1007 X, SIRA 10 ATEX 1224 X and SIRA 10 ATEX 1225 X.Updated Appendix D: IECEx certifications: added IECEx PTB 08.0003U, IECEx PTB 08.0005U, IECEx PRE 14.0042U, IECEx PTB 11.0019X, IECEx SEV 12.0001, IECEx SEV 12.0002, IECEx SIR 07.0009X and IECEx SIR 07.0010X.Added additional safety information toEquipment installed in potentially explosive atmospheres on page xii.

PW

17 29.10.2018 Peter Ward

Changed all Vibro-Meter® product names to not use spaces in order to be consistent with the latest product naming convention.Added a statement that Meggitt SA product certifications and warranties are valid only for products purchased directly from Meggitt SA or an authorised distributor (see IMPORTANT NOTICES).Added important safety-related information (see Replacement parts and accessories).Removed most ABA15x industrial housing information (as no longer available – replaced by ABA17x industrial housings).Removed most GSI124 galvanic separation unit and GSV14x power supply and safety barrier unit information (as no longer available – replaced by the GSI127 galvanic separation unit).Further clarified how to correctly hand-tighten the self-locking miniature coaxial connectors (3.3 Installing an integral or extension cable and 3.4.1.4 Joining the two parts of the IP172 interconnection protection).Updated 5 Installing galvanic separation units to clarify that a GS127 should be installed vertically but can be installed right-side-up or upside-down (inverted) (see 5.2.1 Mounting procedure).Updated 7 Electrical connections: updated the electrical diagrams in Figure 7-1, Figure 7-2 and Figure 7-3.Added information on cleaning a TQ4xx-based vibration measurement chain (see 8.3 Cleaning).…

PW



INSTALLATION MANUAL Document reference MAPROX400/EProximity measurement systems using TQ4xx proximity sensors Edition 19 - January 2022iv

17(cont.) 29.10.2018 Peter Ward

…Added end-of-life product disposal information (see 9 End-of-life product disposal).Updated the Energy product return procedure and form to be consistent with the Meggitt Vibro-Meter website (see 10 Service and support).Updated Appendix B: ATEX certifications:Added BVS 15 ATEX E 112 U (ABA17x).Removed LCIE 05 ATEX 6033 X (GSI124).Updated LCIE 13 ATEX 3037 X (GSI127).Removed TÜV-A 03 ATEX 0018 X (GSV14x).Removed PTB 02 ATEX 1125 and PTB 02 ATEX 1126 X (cable stuffing glands).Added LCIE 02 ATEX 0038 U, PTB 98 ATEX 3130, SEV 15 ATEX 0151 and SEV 15 ATEX 0152 X (cable stuffing glands).Updated Appendix C: cCSAus certifications:Removed cCSAus 1699234 (GSI124).Updated cCSAus 70001999 (GSI127).Updated Appendix D: IECEx certifications:Added IECEx BVS 16.0026U (ABA17x).Updated IECEx LCI 11.0061X (EA4xx, IQS4xx and TQ4xx).Removed IECEx LCI 06.0010X (GSI124).Updated IECEx LCIE 13.0026X (GSI127).Updated IECEx PTB 11.0019X and IECEx SIR 07.0009X (cable stuffing glands).Removed IECEx SEV 12.0001 and IECEx SEV 12.0002 (cable stuffing glands).Added IECEx LCI 10.0009U, IECEx PTB 03.0000, IECEx SEV 15.0018 and IECEx SEV 15.0019 X (cable stuffing glands).Removed old Appendix D: NEPSI certifications:Removed NEPSI GYJ12.1451X (GSI124).Added new Appendix E: KGS certifications:Added KGS 15-GA4BO-0664X (EA4xx, IQS4xx and TQ4xx).Added KGS 17-GA4BO-0325X (GSI127).Added Appendix G: EAЭC RU certifications:Added TC RU C-CH.MШ06.B.00134 (ABA160, EA4xx, GSI12x, IQS4xx, JB11x, PA150, PA151 and TQ4xx).…

PW

18 25.11.2019 Peter Ward Updated to use the latest Meggitt brand identity. PW




v

19 04.02.2022 Peter Ward

In 3.3 Installing an integral or extension cable, added Figure 3-3 to show a correctly tightened connection between the coaxial cable from the sensor / measurement chain to the input of the IQS900 signal conditioner (using self-locking miniature coaxial connectors).Changed 2.1.2.1 Influence of the target material to refer to Figure 6-3 (rather than the product data sheets).Updated the Energy product return procedure and form to be consistent with the Meggitt vibro-meter® Energy website (see 10 Service and support).Added Appendix A: Tightening torque values for cable fittings to clarify the torque values required for the proper assembly of cable fittings / stuffing glands.Updated Appendix B: ATEX certifications:Added ITS 16 ATEX 101335 X and ITS 16 ATEX 101336 X (cable fittings / stuffing glands).Updated SEV 15 ATEX 0151 and SEV 15 ATEX 0152 X (cable fittings / stuffing glands).Removed SIRA 10 ATEX 1224 X and SIRA 10 ATEX 1225 X (cable fittings / stuffing glands).Updated Appendix D: IECEx certifications:Added IECEx ITS 16.0011X and IECEx ITS 16.0012X (cable fittings / stuffing glands).Updated IECEx BVS 16.0026U (ABA17x), and IECEx PTB 11.0019X, IECEx SEV 15.0018 and IECEx SEV 15.0019X (cable fittings / stuffing glands).Removed IECEx SIR 07.0009X and IECEx SIR 07.0010X (cable fittings / stuffing glands).Added Appendix F: UK certifications:Added CML 21 UKEX 4542 X (GSI127).Updated Appendix G: EAЭC RU certifications:Added EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.02998/21 (ABA17x), EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.03008/21 (GSI127), EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.03003/21 (EA4xx, IQS4xx and TQ4xx) and EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.03022/21 (PA151).Removed TC RU C-CH.MLLI06.B.00134 (ABA160, EA4xx, GSI12x, IQS4xx, JB11x, PA150, PA151 and TQ4xx).Added new Appendix H: PESO certifications:Added PESO A/P/HQ/WB/104/5575 (P447944) for EA4xx, IQS4xx and TQ4xx.

Updated to use the latest Meggitt vibro-meter® brand identity and for consistency with other manuals.

PW



INSTALLATION MANUAL Document reference MAPROX400/EProximity measurement systems using TQ4xx proximity sensors Edition 19 - January 2022vi

Department Name Date Signature

Technical contentapproved by

ATEX Manager Pascal Kornatko 28.01.2022 PK

Engineering (Electronics) Hans-Peter Aeby 04.02.2022 HPA

Product Line Management Frédéric Micco 04.02.2022 FM

Document released by Technical Publications Peter Ward 04.02.2022 PW

The duly signed master copy of this page is stored by the Technical publications department of Meggitt SAand can be obtained by writing to Technical publications.


vii

Important notices

IMPORTANT NOTICES

All statements, technical information, and recommendations in this document which relate to the products supplied by Meggitt vibro-meter® (Meggitt SA) are based on information believed to be reliable, but unless otherwise

expressly agreed in writing with Meggitt SA the accuracy or completeness of such data is not guaranteed. Before using this product, you must evaluate it and determine if it is suitable for your intended application. You should also

check our website at www.meggittsensing.com/energy for any updates to data sheets, Ex certificates, product drawings, user manuals, service bulletins and/or other instructions affecting the product.

Unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing with Meggitt SA, you assume all risks and liability associated with use of the product. Meggitt SA takes no responsibility for any statements related to the product which are not contained

in a current English language Meggitt SA publication, nor for any statements contained in extracts, summaries, translations or any other documents not authored and produced by Meggitt SA.

The certifications and warranties applicable to the products supplied by Meggitt SA are valid only for new products purchased directly from Meggitt SA or from an authorised distributor of Meggitt SA.Meggitt SA reserves the right to alter any part of this publication without prior notice.

EXPORT CONTROL

The information contained in this document may be subject to export control regulations of the European Community, USA or other countries. Each recipient of this document is responsible for ensuring that the transfer or use of any information contained in this document complies with all relevant export control regulations. ECN N/A.

COPYRIGHT

Copyright© 2009-2022 Meggitt SA

All rights reserved.

Published and printed by Meggitt SA in Fribourg, Switzerland.

The names of actual companies and products mentioned herein may be the trademarks of their respective owners.

The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice. This information shall not be used, duplicated or disclosed, in whole or in part, without the express written permission of Meggitt SA (Meggitt vibro-meter®).



INSTALLATION MANUAL Document reference MAPROX400/EProximity measurement systems using TQ4xx proximity sensors Edition 19 - January 2022viii

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK


ix

About this manualPREFACE

PREFACE

About this manualThis manual describes how to install proximity measurement systems using TQ4xx proximitysensors (transducers) with IQS45x signal conditioners, from Meggitt’s vibro-meter® productline.This manual also describes the general use of these systems.

About Meggitt and vibro-meter®

Meggitt PLC is a global engineering group, headquartered in the UK, specialising in thedesign and manufacture of high-performance components and systems for aerospace andenergy markets.The Meggitt facility in Fribourg, Switzerland, operates as the legal entity Meggitt SA (formerlyVibro-Meter SA). vibro-meter® is a product line of Meggitt that applies our core sensing andmonitoring technologies to power generation, oil & gas and other industrial markets.Meggitt SA produces a wide range of vibration, dynamic pressure, proximity, air-gap andother sensors capable of operation in extreme environments, electronic monitoring andprotection systems, and innovative software for aerospace and land-based turbomachinery.

vibro-meter® products and solutions have been at the forefront of sensing and monitoring formore than 65 years and help keep machinery and equipment working safely, reliably andefficiently. This includes the TQ4xx-based proximity measurement systems produced for theMeggitt vibro-meter® product line.

To learn more about Meggitt Switzerland, our proud tradition of innovation and excellence,and our solutions for energy markets and applications, visit thewww.meggittsensing.com/energy website.

Who should use this manual?The manual is intended for use by qualified personnel, such as mechanical and electricalfitters, and operators of monitoring/control systems.

NOTE: Personnel involved in the installation, operation and maintenance ofMeggitt vibro-meter® equipment are assumed to have the necessary technicaltraining in electronics and/or mechanical engineering (professionalcertificate/diploma, or equivalent) to enable them to install, operate and/or maintainthe equipment correctly and safely.


INSTALLATION MANUAL Document reference MAPROX400/EProximity measurement systems using TQ4xx proximity sensors Edition 19 - January 2022x

Adhere to the instructions!PREFACE

Adhere to the instructions!The procedures described in this manual should be strictly adhered to in order to ensure thatTQ4xx proximity sensors (transducers) and their associated equipment are properly installed.This ensures that measurement signals are reliable and systems function as intended.The user should adhere to general safety procedures as well as general and specific machineconstructor guidelines and instructions.

Limitations of this documentNot all installation and connection possibilities are described in this manual. Nevertheless,several specific configurations are described in detail. These can often be adapted to specificapplications (contact your local Meggitt representative or Meggitt SA for further information).

Related documentationFurther information on products can be found in their corresponding data sheets, which areavailable from our website at www.meggittsensing.com/energy or can be obtained from yourlocal Meggitt representative.

NOTE: To ensure that the latest version of documentation is being used, visit the Meggittvibro-meter® Energy website at www.meggittsensing.com/energy and check forany updates. Alternatively, contact your local Meggitt representative.






xi

Symbols and styles used in this manualSAFETY

SAFETY

Symbols and styles used in this manualThe following symbols are used in this manual where appropriate:

NOTE: This is an example of the NOTE paragraph style. This draws the operator’sattention to complementary information or advice relating to the subject beingtreated.

Important remarks on safety

Every effort has been made to include specific safety-related procedures in this manual usingthe symbols described above. However, operating personnel are expected to follow allgenerally accepted safety procedures.

The WARNING safety symbolTHIS INTRODUCES DIRECTIVES, PROCEDURES OR PRECAUTIONARY MEASURES WHICHMUST BE EXECUTED OR FOLLOWED. FAILURE TO OBEY A WARNING MIGHT RESULT ININJURY TO THE OPERATOR AND/OR THIRD PARTIES, AND/OR RESULT IN DAMAGE TOEQUIPMENT.

The CAUTION safety symbolThis draws the operator's attention to information, directives or procedureswhich must be executed or followed. Failure to obey a caution can result indamage to equipment.

The ELECTROSTATIC SENSITIVE DEVICE symbolThis indicates that the device or system being handled can be damaged byelectrostatic discharges. See Handling precautions for electrostatic sensitive devices on page xiii forfurther information.

FAILURE TO FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS AND IMPLEMENT THE RECOMMENDATIONS INTHIS MANUAL MIGHT RESULT IN INJURY TO THE OPERATOR AND/OR THIRD PARTIES,AND/OR RESULT IN DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT AND WILL INVALIDATE ANY WARRANTY.

Read this manual carefully and observe the safety instructions beforeinstalling and using the equipment described.By doing this, you will be aware of the potential hazards and be able to worksafely, ensuring your own protection and also that of the equipment.

INSTALLATION MANUAL Document reference MAPROX400/EProximity measurement systems using TQ4xx proximity sensors Edition 19 - January 2022xii

Equipment installed in potentially explosive atmospheresSAFETY

All personnel who are liable to install, operate and/or maintain the equipment described in thismanual should be trained in the correct safety procedures.Meggitt does not accept any liability for injury or material damage caused by failure to obeyany safety-related instructions or due to any modification, transformation or repair carried outon the equipment without written permission from Meggitt SA. Any modification,transformation or repair carried out on the equipment without written permission fromMeggitt SA will invalidate any warranty.

Equipment installed in potentially explosive atmospheres THIS MANUAL COVERS EQUIPMENT THAT CAN BE USED IN POTENTIALLY EXPLOSIVEATMOSPHERES (HAZARDOUS AREAS), AS WELL AS EQUIPMENT THAT IS SUITABLE FORORDINARY APPLICATIONS (NON-EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES) ONLY.TO ENSURE THAT THE EQUIPMENT CAN BE USED SAFELY IN POTENTIALLY EXPLOSIVEATMOSPHERES (EX ZONES), IT IS ESSENTIAL TO:• VERIFY THAT IT HAS THE SPECIAL MARKING DESCRIBED IN THE EX CERTIFICATES

FOR THE PRODUCT.• ADHERE TO THE CRITERIA DEFINED IN THE SAME EX CERTIFICATES.AN “X” OR A “U” PLACED AFTER AN EX CERTIFICATE NUMBER INDICATES THAT THEEQUIPMENT IS SUBJECT TO SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR SAFE USE. THESE CONDITIONSARE DEFINED IN THE APPROPRIATE SECTIONS OF THE CORRESPONDINGEX CERTIFICATES.FOR FURTHER INFORMATION, SEE THE EX CERTIFICATES IN THE APPENDICES OF THISMANUAL. (THE EX CERTIFICATES ARE ALSO AVAILABLE FROM OUR WEBSITE ATWWW.MEGGITTSENSING.COM/ENERGY)IF A TQ4XX PROXIMITY TRANSDUCER WITH PROTECTION MODE “EX NA” IS LOCATED INAN EX ZONE 2 (HAZARDOUS AREA), THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION MUST PROVIDEPROTECTION AGAINST TRANSIENT DISTURBANCES GREATER THAN 119 V.AN IQS45X SIGNAL CONDITIONER WITH PROTECTION MODE “EX NA” OR A GSI127WITH PROTECTION MODE “EX NA” LOCATED IN AN EX ZONE 2 (HAZARDOUS AREA)MUST BE INSTALLED INSIDE AN ENCLOSURE WITH A PROTECTION RATING OF AT LEASTIP54 (OR EQUIVALENT), WITH DUE CONSIDERATION FOR THE MAXIMUM THERMALDISSIPATION STATED IN THE CORRESPONDING EX CERTIFICATES.SEE ALSO 8 MAINTENANCE.



xiii

General handling precautionsSAFETY

General handling precautions

Meggitt’s vibro-meter® proximity transducers are rugged devices which can withstand acertain amount of careless handling. Nevertheless, certain precautions should be taken.

• Do not drop the sensor onto a hard surface or subject it to violent shocks.• Protect the body/head of the sensor with plastic protective netting when it is being

handled, stored or transported. Remove this protection only when installing the sensoror when inspecting or testing it.

• Check for dents when inspecting the sensor as this is a sign that it could have suffereda physical shock by impact. This could have caused damage to components within thesensor.

• Do not excessively bend the sensor cable or associated cables. Adhere to the minimumbend radius quoted in the appropriate data sheet.

• When storing and using the equipment, adhere to the environmental specifications(temperature, humidity) quoted in the appropriate data sheet.

• See also the Handling precautions for electrostatic sensitive devices on page xiii.

Handling precautions for electrostatic sensitive devicesCertain devices used in electronic equipment can be damaged by electrostatic dischargesresulting from built-up static electricity. Because of this, special precautions must be taken tominimize or eliminate the possibility of these electrostatic discharges occurring.

• Before handling electronic circuits, discharge the static electricity from your body bytouching and momentarily holding a grounded metal object (such as a pipe or cabinet).

• Avoid the build-up of static electricity on your body by not wearing synthetic clothingmaterial, as these tend to generate and store static electric charges. Cotton or cottonblend materials are preferred because they do not store static electric charges.

• Do not handle electronic circuits unless it is absolutely necessary. Only hold modules bytheir front panel handles.

• Do not touch printed circuit boards, their connectors or their components with conductivedevices or with your hands.

• Put the electronic circuit, printed circuit board or module containing electroniccomponents into an antistatic protective bag immediately after removing it from thesystem rack.

Read the following recommendations carefully before handling TQ4xxproximity transducers.

Read the following recommendations carefully before handling electroniccircuits, printed circuit boards or modules containing electroniccomponents.

INSTALLATION MANUAL Document reference MAPROX400/EProximity measurement systems using TQ4xx proximity sensors Edition 19 - January 2022xiv

Replacement parts and accessoriesSAFETY

Replacement parts and accessories

For information on replacement parts and accessories:

• Visit the Meggitt vibro-meter® Energy website at www.meggittsensing.com/energy• Contact your local Meggitt representative.

Use only approved replacement parts and accessories.Do not connect with incompatible products or accessories.Only use replacement parts and accessories intended for use withTQ4xx-based proximity measurement systems that have been approved byMeggitt SA.Using incompatible replacement parts and accessories could bedangerous and may damage the equipment or result in injury.



xv

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TITLE PAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i

REVISION RECORD SHEET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii

IMPORTANT NOTICES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii

PREFACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix

SAFETY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi

TABLE OF CONTENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv

1 INTRODUCTION TO TQ4XX-BASED PROXIMITY MEASUREMENT CHAINS. . . . . . . 1-1

1.1 System description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11.2 Component descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

1.2.1 TQ4xx proximity transducers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-31.2.1.1 Integral cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

1.2.2 PA15x probe mounting adaptors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-31.2.3 SG1xx cable feedthroughs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-41.2.4 EA40x extension cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-41.2.5 IP172 interconnection protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-51.2.6 JB118 junction box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-51.2.7 IQS45x signal conditioner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-51.2.8 ABA17x industrial housings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-51.2.9 K209 and K210 cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-61.2.10 K309 and K310 cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-61.2.11 GSI127 galvanic separation unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-61.2.12 APF19x power supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-71.2.13 ASPS auxiliary sensor power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7

1.3 Mechanical diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7

INSTALLATION MANUAL Document reference MAPROX400/EProximity measurement systems using TQ4xx proximity sensors Edition 19 - January 2022xvi

2 INSTALLING PROXIMITY TRANSDUCERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

2.1 General considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12.1.1 Requirements for equipment used in potentially explosive atmospheres . 2-12.1.2 Factors influencing measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

2.1.2.1 Influence of the target material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22.1.2.2 Operating temperature range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22.1.2.3 Runout effects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

2.2 Mounting constraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32.2.1 Free space around the head of the proximity transducer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32.2.2 Distance between head of the proximity transducer and

mounting support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42.2.3 Distance between two proximity transducers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52.2.4 Distance between proximity transducer and shoulder

(radial measurement) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62.2.5 Distance between proximity transducer and shoulder

(axial measurement) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-72.2.6 Distance between proximity transducer and shaft end . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-82.2.7 Shaft diameter for a single proximity transducer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-92.2.8 Shaft diameter for two proximity transducers mounted at 90° . . . . . . . . . 2-10

2.3 Mounting a proximity transducer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-112.3.1 Mounting supports used inside the machine housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-112.3.2 Tightening torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-122.3.3 Probe adaptors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14

2.3.3.1 Mounting a PA150 probe adaptor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-142.3.3.2 Mounting PA151 and PA152 probe adaptors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-162.3.3.3 Mounting a PA153 probe adaptor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18

3 INSTALLING CABLES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

3.1 General precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13.1.1 Cables in potentially explosive atmospheres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13.1.2 Minimum bend radius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13.1.3 Total system length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23.1.4 Operating temperature range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23.1.5 Minimizing sources of electromagnetic interference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23.1.6 Cable conduits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23.1.7 Interconnection protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3


xvii

3.2 Cable feedthroughs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33.2.1 Mounting a cable feedthrough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33.2.2 Connecting cables to a cable feedthrough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

3.3 Installing an integral or extension cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43.4 Protecting the connection between integral and extension cables. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5

3.4.1 Installing IP172 interconnection protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63.4.1.1 Equipment required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63.4.1.2 Assembling the male IP172 interconnection protector on

a TQ4xx transducer’s integral cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73.4.1.3 Assembling the female IP172 interconnection protector on

an EA40x extension cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-93.4.1.4 Joining the two parts of the IP172 interconnection protection . 3-10

3.5 Installing transmission cables and connecting cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12

4 INSTALLING JUNCTION BOXES AND INDUSTRIAL HOUSINGS CONTAINING SIGNAL CONDITIONERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

4.1 General precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14.1.1 Junctions boxes in potentially explosive atmospheres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14.1.2 Industrial housings and signal conditioners in potentially

explosive atmospheres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14.1.3 Operating temperature range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

4.2 Installing a junction box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24.2.1 Mounting a JB118 junction box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

4.3 Installing an ABA15x industrial housing with an IQS45x signal conditioner . . . . . . 4-34.3.1 Mounting an ABA15x industrial housing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

5 INSTALLING GALVANIC SEPARATION UNITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

5.1 General precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15.1.1 Galvanic separation units in potentially explosive atmospheres . . . . . . . . 5-15.1.2 Operating temperature range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

5.2 Installing a GSI127 galvanic separation unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25.2.1 Mounting procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25.2.2 Removing and inserting the screw terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35.2.3 Connecting cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4

5.3 Replacing a GSI124 galvanic separation unit with a GSI127 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55.3.1 Uninstalling the GSI124 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55.3.2 Installing and connecting the GSI127. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7

INSTALLATION MANUAL Document reference MAPROX400/EProximity measurement systems using TQ4xx proximity sensors Edition 19 - January 2022xviii

5.4 Replacing a GSI123 galvanic separation unit with a GSI127 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75.4.1 Uninstalling the GSI123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75.4.2 Installing and connecting the GSI127 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9

5.5 Replacing a GSV14x power supply and safety barrier unit with a GSI127 . . . . . . 5-105.5.1 Uninstalling the GSV14x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-105.5.2 Installing and connecting the GSI127 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12

6 MEASURING AND ADJUSTING THE INITIAL GAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

6.1 Measurement and mechanical adjustment of the initial gap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16.2 Electrical adjustment of the initial gap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

6.2.1 Adjusting 2-wire current transmission systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56.2.2 Adjusting 3-wire voltage transmission systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

7 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

7.1 General precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17.2 General wiring diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

8 MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

8.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18.2 Requirements for equipment used in potentially explosive atmospheres . . . . . . . . 8-18.3 Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

9 END-OF-LIFE PRODUCT DISPOSAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1

10 SERVICE AND SUPPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1

10.1 Contacting us . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-110.2 Technical support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-110.3 Sales and repairs support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-110.4 Customer feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2

Energy product return form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4Energy customer feedback form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7


xix

A APPENDIX A: TIGHTENING TORQUE VALUES FOR CABLE FITTINGS . . . . . . . . . . A-1

B APPENDIX B: ATEX CERTIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1

C APPENDIX C: CCSAUS CERTIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1

D APPENDIX D: IECEx CERTIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-1

E APPENDIX E: KGS CERTIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-1

F APPENDIX F: UK CERTIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-1

G APPENDIX G: EAЭC RU CERTIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-1

H APPENDIX H: PESO CERTIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-1

INSTALLATION MANUAL Document reference MAPROX400/EProximity measurement systems using TQ4xx proximity sensors Edition 19 - January 2022xx



1 - 1

System descriptionINTRODUCTION TO TQ4XX-BASED PROXIMITY MEASUREMENT CHAINS

1 INTRODUCTION TO TQ4XX-BASED PROXIMITY MEASUREMENT CHAINS

1.1 System descriptionThis chapter provides an overview of proximity measurement chains using TQ4xx proximitytransducers, from Meggitt’s vibro-meter® product line.These proximity measurement systems use a non-contact measurement technique based onthe eddy current effect to measure the distance between a moving (vibrating) object and aproximity transducer. In order to achieve this, proximity transducers are generally mountedon non-vibrating surfaces. The proximity measurement system provides a signal that isdirectly proportional to the relative movement between the proximity transducer and thesurface of the target.The non-contact technique is particularly suitable for monitoring various types of rotatingmachinery, including:• The axial displacement of a machine shaft or rotor. This can be used to measure the

relative shaft expansion or the condition (degree of wear) of thrust bearings.This corresponds to a static measurement.

• The relative vibration of a machine shaft in a radial direction. These radial vibrations arecaused by shaft eccentricity, due to the presence of imbalance in the rotor or resonance.This corresponds to a dynamic measurement.

Figure 1-1 shows an electrical diagram of a typical proximity measurement system, in whichthe following elements are present:1) The target (that is, the object whose movement is to be measured)2) TQ4xx proximity transducer3) EA40x extension cable4) IQS45x signal conditioner.

The tip of the proximity transducer contains a coil that forms part of an oscillating circuit.When the coil is excited by a high-frequency signal provided by the IQS45x signalconditioner, a magnetic field is emitted by the coil. If an electrically conducting material ismoved into this field, the characteristics of the magnetic circuit change, causing the amplitudeof the high-frequency signal present in the coil to vary. This amplitude is proportional to thedistance between the tip of the transducer and the target.

Figure 1-1: Equivalent electrical diagram of a proximity measurement system

Target

TQ4xx proximity transducer

IQS45x signal conditioner

EA40x extension cable

Measuringcoil

OUT

COM

−24 VDC

INSTALLATION MANUAL Document reference MAPROX400/EProximity measurement systems using TQ4xx proximity sensors Edition 19 - January 20221 - 2

System descriptionINTRODUCTION TO TQ4XX-BASED PROXIMITY MEASUREMENT CHAINS

Examples of proximity measurement systems (with optional accessories) and references totheir associated wiring diagrams are summarised in Table 1-1.

Table 1-1: Examples of proximity measurement systems

Descriptions of the constituent components of proximity measurement systems are outlinedin 1.2 Component descriptions.Schematic mechanical diagrams of a range of possible proximity measurement systems areshown in 1.3 Mechanical diagrams.

Meggitt’s vibro-meter® proximity measurement systems are tuned systemsand the total length of the cable from the TQ4xx proximity transducer to theIQS45x signal conditioner is selected at the time of ordering. It is notpossible to mix and match individual components from other manufacturers.

Components Type

Proximity transducer with integral cable TQ4xx

Probe mounting adaptor PA15x * * *Cable feedthrough SG1xx * * *Extension cable EA40x * * *Flexible conduit (protection tube) KS107 * * *Interconnection protection IP172 * * *Junction box JB118 * * *Signal conditioner IQS45x

Industrial housing ABA17x * * *2-wire transmission cable (current) K2xx ** ** **3-wire transmission cable (voltage) K3xx ** ** **Galvanic separation unit GSI127 * * *

Power supply APF19x orASPS * * *

Mechanical diagram (see Figure x) Figures 1-2 and 1-3

Notes:*Optional.

**Either a K2xx or K3xx must be installed in the measurement chain.


1 - 3

Component descriptionsINTRODUCTION TO TQ4XX-BASED PROXIMITY MEASUREMENT CHAINS

1.2 Component descriptions

1.2.1 TQ4xx proximity transducersA range of TQ4xx proximity transducers are available. The transducers differ incharacteristics such as sensitivity, measurement range and limits, pressure capabilities,mounting (standard or reverse) and cabling requirements.

NOTE: Further information on a specific TQ4xx proximity transducer can be found in thecorresponding data sheet.

1.2.1.1 Integral cable

Every TQ4xx proximity transducer is equipped with an integral low-impedance coaxial cablewith FEP insulation, terminated by a miniature coaxial connector (male).

NOTE: TQ4xx’s with an ordering number starting with 111-4xx-000-012 use an AMP-typeminiature coaxial connector.TQ4xx’s with an ordering number starting with 111-4xx-000-013 use a self-lockingminiature coaxial connector.

The integral cable may require additional protection depending on the environment, such as:1- Stainless steel flexible protection tube (mechanical protection).2- Stainless steel flexible protection tube enclosed in a heat-shrinkable sleeve (mechanical

and electrical protection).3- Stainless steel flexible protection tube enclosed in an FEP sheath (mechanical and

electrical protection, with resistance to almost all chemicals and low permeability toliquids, gases and moisture).

4- Stainless steel flexible protection tube, double-wall spiral, electrically welded(mechanical protection and leak-tight).

5- KS107 flexible conduit with a protection rating of IP68 (mechanical protection andleak-tight).

1.2.2 PA15x probe mounting adaptorsWhen the layout of a machine does not allow a TQ4xx proximity transducer to be mountedinside the housing, a probe adaptor can be used to allow mounting through the machinehousing. A probe adaptor also allows the transducer-to-target distance to be adjusted and the

IF A TQ4XX PROXIMITY TRANSDUCER IS TO BE USED IN A POTENTIALLY EXPLOSIVEATMOSPHERE, READ AND OBSERVE THE IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION INEQUIPMENT INSTALLED IN POTENTIALLY EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES ON PAGE XII.

If a TQ4xx proximity transducer is to be used in a potentially explosiveatmosphere (hazardous area), then it is essential to use a version of theproximity measurement system that is intrinsically safe.Accordingly, all “sensor-side” components such as proximity transducers,signal conditioners, transmission cables, galvanic separation units, powersupplies and safety barrier units, junction boxes and probe adaptors areavailable in Ex versions.



proximity transducer to be replaced from outside the machine housing. In this way, themachine does not have to be stopped or disassembled during adjustment.

NOTE: Refer to a specific data sheet for the specifications of a probe mounting adaptor.

1.2.3 SG1xx cable feedthroughsWhen a TQ4xx proximity transducer is mounted inside the machine housing, the integralcable can be passed through the wall of the machine housing using a leak-tight SG1xx cablefeedthrough. To ensure a splash-proof feedthrough, SG10x cable feedthroughs use a doublecable stuffing gland to secure both a coaxial cable and a stainless-steel flexible protectivesheath, while SG164 cable feedthroughs use a Viton® seal. All SG1xx cable feedthroughshave a protection rating of IP68.

NOTE: Refer to a specific data sheet for the specifications of a cable feedthrough.

1.2.4 EA40x extension cablesAn EA40x extension cable is a low-impedance coaxial cable with FEP insulation. For someapplications, a TQ4xx proximity transducer can be delivered with an integral cable length of5 m or 10 m. In which case, no EA40x extension cable is necessary.

NOTE: Refer to a specific proximity measurement system data sheet for furtherinformation on the possible lengths of integral and extension cables.

Mechanical protection of the EA40x extension cable may be necessary, depending on theapplication. The protection available is similar to that for an integral cable(see 1.2.1.1 Integral cable), however, not all options may be available.EA40x extension cables have miniature coaxial connectors (female and male) in order toconnect between the integral cable of a transducer and an IQS45x signal conditioner.

NOTE: EA40x’s with an ordering number starting with 913-40x-000-012 use AMP-typeminiature coaxial connectors.EA40x’s with an ordering number starting with 913-40x-000-013 use self-lockingminiature coaxial connectors.

The connection between a TQ4xx proximity transducer’s integral cable and a EA40xextension cable can be mechanically protected and electrically isolated using:• The protective housing used by the PA151 and PA152 probe adaptors (if included in the

proximity measurement system)• IP172 interconnection protection• A JB118 junction box.The PA15x and JB118 housings have a protection rating of IP65 and are available inintrinsically safe (Ex) versions.

NOTE: It is essential that the connection between the integral cable and the extensioncable is electrically isolated.


1 - 5


1.2.5 IP172 interconnection protectionAn IP172 interconnection protector is a fluorosilicone rubber boot that provides mechanicaland electrical protection to the connection between an integral cable and an extension cable.These interconnection protectors are resistant to chemicals, fuels and solvents and can beretrofitted to any TQ4xx proximity measurement system.

1.2.6 JB118 junction boxA JB118 junction box provides a protection rating of IP65 to the connection between anintegral cable and an extension cable in measurement systems. These junction boxes aremade of polyester and are available with a range of cable stuffing glands for operation withcables of different diameters.

1.2.7 IQS45x signal conditioner

A TQ4xx proximity transducer operates in conjunction with an IQS45x signal conditioner. Thesignal conditioner transforms the signal from a proximity transducer into a current-modulatedor voltage-modulated signal.

NOTE: The choice of signal type (current-modulated or voltage-modulated) must be madeat the time of ordering.

NOTE: The installation of an IQS45x signal conditioner set for a current-modulated outputsignal, a current (2-wire) transmission cable and a GSI127 galvanic separationunit, allows transmission over longer distances than any other solution.

An IQS45x signal conditioner has a miniature coaxial connector (female) in order to connectto a TQ4xx proximity transducer’s integral cable or an EA40x extension cable.

NOTE: IQS45x’s with an ordering number starting with 204-450-000-001 use an AMP-typeminiature coaxial connector.IQS45x’s with an ordering number starting with 204-450-000-002 use a self-lockingminiature coaxial connector.

1.2.8 ABA17x industrial housingsAn ABA17x industrial housing can be used to enclose and protect IQS45x signalconditioners. The ABA17x industrial housings are available in different sizes to contain andprotect different numbers of signal conditioners. All ABA17x housings offer a protection ratingof IP66 and versions for use in a hazardous area (potentially explosive atmosphere) areavailable.An ABA17x contains one or more DIN rails and an IQS45x is mounted using an MA130mounting adaptor. The mounting adaptor is made from electrically insulating material to helpensure that earth loops are avoided.

IF AN IQS45X SIGNAL CONDITIONER IS TO BE USED IN A POTENTIALLY EXPLOSIVEATMOSPHERE, READ AND OBSERVE THE IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION INEQUIPMENT INSTALLED IN POTENTIALLY EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES ON PAGE XII.



1.2.9 K209 and K210 cablesA K209 or K210 cable is used as a current transmission cable to connect an IQS45x signalconditioner to the electronic monitoring system, either directly or via a GSI127 galvanicseparation unit when current transmission is required. The K209 and K210 are shielded2-wire cables designed for use in harsh industrial environments. An optional protection tube(for example, a KS107) can be used to provide additional mechanical protection to the cableif required.

A K209 or K210 cable can also be used to connect a GSI127 galvanic separation unit (orother safety barrier) to the electronic monitoring system.

1.2.10 K309 and K310 cablesA K309 or K310 cable is used as a voltage transmission cable to connect an IQS45x signalconditioner to the electronic monitoring system, either directly or via a GSI127 galvanicseparation unit acting as a safety barrier, when voltage transmission is required (sufficient).The K309 and K310 are shielded 3-wire cables designed for use in harsh industrialenvironments. An optional protection tube (for example, a KS107) can be used to provideadditional mechanical protection to the cable if required.

1.2.11 GSI127 galvanic separation unitA GSI127 galvanic separation unit is used by TQ4xx measurement chains to supply powerto the sensor/signal conditioning circuitry, including those located in potentially explosiveatmospheres, while providing galvanic isolation between the sensor-side circuitry and thepower supply and between the sensor-side circuitry and the ground of the monitor-sidecircuitry. It also converts the measured current (2-wire transmission system) or voltage(3-wire transmission system) signal from the signal conditioner into a proportionalvoltage-based (floating) output signal, for subsequent use by monitor-side circuitry such asan electronic monitoring system.For use in potentially explosive atmospheres, the GSI127 has a certification that allowsinstallation in an Ex Zone 2, that is, it is an “Ex nA [ia]” safety barrier. As such, the GSI127 isan associated apparatus which can be connected to intrinsically safe apparatus that islocated in potentially explosive atmospheres.

K209 cables can only be used in ordinary applications (that is, innon-explosive atmospheres).

K210 cables can be used in potentially explosive atmospheres, for example,when a GSI127 is installed in the measurement chain.

K309 cables can only be used in ordinary applications (that is, innon-explosive atmospheres).

K310 cables can be used in potentially explosive atmospheres, for example,when a GSI127 (or other safety barrier – not available from Meggitt) isinstalled in the measurement chain.

The GSI127 is permitted to be installed in an Ex Zone 2 (hazardous area).For further information, see 7.2 General wiring diagrams.


1 - 7

Mechanical diagramsINTRODUCTION TO TQ4XX-BASED PROXIMITY MEASUREMENT CHAINS

In ordinary applications (non-explosive atmospheres), the GSI127 can be used wheregalvanic isolation is not required but transmission distance or noise reduction is a concern,as it rejects the frame voltage that appears between the sensor ground and the electronicmonitoring system ground (thereby helping to reduce noise in the measurement chain).For voltage (3-wire) signal transmission systems in potentially explosive atmospheres, theGSI127 can replace the GSV14x power supply and safety barrier unit, eliminating the needfor additional external Zener barriers.A GSI127 is usually installed on a DIN rail outside the rack, generally in a cubicle housing.The GSI127 galvanic separation unit requires an external power source such as an APF19xpower supply (see 1.2.12 APF19x power supplies) or ASPS auxiliary sensor power supply(see 1.2.13 ASPS auxiliary sensor power supply).

NOTE: The GSI127 galvanic separation unit has replaced the GSI124.

1.2.12 APF19x power suppliesAn APF19x power supply could be required to power external hardware requiring a 24 VDCpower supply, such as a GSI127 galvanic separation unit (see 1.2.11 GSI127 galvanicseparation unit). The APF19x requires a mains AC (or high-voltage DC) input and is usuallyinstalled on a DIN rail outside the rack, generally in a cubicle housing.

1.2.13 ASPS auxiliary sensor power supplyAn ASPS auxiliary sensor power supply is used to power external hardware requiring a24 VDC power supply, such as a GSI127 galvanic separation unit (see 1.2.11 GSI127galvanic separation unit).When a VM600 rack is used as the electronic monitoring system, an ASPS can be installedin the VM600 rack if an AC input version of the RPS6U rack power supply unit is used. It canreplace an APF19x power supply mounted externally, thereby reducing wiring and simplifyingthe installation.

1.3 Mechanical diagramsFigure 1-2 and Figure 1-3 show some examples of the proximity measurement systemsavailable.



VM60

0VM

600

GSI

127

SEN

SOR

MO

NIT

OR

GSI

127

SEN

SOR

MO

NIT

OR

Figu

re1-

2:Ex

ampl

e pr

oxim

ity m

easu

rem

ent s

yste

ms

(1 o

f 2)

Prox

imity

tra

nsdu

cers

TQ4x

x

TQ4x

x

TQ4x

x

TQ4x

x

Inte

gral

cab

le(L

engt

h: 5

m o

r 10

m)

Inte

gral

ca

bles

JB11

8 ju

nctio

n bo

x

Mov

able

she

athi

ng

SG1x

xca

ble

feed

thro

ugh

KS10

7pr

otec

tion

tube

(flex

ible

con

duit)

ABA1

7xin

dust

rial h

ousi

ngs

IQS4

5xsi

gnal

con

ditio

ner

K209

tran

smis

sion

cab

le

K210

tran

smis

sion

cab

le (E

x)

2-w

ire c

urre

nt tr

ansm

issi

on(m

axim

um le

ngth

: 100

0m

)

2-w

ire c

urre

nt tr

ansm

issi

on(m

axim

um le

ngth

: 100

0m

)

3-w

ire v

olta

ge tr

ansm

issi

on(m

axim

um le

ngth

: 200

m)

K310

tran

smis

sion

cab

le (E

x)

K309

tran

smis

sion

cab

le

3-w

ire v

olta

ge tr

ansm

issi

on(m

axim

um le

ngth

: 200

m)

TQ4x

x

IP17

2 co

nnec

tor

prot

ecto

r

EA40

xex

tens

ion

cabl

e(w

ith fl

exib

le

prot

ectio

n tu

be)

EA40

xex

tens

ion

cabl

e(w

ithou

t fle

xibl

e pr

otec

tion

tube

)

GSI

127

galv

anic

se

para

tion

units

APF1

9x

orAS

PS

pow

er

supp

ly

(ifre

quire

d)

K209

conn

ectin

g ca

ble

K209

conn

ectin

g ca

ble

(K30

9)

(K20

9)

Elec

troni

c m

onito

ring

syst

em s

uch

as V

M60

0 or

Vi

broS

mar

t®


1 - 9


VM60

0VM

600

GSI

127

SEN

SOR

MO

NIT

OR

GSI

127

SEN

SOR

MO

NIT

OR

Figu

re1-

3:Ex

ampl

e pr

oxim

ity m

easu

rem

ent s

yste

ms

(2 o

f 2)

TQ41

2

TQ41

2

PA15

1 or

PA1

52

PA15

3

Tran

smis

sion

cab

le

K209

tran

smis

sion

cab

le

K210

tran

smis

sion

cab

le (E

x)

2-w

ire c

urre

nt tr

ansm

issi

on(m

axim

um le

ngth

: 100

0m

)

2-w

ire c

urre

nt tr

ansm

issi

on(m

axim

um le

ngth

: 100

0m

)

3-w

ire v

olta

ge tr

ansm

issi

on(m

axim

um le

ngth

: 200

m)

TQ41

2

PA15

0

EA40

xex

tens

ion

cabl

eK3

10 tr

ansm

issi

on c

able

(Ex)

K309

tran

smis

sion

cab

le

3-w

ire v

olta

ge tr

ansm

issi

on(m

axim

um le

ngth

: 200

m)

EA40

xex

tens

ion

cabl

e

IQS4

5xsi

gnal

con

ditio

ner

GSI

127

galv

anic

se

para

tion

units

APF1

9x

orAS

PS

pow

er

supp

ly

(ifre

quire

d)

K209

conn

ectin

g ca

ble

(K20

9)

K209

conn

ectin

g ca

ble

(K30

9)

Elec

troni

c m

onito

ring

syst

em s

uch

as V

M60

0 or

Vi

broS

mar

t®





2 - 1

General considerationsINSTALLING PROXIMITY TRANSDUCERS

2 INSTALLING PROXIMITY TRANSDUCERSThis chapter provides general guidelines on installing and fixing proximity transducers. Theinformation applies to all TQ4xx transducers used in proximity measurement systems.

NOTE: Refer to a specific proximity transducer data sheet for further information.

2.1 General considerations

2.1.1 Requirements for equipment used in potentially explosive atmospheres

2.1.2 Factors influencing measurementsCare should always be taken when mounting the various elements of the proximitymeasurement system in order to guarantee long-term reliability.

A proximity transducer can be mounted inside or through the machine housing, dependingon the characteristics of the machine. A number of mounting accessories are available, ofwhich only standard accessories are covered in this chapter. These instructions are notsuitable for all applications and certain modifications may be required so that the accessorydoes not interfere with the measurement process.

NOTE: If necessary, contact Meggitt for further information on adapting a proximitymeasurement system.

A number of factors may cause the characteristics of a proximity measurement system todiffer from the theoretical characteristics. These are principally:• The target material used (see 2.1.2.1 Influence of the target material)• The ambient temperature (see 2.1.2.2 Operating temperature range)• Mechanical and electrical imperfections (see 2.1.2.3 Runout effects)• Violation of certain mounting constraints (see 2.2 Mounting constraints).

TO ENSURE THAT THE EQUIPMENT CAN BE USED SAFELY IN POTENTIALLY EXPLOSIVEATMOSPHERES (EX ZONES), IT IS ESSENTIAL TO RESPECT THE CRITERIA OUTLINED INTHE EX CERTIFICATES FOR THE PRODUCT.AN “X” OR A “U” PLACED AFTER AN EX CERTIFICATE NUMBER INDICATES THAT THEEQUIPMENT IS SUBJECT TO SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR SAFE USE. THESE CONDITIONSARE DEFINED IN THE APPROPRIATE SECTIONS OF THE CORRESPONDINGEX CERTIFICATES.FOR FURTHER INFORMATION, SEE THE EX CERTIFICATES IN THE APPENDICES OF THISMANUAL. (THE EX CERTIFICATES ARE ALSO AVAILABLE FROM OUR WEBSITE ATWWW.MEGGITTSENSING.COM/ENERGY)

Adhere to the constraints outlined in 2.2 Mounting constraints whenmounting the proximity transducer. Otherwise, the performance of theproximity measurement system may be impaired.





General considerationsINSTALLING PROXIMITY TRANSDUCERS

2.1.2.1 Influence of the target material

A proximity transducer requires an electrically conducting target material. The target materialcan be steel, copper, aluminium, or standard VCL 140 (equivalent to AISI 4140) and so on.The system sensitivity and the linear part of the measurement range are heavily dependenton the target material.For information on the effect of the target material on sensitivity, see Figure 6-3 which showsthe voltage-distance characteristics for targets made of VCL 140 steel (equivalent toAISI 4140) and other metals.

2.1.2.2 Operating temperature range

The electrical conductivity and permeability of the target material, as well as the cablecapacitance and other factors, are dependent on the ambient temperature. Therefore, theoperating temperature can affect the precision of results.

NOTE: Refer to a specific proximity transducer data sheet for further information on themaximum temperature drift.

2.1.2.3 Runout effects

The runout is the sum of two effects that are characteristic of a non-ideal target:1) Mechanical runout is caused by physical imperfections in the target. In the case of a

rotating shaft, this could be due to a lack of perfect coaxiality or circularity. It is also afunction of the surface state, as imperfections in the shaft’s surface (such as scratches)will cause mechanical runout.

2) Electrical runout is mainly caused by an unequal distribution of the electrical conductivityon the shaft’s surface (such as the presence of “magnetic spots”).

During measurements with a proximity transducer, runout effects lead to an apparent signalthat does not exist. These error sources can be eliminated digitally by the electronicmonitoring system.


2 - 3

Mounting constraintsINSTALLING PROXIMITY TRANSDUCERS

2.2 Mounting constraintsWhen mounting a proximity transducer, it is important to ensure that certain mountingconstraints are respected, otherwise the performance of the proximity measurement systemwill be impaired. These constraints are shown in Figure 2-1 to Figure 2-8.

2.2.1 Free space around the head of the proximity transducer

Proximity transducer

type

Minimum value for full measurement range (mm)

Minimum value for half of measurement range (mm)

A B C A B CTQ401 20 9 30 16 6 26TQ402/412 34 13 46 24 10 36TQ403 70 23 130 54 10 70

Figure 2-1: Minimum free space around the head of the proximity transducer

C A

BR 3.5max.

90º



2.2.2 Distance between head of the proximity transducer and mounting support

Minimum value of x (mm)

Range TQ401 TQ402/412 TQ403Full measurement range 9 13 23Half of measurement range 6 10 10

Figure 2-2: Minimum distance between the head of the proximity transducer and the mounting support

Gap

x


2 - 5


2.2.3 Distance between two proximity transducers



Figure 2-3: Minimum distance between two proximity transducers

Gap

x

x



2.2.4 Distance between proximity transducer and shoulder (radial measurement)



Figure 2-4: Minimum distance between the proximity transducer and shoulderfor radial measurements

x


2 - 7


2.2.5 Distance between proximity transducer and shoulder (axial measurement)



Figure 2-5: Minimum distance between the proximity transducer and shoulderfor axial measurements

x



2.2.6 Distance between proximity transducer and shaft end



Figure 2-6: Minimum distance between the proximity transducer and the shaft end

x


2 - 9


2.2.7 Shaft diameter for a single proximity transducer


type

Error (%) when Gap = GapMAX

Error (%) when Gap = GapMAX / 2

Diam. 80 mm

Diam. 50 mm

Diam. 20 mm

Diam. 80 mm

Diam. 50 mm

Diam. 20 mm

TQ401 2.5 3.5 5.5 1 1.5 2TQ402/412 2.5 5 10 1 1.5 3.5TQ403 Not applicable Not applicable

Figure 2-7: Measurement error for a single proximity transducer as a function of shaft diameter

Gap

Ø



2.2.8 Shaft diameter for two proximity transducers mounted at 90°


Type

Noise (µmpp) when Gap = GapMAX

Noise (µmpp) when Gap = GapMAX / 2

Diam. 90 mm

Diam. 70 mm

Diam. 50 mm

Diam. 30 mm

Diam. 80 mm

Diam. 60 mm

Diam. 40 mm

Diam. 20 mm

TQ401 3 3 3.3 15 0.8 0.9 1 18TQ402/412 9 11 32 320 1.6 2 9 230TQ403 Not applicable Not applicable

Figure 2-8: Influence of shaft diameter on crosstalk noise between two proximity transducers mounted at 90°

Gap

Ø


2 - 11

Mounting a proximity transducerINSTALLING PROXIMITY TRANSDUCERS

2.3 Mounting a proximity transducer

2.3.1 Mounting supports used inside the machine housingVarious mounting supports exist, a range of which are shown in Figure 2-9 to Figure 2-12.For both Figure 2-9 and Figure 2-10, the mounting support has been drilled and threaded toaccommodate the proximity transducer. So, for a standard proximity transducer, only oneretaining nut is required (Figure 2-9).

However, a reverse mounted proximity transducer, such as a TQ412 or TQ432, is suppliedwith an integral retaining nut (Figure 2-10).

The mounting support in Figure 2-11 has been drilled but not threaded, so two retaining nutsare required in this case. Figure 2-12 shows another variant in which the proximity transducerhas been clamped.

Figure 2-9: Mounting support (drilled and threaded) for a standard proximity transducer

Figure 2-10: Mounting support (drilled and threaded) for a reverse mount proximity transducer



2.3.2 Tightening torqueTable 2-1 lists tightening torque values required for proper assembly of a proximitytransducer mounted as in Figure 2-13.

Figure 2-11: Mounting support (drilled but not threaded) requiring two retaining nuts

Figure 2-12: Mounting support using a clamp

Failure to respect the recommended tightening torque when mounting aproximity transducer can lead to permanent transducer damage.

Figure 2-13: Transducer assembly


2 - 13


Table 2-1 : Recommended tightening torques

Diameter (mm) x thread pitch (mm)ISO Standard Torque (N·m)

M6 x 0.75 2.0

M8 x 1.0 5.0

M10 x 1.0 7.0

M10 x 1.5 7.0

M14 x 1.5 20.0

M16 x 1.5 20.0

M20 x 1.5 20.0

M30 x 1.5 30.0

Diameter (inch) - pitch UTS Standard Torque (N·m)

1/4″ - 28 UNF 2.0

3/8″ - 24 UNF 7.0

1/2″ - 20 UNF 20.0

5/8″ - 18 UNF 20.0



2.3.3 Probe adaptors

2.3.3.1 Mounting a PA150 probe adaptor

This procedure describes how to mount a PA150 probe adaptor on a machine housing, usingthe component references (ref. x) given in Figure 2-14.1- Disconnect the cables from the IQS45x signal conditioner (ref. 7).2- Undo the fixing bolt (ref. 4), remove the U-plate (ref. 9) and separate the probe housing

(ref. 10) and the probe adaptor rod (ref. 1).3- Bore a threaded hole in the machine housing to match the thread of the probe adaptor

(ref. 2).4- Apply a strip of Teflon to the thread of the adaptor (ref. 2) before screwing it into the

machine housing. This improves the leak-proof quality of the adaptor.5- Screw the adaptor (ref. 2) into the machine housing and ensure that it is tight using the

fixing bolt (ref. 3).6- Set the initial gap mechanically (see 6.1 Measurement and mechanical adjustment of the

initial gap) by adjusting the probe adaptor rod (ref. 1) using the 4-flat bolt (ref. 6). Oncethe required distance is obtained, tighten the fixing nut (ref. 5) to secure the rod.

7- Put the probe housing (ref. 10) over the probe adaptor as far as the washer.8- Insert the U-plate (ref. 9) between the inside of the probe housing (ref. 10) and the

washer and tighten.9- If not already assembled, screw the cable stuffing gland (ref. 11) into the probe housing

(ref. 10).10- Feed the transmission cable through the cable stuffing gland (ref. 11), then tighten the

stuffing gland to ensure the probe housing is leak-proof.11- Reconnect the cables to the IQS45x signal conditioner (4.3 Installing an ABA15x

industrial housing with an IQS45x signal conditioner).12- Screw the cover (ref. 8) onto the probe housing (ref. 10).


2 - 15


Figure 2-14: Mounting a PA150 probe adaptor

1

2345

8

9

10

11

7

6



2.3.3.2 Mounting PA151 and PA152 probe adaptors

This procedure describes how to mount a PA151 or PA152 probe adaptor on a machinehousing, using the component references (ref. x) given in Figure 2-15.1- Undo the fixing bolt (ref. 4), remove the U-plate (ref. 8) and separate the probe housing

(ref. 9) from the probe adaptor rod (ref. 1).2- Bore a threaded hole in the machine housing to match the thread of the probe adaptor

(ref. 2).3- Apply a strip of Teflon to the thread of the adaptor (ref. 2) before screwing it into the

machine housing. This improves the leak-proof quality of the adaptor.4- Screw the adaptor (ref. 2) into the machine housing and ensure that it is tight using the

fixing bolt (ref. 3).5- Set the initial gap mechanically (see 6.1 Measurement and mechanical adjustment of the


6- Put the probe housing (ref. 9) over the probe adaptor as far as the housing fixing bolt(ref. 3).

7- Insert the U-plate (ref. 8) between the inside of the probe housing (ref. 9) and the fixingbolt (ref. 4) and tighten.

8- If not already assembled, screw the cable stuffing gland (ref. 10) into the probe housing(ref. 9).

9- Feed the integral cable or EA40x extension cable through the cable stuffing gland(ref. 10), then tighten the stuffing gland to ensure the probe housing is leak-proof.

10- If there is an EA40x extension cable, connect the EA40x extension cable to the integralcable, as described in 3.3 Installing an integral or extension cable.

11- Screw the cover (ref. 7) onto the probe housing (ref. 9).


2 - 17


Figure 2-15: Mounting a PA151 or PA152 probe adaptor

1

2345

7 8

9

10

6



2.3.3.3 Mounting a PA153 probe adaptor

This procedure describes how to mount a PA153 probe adaptor on a machine housing, usingthe component references (ref. x) given in Figure 2-16.1- Bore a threaded hole in the machine housing to match the thread of the probe adaptor

(ref. 2).2- Apply a strip of Teflon to the conical thread of the adaptor (ref. 2) before screwing it into

the machine housing. This improves the leak-proof quality of the adaptor.3- Screw the adaptor (ref. 2) into the machine housing and ensure that it is tight before

tightening the fixing bolt (ref. 3).4- Unscrew the cable stuffing gland support (ref. 6) from the probe adaptor rod (ref. 1).5- Set the initial gap mechanically (see 6.1 Measurement and mechanical adjustment of the


6- Screw the cable stuffing gland support (ref. 6) onto the probe adaptor rod (ref. 1).7- Tighten the cable stuffing gland to the cable.

1

2

3

4

Figure 2-16: Mounting a PA153 probe adaptor

5

6


3 - 1

General precautionsINSTALLING CABLES

3 INSTALLING CABLESThis chapter provides general guidelines on installing cables, cable feedthroughs and cableprotectors in proximity measurement systems.

NOTE: Further information on a specific cable can be found in the corresponding datasheet.

The information contained in this chapter applies to installing the following:• Cable feedthroughs• Integral cables• EA40x extension cables• IP172 cable protectors• K2xx or K3xx transmission cables• K2xx connecting cables.Further information on connecting transmission and connecting cables is described in5 Installing galvanic separation units.

3.1 General precautions

3.1.1 Cables in potentially explosive atmospheres

3.1.2 Minimum bend radiusIt is essential that the minimum bend radius is respected when connecting and fixing anintegral cable, extension cable, transmission cable or connecting cable.

NOTE: Further information on the minimum bend radius of a specific cable can be foundin the corresponding data sheet.

ONLY CABLES APPROPRIATE FOR USE IN POTENTIALLY EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES(EX ZONES) SHOULD BE INSTALLED IN SUCH ENVIRONMENTS.THE LENGTHS OF ALL CABLES (INTEGRAL CABLES AND/OR CABLE ASSEMBLIES)INSTALLED IN POTENTIALLY EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES MUST BE DETERMINED ASPER THE CRITERIA DEFINED IN THE APPROPRIATE SECTIONS OF THE CORRESPONDINGEX CERTIFICATES.FOR FURTHER INFORMATION, SEE THE EX CERTIFICATES IN THE APPENDICES OF THISMANUAL. (THE EX CERTIFICATES ARE ALSO AVAILABLE FROM OUR WEBSITE ATWWW.MEGGITTSENSING.COM/ENERGY)

Failure to respect the minimum bend radius of a cable can lead to permanentcable damage.





General precautionsINSTALLING CABLES

3.1.3 Total system lengthThe combined length of the integral cable and the EA40x extension cable is known as thetotal system length and must be one of the appropriate possible lengths defined by Meggitt.

NOTE: Further information on the total system lengths available for a specific proximitymeasurement system can be found in the corresponding data sheet.

3.1.4 Operating temperature range

NOTE: For further information on the temperature range of a specific cable, refer to thecorresponding data sheet.

3.1.5 Minimizing sources of electromagnetic interferenceSignals in the proximity measurement system, like all electrical signals, are sensitive toelectromagnetic interference (EMI). This is particularly true near the proximity transducer,where signal levels are low. Interference can come from a variety of sources including powercables, strong magnetic fields, motors, switching gear, portable phones and walkie-talkies.The following precautions must be taken to reduce the effects of EMI:1- Use appropriate grounding techniques. Always conform to the electrical wiring diagrams

(see 7 Electrical connections).2- If possible, place cables in a grounded steel protection tube to provide additional

electrical and mechanical protection.3- Do not run signal cables through conduits used for other purposes such as power cables

or communications lines.

3.1.6 Cable conduitsCable conduits provide mechanical and electrical protection. All signal wiring should be runthrough conduits that are reserved for only one type of cable. Do not mix signal wiring withpower cables or communications lines.The conduit must be well grounded according to industry standards in order to provideprotection against EMI. The conduit should be reasonably waterproof to prevent water or other liquids entering it. Ifthere is a risk of this happening, or of condensation forming in the conduit, then adequatedrainage should be provided.

Because Meggitt’s vibro-meter® proximity measurement systems are tunedsystems, never shorten or lengthen an integral cable or extension cable. Theoriginal total system length must be conserved. Otherwise, calibration of theproximity measurement system will be inaccurate.

The temperature were a cable is installed must remain permanently within itsoperating temperature range.


3 - 3

Cable feedthroughsINSTALLING CABLES

3.1.7 Interconnection protectionIP172 interconnection protection is installed using the IP172 tool and silicone greaseprovided in the IP172 interconnection protection mounting kit. Although silicone grease is notregarded as a health or environmental hazard, avoid contact with skin and eyes, and washyour hands after use.

3.2 Cable feedthroughs

3.2.1 Mounting a cable feedthrough

The thread of the SG1xx cable feedthrough should be made leak-tight by adding a strip ofTeflon before screwing it into the machine housing as shown in Figure 3-1.

3.2.2 Connecting cables to a cable feedthroughThe SG10x cable feedthroughs are composed of a double cable stuffing gland to secure botha coaxial cable (Figure 3-2, ref. 1) and a stainless steel flexible protective sheathing(Figure 3-2, ref. 2).

The following precautions should be considered when using silicone grease.• Ventilation: Not required.• Hand/skin protection: Use suitable protective gloves and wear

appropriate clothing if risk of skin contact.• Eye protection: Wear safety goggles or face shield if risk of splashing.• General: Adhere to the usual precautionary measures required when

handling chemicals.

BEFORE MOUNTING A CABLE FEEDTHROUGH, THE MACHINE HOUSING SHOULD BEPREPARED WITH A THREADED HOLE TO MATCH THE CABLE FEEDTHROUGH’S ADAPTOR.REFER TO THE SG10X OR SG164 DATA SHEETS FOR THE DIMENSIONS OF THEADAPTOR AND ANY FURTHER INFORMATION.

Figure 3-1: Mounting a SG10x cable feedthrough

Cable stuffing gland

Machine housing

Strip of Teflon


Installing an integral or extension cableINSTALLING CABLES

3.3 Installing an integral or extension cable

A TQ4xx transducer’s integral cable and an EA40x extension cable are connected using theircomplementary mating miniature coaxial connectors (hand-tightened, until locked).

NOTE: TQ4xx’s with an ordering number starting with 111-4xx-000-012 and EA40x’s withan ordering number starting with 913-40x-000-012 use AMP-type miniature coaxialconnectors.TQ4xx’s with an ordering number starting with 111-4xx-000-013 and EA40x’s withan ordering number starting with 913-40x-000-013 use self-locking miniaturecoaxial connectors.

For proximity measuring systems that use the self-locking miniature coaxial connectors, theconnectors should be screwed together as far as possible in order to ensure a reliableconnection:• Do not stop screwing the connectors together after the first “click”.• Continue screwing the connectors together for multiple clicks while pushing the male

connector against the female connector, until the connection is hand-tight (that is, cannotbe tightened any further by hand).

NOTE: The female connector is spring-loaded and must be pushed back in order toachieve a correct assembly.

As an example, Figure 3-3 shows a correctly tightened connection between the coaxial cablefrom the sensor / measurement chain to the input of the IQS900 signal conditioner (usingself-locking miniature coaxial connectors).

SW 15

Proximitytransducer

cable

Ø0.

7 to

Ø4.

0

Ø5

to Ø

8

Note: All dimensions in mmunless otherwise stated.

Figure 3-2: Connecting cables to a SG10x cable feedthrough

Flexible metallic protective tube (hose)

Ref. 2Ref. 1

The integral cable or extension cable should never be shortened, under anycircumstances. Any excess cable should be passed in a loop before thejunction box and fixed using cable clamps.


3 - 5

Protecting the connection between integral and extension cablesINSTALLING CABLES

In addition, it is advisable to use heat-shrinkable sleeves to ensure that the connectors do notbecome loose, especially for TQ4xx to EA40x connections using AMP-type miniature coaxialconnectors (not self-locking). This may occur when the connectors are in close proximity tothe machine being measured and are thus susceptible to vibrations produced by themachine.Outside the machine housing, it is possible to use a rigid metal cable duct rather thanclamping the cable.

NOTE: The proximity transducer mounting support and the proximity transducer shouldnot be disassembled once the proximity measurement system has been installed,otherwise the transducer-to-target distance will be altered and the cable maybecome twisted.

3.4 Protecting the connection between integral and extension cablesThe connection between a TQ4xx transducer’s integral cable and an EA40x extension cablecan be mechanically protected and electrically isolated using one of the following:• IP172 interconnection protection (see 3.4.1 Installing IP172 interconnection protection).

IP172 interconnection protection is available as an ordering option for new TQ4xx andEA40x assemblies, but can also be easily and quickly retrofitted to existing TQ4xxproximity measurement systems using the equipment provided in the IP172interconnection protection mounting kit.

• A JB118 junction box (see 4.2 Installing a junction box).• The protective housing associated with the PA151 / PA152 probe adaptor, if included in

the proximity measurement system (see 2.3.3.2 Mounting PA151 and PA152 probeadaptors).

Figure 3-3: A correctly tightened connection between the coaxial cable from the sensor / measurement chain to the input of the IQS900 signal conditioner

(using self-locking miniature coaxial connectors)



3.4.1 Installing IP172 interconnection protectionIP172 interconnection protection is used to provide a basic level of mechanical and electricalprotection to the connection between a TQ4xx transducer’s integral cable and a EA40xextension cable.IP172 interconnection protection is used on the connection between TQ4xx and EA40xcables that uses miniature coaxial connectors. IP172 interconnection protectors arecompatible with the older AMP-type connectors and the newer self-locking miniature coaxialconnectors.An IP172 interconnection protector is a protective fluorosilicone rubber boot that consists oftwo parts (male and female). The parts of the interconnection protector are assembled behindthe miniature coaxial connectors on the cables to be joined. Then, after the electricalconnection is made using the connectors, the two parts of the interconnection protector arepush-fit assembled to surround and protect the connection.For compatibility with the orientation of IP172 interconnection protection used by Meggitt onTQ4xx transducer and EA40x extension cable assemblies:• The male IP172 interconnection protector (refer to the IP172 data sheet) should be

assembled on the TQ4xx transducer and integral cable assembly, as shown inFigure 3-4.

• The female IP172 interconnection protector (refer to the IP172 data sheet) should beassembled on the EA40x extension cable assembly, as shown in Figure 3-5.

Installing an IP172 is a simple procedure but does require that the connection between theTQ4xx and the EA40x extension cable is broken for a few minutes.

3.4.1.1 Equipment required

IP172 interconnection protection is assembled on the TQ4xx and EA40x cables using theequipment provided in the IP172 interconnection protection mounting kit:• IP172 interconnection protectors• IP172 tool• Silicone grease.

NOTE: Only use silicone grease with the flurosilicone-based IP172 interconnectionprotectors.Hydrocarbon-based greases can damage the flurosilicone of the interconnectionprotector, for example, causing changes in size or a softening of the rubber.

Protecting the connection between a TQ4xx transducer’s integral cable and a EA40xextension cable requires three steps:1- Assembling the male IP172 interconnection protector on the TQ4xx’s integral cable.2- Assembling the female IP172 interconnection protector on the EA40x extension cable.3- Joining the two parts of the IP172 interconnection protection.

Refer to the IP172 interconnection protection mounting kit data sheet for additionalinformation, including replacement part ordering information.


3 - 7


3.4.1.2 Assembling the male IP172 interconnection protector on a TQ4xx transducer’s integral cable

3.4.1.2.1 Prerequisites• TQ4xx with integral cable• IP172 interconnection protector: male part (refer to the IP172 data sheet)• IP172 tool: male part (refer to the IP172 data sheet)• Silicone grease.Before starting, separate the TQ4xx transducer’s integral cable and the EA40x extensioncable by unscrewing the miniature coaxial connectors, if required.

3.4.1.2.2 ProcedureTo assemble the male IP172 interconnection protector on the TQ4xx transducer’s integralcable, see Figure 3-4 and:

1- Screw the miniature coaxial connector of the TQ4xx’s integral cable onto the male partof the IP172 tool (hand-tightened).

2- Orientate the small diameter opening of the male IP172 interconnection protector withthe tool. Lubricate the small diameter opening of the interconnection protector (or the tool

itself) with a pea-sized amount of silicone grease, as indicated by the symbol inFigure 3-4).The silicone grease is used as a lubricant, to protect the interconnection protector fromdamage as it moves over the miniature coaxial connector. It is not a sealant, so don’t usetoo much.

NOTE: Silicone grease should be kept away from the electrically conductive contactsof the connector because it could interfere with the electrical signals passingthrough the connector.

3- Slide the interconnection protector along the length of the tool until it passes theminiature coaxial connector and is completely on the TQ4xx’s integral cable.If necessary, a bar (such as a screwdriver) can be inserted through the opening in theend of the tool for an improved grip.

NOTE: To avoid damaging the TQ4xx’s integral cable, do not use the cable forleverage when assembling the interconnection protector on the cable.Instead, hold the tool firmly in one hand and move the interconnectionprotector along the tool using the other hand. If an adequate quantity ofsilicone grease is used, the interconnection protector will slide over theminiature coaxial connector.

4- Unscrew the miniature coaxial connector of the TQ4xx’s integral cable from the IP172tool.

5- Clean any excess silicone grease from the TQ4xx’s integral cable (and the tool) using aclean paper towel or cloth, being careful to keep the miniature coaxial connector free ofthe silicone grease.



Figure 3-4: Assembling the male IP172 interconnection protector on aTQ4xx transducer’s integral cable

1. Screw (attach):

2. Orientate and lubricate:

3. Slide:

4. Unscrew (separate):

5. Clean:


3 - 9


3.4.1.3 Assembling the female IP172 interconnection protector on an EA40x extension cable

3.4.1.3.1 Prerequisites• EA40x extension cable• IP172 interconnection protector: female part (refer to the IP172 data sheet)• IP172 tool: female part (refer to the IP172 data sheet)• Silicone grease.Before starting, separate the TQ4xx transducer’s integral cable and the EA40x extensioncable by unscrewing the miniature coaxial connectors, if required.

3.4.1.3.2 ProcedureTo assemble the female IP172 interconnection protector on the EA40x extension cable, seeFigure 3-5 and:

1- Screw the female part of the IP172 tool onto the miniature coaxial connector of theEA40x extension cable (hand-tightened).

2- Orientate the small diameter opening of the female IP172 interconnection protector withthe tool. Lubricate the small diameter opening of the interconnection protector (or the tool

itself) with a pea-sized amount of silicone grease, as indicated by the symbol inFigure 3-5).The silicone grease is used as a lubricant, to protect the interconnection protector fromdamage as it moves over the miniature coaxial connector. It is not a sealant, so don’t usetoo much.

NOTE: Silicone grease should be kept away from the electrically conductive contactsof the connector because it could interfere with the electrical signals passingthrough the connector.

3- Slide the interconnection protector along the length of the tool until it passes theminiature coaxial connector and is completely on the EA40x extension cable.If necessary, a bar (such as a screwdriver) can be inserted through the opening in theend of the tool for an improved grip.

NOTE: To avoid damaging the EA40x extension cable, do not use the cable forleverage when assembling the interconnection protector on the cable.Instead, hold the tool firmly in one hand and move the interconnectionprotector along the tool using the other hand. If an adequate quantity ofsilicone grease is used, the interconnection protector will slide over theminiature coaxial connector.

4- Unscrew (disassemble) the IP172 tool from the miniature coaxial connector of the EA40xextension cable.

5- Clean any excess silicone grease from the EA40x extension cable (and the tool) using aclean paper towel or cloth, being careful to keep the miniature coaxial connector free ofthe silicone grease.



3.4.1.4 Joining the two parts of the IP172 interconnection protection

To join the two parts of the IP172 interconnection protection and protect the connectionbetween a TQ4xx transducer and an EA40x extension cable, see Figure 3-6 and:

1- Screw the miniature coaxial connectors of the TQ4xx transducer’s integral cable and theEA40x extension cable together (hand-tightened, until locked).

NOTE: For proximity measuring systems that use the self-locking miniature coaxialconnectors, the connectors should be screwed together as far as possible inorder to ensure a reliable connection:• Do not stop screwing the connectors together after the first “click”.• Continue screwing the connectors together for multiple clicks while pushingthe male connector against the female connector, until the connection ishand-tight (that is, cannot be tightened any further by hand).Note: The female connector is spring-loaded and must be pushed back inorder to achieve a correct assembly.See 3.3 Installing an integral or extension cable and Figure 3-3.

2- Push the male interconnection protector on the TQ4xx transducer’s integral cable intothe female interconnection protector on the EA40x extension cable.The two parts of the interconnection protection will temporarily deform as they arebrought together, then return to an unstressed state in the final (assembled) position.

Figure 3-5: Assembling the female IP172 interconnection protector on anEA40x extension cable

1. Screw (attach):

3. Slide:

4. Unscrew (separate):

5. Clean:

2. Orientate and lubricate:

Figure 3-6: Joining the two parts of the IP172 interconnection protection

1. Screw (connect):

2. Push:


3 - 11


3- The IP172 interconnection protection is completely assembled when the raised ring ofmale interconnection protector fits into the annular groove of the female interconnectionprotector and all surfaces are flush (aligned).The friction of the fluorosilicone and the geometry of the annular ring/groove provide aretaining (release) force that must be overcome in order to separate the IP172interconnection protection.

As IP172 interconnection protection is push-fit assembled, it can be disassembled at any timeby pulling the two parts of the interconnection protector apart (for example, to inspect theconnection). IP172 interconnection protection is reusable by pushing the parts of theinterconnection protector together again.To permanently remove IP172 interconnection protection, the interconnection protectors canbe carefully cut away from the cables.After installing IP172 interconnection protection, ensure that the cables are appropriatelyfixed (see 3.3 Installing an integral or extension cable).


Installing transmission cables and connecting cablesINSTALLING CABLES

3.5 Installing transmission cables and connecting cablesSee 3.1 General precautions before continuing with the installation and fixing a transmissionor connecting cable.The cables covered in this section are:• The K2xx or K3xx transmission cables between an IQS45x signal conditioner and an

electronic monitoring system.• The K2xx or K3xx transmission cables between an IQS45x signal conditioner and a

GSI127 galvanic separation unit, and the K2xx connecting cables between a GSI127galvanic separation unit and an electronic monitoring system.

The cables listed above can be mounted according to standards for low-voltage installations.However, care should be taken to minimize the effects of EMI (3.1.5 Minimizing sources ofelectromagnetic interference).

Figure 3-7: Example of cabling inside a machine housing usingan SG10x cable feedthrough

Machine shaft

TQ4xx proximity transducer

Support for proximity transducer

SG10x cable feedthrough

Cable clamp

Machine housing

Minimum bendradius (refer to

data sheet)


4 - 1

General precautionsINSTALLING JUNCTION BOXES AND INDUSTRIAL HOUSINGS CONTAINING

4 INSTALLING JUNCTION BOXES AND INDUSTRIAL HOUSINGS CONTAINING SIGNAL CONDITIONERS

This chapter provides general guidelines on installing a JB118 junction box and an ABA15xindustrial housing containing a signal conditioner in a proximity measurement system.

NOTE: Further information on a junction box or industrial housing can be found in thecorresponding data sheet.

The information applies to the following products in the measurement system:• A JB118 junction box used to connect an integral cable to an EA40x extension cable (see

4.2 Installing a junction box).• An ABA15x Industrial housing containing an IQS45x signal conditioner

(see 4.3 Installing an ABA15x industrial housing with an IQS45x signal conditioner).


4.1.1 Junctions boxes in potentially explosive atmospheres

4.1.2 Industrial housings and signal conditioners in potentially explosive atmospheres

NOTE: Refer to the corresponding data sheet to determine whether an industrial housingcan be installed in potentially explosive atmospheres.

JB118 JUNCTION BOXES CAN BE INSTALLED IN POTENTIALLY EXPLOSIVEATMOSPHERES.FOR FURTHER INFORMATION, SEE THE EX CERTIFICATES IN THE APPENDICES OF THISMANUAL. (THE EX CERTIFICATES ARE ALSO AVAILABLE FROM OUR WEBSITE ATWWW.MEGGITTSENSING.COM/ENERGY)ALL OTHER JUNCTION BOXES THAT ARE NOT EX CERTIFIED MUST NOT BEINSTALLED IN EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES.

ABA17X INDUSTRIAL HOUSINGS CAN BE INSTALLED IN POTENTIALLY EXPLOSIVEATMOSPHERES.FOR FURTHER INFORMATION, SEE THE EX CERTIFICATES IN THE APPENDICES OF THISMANUAL. (THE EX CERTIFICATES ARE ALSO AVAILABLE FROM OUR WEBSITE ATWWW.MEGGITTSENSING.COM/ENERGY)ALL OTHER INDUSTRIAL HOUSINGS THAT ARE NOT EX CERTIFIED MUST NOT BEINSTALLED IN POTENTIALLY EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES.AN IQS45X WITH PROTECTION MODE “EX NA” LOCATED IN AN EX ZONE 2(HAZARDOUS AREA) MUST BE INSTALLED INSIDE AN ENCLOSURE WITH A PROTECTIONRATING OF AT LEAST IP54 (OR EQUIVALENT), WITH DUE CONSIDERATION FOR THEMAXIMUM THERMAL DISSIPATION STATED IN THE CORRESPONDING EX CERTIFICATES.




Installing a junction boxINSTALLING JUNCTION BOXES AND INDUSTRIAL HOUSINGS CONTAINING


NOTE: Further information on the operating temperature range of a junction box or anindustrial housing can be found in the corresponding data sheet.

NOTE: Further information on the operating temperature range of a cable or a signalconditioner can be found in the corresponding data sheet.

4.2 Installing a junction box

4.2.1 Mounting a JB118 junction boxThis procedure describes how to mount a JB118 junction box, using the part references givenin Figure 4-1.1- Choose a vibration-free place to mount the junction box.2- Check the distance between the holes on the junction box, then drill and tap appropriate

holes in the machine surface.

NOTE: For the dimensions of a different junction box refer to the corresponding datasheet.

3- Remove the cover of the junction box.4- Mount the junction box on the mounting surface using the screws provided.5- Fix the IQS45x signal conditioner to the housing's base plate using the screws provided.6- Before putting the cover back on the junction box, make the electrical connections

(see 3.3 Installing an integral or extension cable).7- Fix the cover back on the junction box.

The temperature were a junction box or an industrial housing is installedmust remain permanently within the operating temperature range of the boxor housing.

Only install a junction box at a location where the temperature remainspermanently within the temperature range of the cables connected within it.

Only install an industrial housing at a location where the temperatureremains permanently within the temperature range of the signal conditionerhoused within it.

SEE 4.1 GENERAL PRECAUTIONS BEFORE INSTALLING A JUNCTION BOX.

When connecting cables in a metallic junction box, care should be taken toensure their connectors do not touch the box. Insulating the connectors witha heat-shrinkable sleeve will prevent this. In the case of the JB118 and PA150this is not necessary as these boxes are made of polyester.


4 - 3

Installing an ABA15x industrial housing with an IQS45x signal conditionerINSTALLING JUNCTION BOXES AND INDUSTRIAL HOUSINGS CONTAINING

4.3 Installing an ABA15x industrial housing with an IQS45x signal conditioner

NOTE: The metal housing of the IQS45x is connected to the “COM” terminal. Therefore,the IQS45x must be mounted on or in a device that insulates it from GND (ground).

4.3.1 Mounting an ABA15x industrial housingThis procedure describes how to mount an ABA15x industrial housing, using the partreferences given in Figure 4-2. 1- Choose a vibration-free place to mount the industrial housing.2- Check the distance between the holes on the industrial housing, then drill and tap

appropriate holes.

NOTE: For the dimensions of a different industrial housing refer to the correspondingdata sheet.

3- Remove the cover of the industrial housing.4- Mount the industrial housing on the mounting surface using the screws provided.5- Fix the IQS45x signal conditioner to the housing's base plate using the screws provided.

Cable stuffinggland

Cover of the junction boxCylindrical head screwsfor fixing the cover


2 M4 washers

2 M4 x 16 mounting screws

Figure 4-1: Mounting a JB118 junction box

Junction box

SEE 4.1 GENERAL PRECAUTIONS BEFORE INSTALLING AN INDUSTRIAL HOUSING.



6- Before putting the cover back on the housing, make the electrical connections(see 3.3 Installing an integral or extension cable).

7- Fix the cover back on the industrial housing.

Figure 4-2: Mounting and connecting cables to an IQS45x signal conditioner using an ABA15x industrial housing

Cover of the industrial housing

Integral or extension cable

Transmissioncable

Signalconditioner

Industrial housing

Fixing screws

Insulation stripped

Cable stuffinggland



4 - 5


If connecting cables to an IQS45x signal conditioner using a PA150 probe adaptor,see Figure 4-3 for a diagram of the constituent components.

Figure 4-3: Connecting cables to an IQS45x signal conditionerusing a PA150 probe adaptor

Probe housing

Insulation stripped

Transmissioncable


Cover of theindustrial housing

Fixing screws





5 - 1

General precautionsINSTALLING GALVANIC SEPARATION UNITS

5 INSTALLING GALVANIC SEPARATION UNITSThis chapter provides general guidelines on mounting galvanic separation units in proximitymeasurement chains.The GSI127 is a drop-in replacement for the GSI122, GSI123, GSI124 and GSI130 galvanicseparation units and for the GSV14x power supply and safety barrier unit.

NOTE: A GSI127 with ordering options B03 (for IQS4xx using current transmission(2-wire)) or B05 (for IQS4xx using voltage transmission (3-wire)) can be used inproximity measurement chains.

NOTE: Further information on the GSI127 galvanic separation unit can be found in its datasheet.


5.1.1 Galvanic separation units in potentially explosive atmospheres

NOTE: Galvanic separation units can also be used in ordinary applications (non-explosiveatmospheres), for example, in order to allow the transmission of signals over longdistances (2-wire current transmission) and/or to reduce the noise in themeasurement chain due to frame voltage.


NOTE: Further information on the operating temperature range of a galvanic separationunit can be found in the corresponding data sheet.

GSI127 GALVANIC SEPARATION UNITS ACTING AS SAFETY BARRIERS MUST BEINCLUDED IN PROXIMITY MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS THAT ARE INSTALLED INPOTENTIALLY EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES USING PROTECTION MODE “EX I” (INTRINSICSAFETY).THE GSI127 IS AN ASSOCIATED APPARATUS WITH AN ADDITIONAL PROTECTION MODETHAT PERMITS AN INSTALLATION IN AN EX ZONE 2 (HAZARDOUS AREA) WHEN IT ISINSTALLED INSIDE AN ENCLOSURE WITH A PROTECTION RATING OF AT LEAST IP54 (OREQUIVALENT), WITH DUE CONSIDERATION FOR THE MAXIMUM THERMAL DISSIPATIONSTATED IN THE CORRESPONDING EX CERTIFICATES.FOR FURTHER INFORMATION, SEE THE EX CERTIFICATES IN THE APPENDICES OF THISMANUAL. (THE EX CERTIFICATES ARE ALSO AVAILABLE FROM OUR WEBSITE ATWWW.MEGGITTSENSING.COM/ENERGY)OTHER ASSOCIATED APPARATUS WITHOUT SUCH AN ADDITIONAL PROTECTION MODEMUST NOT BE INSTALLED IN HAZARDOUS AREAS.

The temperature where a galvanic separation unit is installed must bepermanently within its operating temperature range.



Installing a GSI127 galvanic separation unitINSTALLING GALVANIC SEPARATION UNITS

5.2 Installing a GSI127 galvanic separation unit

5.2.1 Mounting procedureA GSI127 galvanic separation unit should be installed on a 35 mm wide symmetrical DIN railsuch as a TH 35-7.5 (see Figure 5-1) and is generally mounted in an industrial housing, rackor cabinet.

NOTE: A GSI127 galvanic separation unit should be installed vertically on the DIN rail, asthis orientation maximises the air flow available to cool devices.As shown in Figure 5-1, a GSI127 is typically installed right-side-up (with themounting adaptor latch at the bottom of the unit), but it can equally be installedupside-down (inverted, with the mounting adaptor latch at the top of the unit) forease of installation and wiring.

The GSI127’s housing features removable screw-terminal connectors that can unpluggedfrom the main body of the housing to simplify installation of the unit.

SEE 5.1 GENERAL PRECAUTIONS BEFORE INSTALLING A GSI127 GALVANICSEPARATION UNIT.

Transmission cable(from signal conditioner)

Connecting cable(to +24VDC

power supply)

Figure 5-1: A GSI127 galvanic separation unit(shown with connections for a 2-wire current transmission system)

35 mm symmetrical DIN rail (TH 35-7.5)

Latch ofintegrated DIN-rail mounting adaptor

Removable screw

terminals

Connecting cable(to electronic

monitoring system)


5 - 3


5.2.2 Removing and inserting the screw terminalsTo remove a screw terminal from the main body of a GSI127 unit:1- Push the raised tab on the front of the screw terminal (which acts as a lever) away from

the main body of the unit to overcome the retaining force and separate the screw terminaland the unit (see Figure 5-2). Use enough force to separate the screw terminal from bodyof the unit by approximately 5 mm.

2- Pull the screw terminal to remove it from the main body of the unit.

To reinsert a a screw terminal in the body of a GSI127 unit:1- Ensure that the raised tab on the front of the screw terminal is pushed down flat so that

the rear of the screw terminal is not obstructed.2- Align the screw terminal with the main body of the unit, ensuring that the guide-rails of

both parts are aligned, and push the screw terminal into the main body of the unit.3- When the screw terminal is approximately 1-2 mm from the main body of the unit, more

force is required to overcome the mechanical locking mechanism and the friction of theconnectors.There should be an audible click when the screw terminal is properly inserted.

1. Push the raised tab away from the body of the unit

Figure 5-2: Removing a screw terminal from the main body of a GSI127 unit

2. Pull the screw terminal to remove it



5.2.3 Connecting cablesThe transmission cable from the proximity measurement system sensor-side circuitry(IQS45x signal conditioner) and the connecting cable to the monitor-side circuitry areconnected to the GSI127 galvanic separation unit using removable screw terminals(see Figure 5-1 and Figure 5-2).

NOTE: The screw terminals on the top of the GSI127, labelled “SENSOR”, are forconnection to the transmission cable that connects to the sensor-side circuitry, thatis, to front-end circuitry such as transducers and/or signal conditioners.

NOTE: The screw terminals on the bottom of the GSI127, labelled “MONITOR”, are forconnection to the connecting cable that connects to the monitor-side circuitry, suchas a VM600 rack-based electronic monitoring system.

There is a block of four screw terminals on the top front of the GSI127, labelled “SENSOR”,out of which, up to three of which are used for connection to the transmission cable thatconnects to the sensor-side circuitry:• For operation with current signals from the IQS45x signal conditioner (2-wire

transmission system), a GSI127 with ordering option B03 should be used. This optionuses two of the SENSOR screw terminals, labelled “+” and “−”. The other two SENSORscrew terminals, labelled “NC”, are not connected.

• For operation with voltage signals from the IQS45x signal conditioner (3-wiretransmission system), a GSI127 with ordering option B05 should be used. This optionuses three of the SENSOR screw terminals, labelled “COM”, “−” and “I/P”. The otherSENSOR screw terminal, labelled “NC”, is not connected.

There is a block of four screw terminals on the bottom front of the GSI127, labelled“MONITOR”, all of which are used for connection to the connecting cable that connects to themonitor-side circuitry:• The connection of the voltage output signal is the same for all GSI127s (ordering options

B01 to B05) and uses all of the MONITOR screw terminals, labelled “24 VDC +”,“24 VDC −”, “SIGNAL 0V” and “SIGNAL O/P”.

See 7 Electrical connections for detailed wiring diagrams of TQ4xx proximity measurementsystems using the GSI127.

NOTE: The shield of the transmission cable from the sensor-side circuitry should not beconnected to the GSI127 galvanic separation unit (“open screening”).Instead, the transmission cable from the sensor-side circuitry must be connectedto the mandatory grounding bracket at the entrance to the cubicle that containsthe GSI127.

NOTE: The GSI127 galvanic separation unit does not require a ground connection andshould not be grounded to its DIN rail.

If required, see 5.3 Replacing a GSI124 galvanic separation unit with a GSI127,5.4 Replacing a GSI123 galvanic separation unit with a GSI127 or5.5 Replacing a GSV14x power supply and safety barrier unit with a GSI127.


5 - 5

Replacing a GSI124 galvanic separation unit with a GSI127INSTALLING GALVANIC SEPARATION UNITS

5.3 Replacing a GSI124 galvanic separation unit with a GSI127For a GSI124 galvanic separation unit:• The connections at the top of the housing are for the connecting cable to the electronic

monitoring system.• The connections at the bottom of the housing are for the transmission cable from the

front-end circuitry such as transducers and/or signal conditioners.For a GSI127 galvanic separation unit:• The connections at the top of the housing are for the transmission cable from the

front-end circuitry such as transducers and/or signal conditioners.• The connections at the bottom of the housing are the connecting cable to the electronic

monitoring system.

NOTE: When replacing a GSI124 galvanic separation unit with a GSI127, the length of thecables to the unit might have to be adjusted in order to allow for this change ofposition.

5.3.1 Uninstalling the GSI124

A GSI124 galvanic separation unit is generally mounted in an industrial housing, rack orcabinet. The transmission cable from the sensor-side circuitry and the connecting cable tothe monitor-side circuitry are connected to the GSI124 using screw terminals(see Figure 5-3).To uninstall a GSI124:1- Turn off the power supply to the equipment.2- Identify each wire for both the transmission cable from the sensor-side and the

connecting cable to the monitor-side that are connected to the GSI124. See Figure 5-3and use Table 5-1 to record the number and/or colour for each wire.

3- On the GSI124, unscrew the screw terminals on the upper half of the unit in order todisconnect the connecting cable to the monitor-side circuitry (electronic monitoringsystem).

4- On the GSI124, unscrew the screw terminals on the lower half of the unit in order todisconnect the transmission cable from the sensor-side circuitry (signal conditioner).

5- Disconnect the grounding. That is, disconnect the black flying lead terminated with acrimp from the underside of the GSI124 and then remove this lead from the DIN rail, asit is not required by the GSI127 (see Figure 5-3).

6- Remove the GSI124 from the DIN rail.

SEE 5.1 GENERAL PRECAUTIONS BEFORE REPLACING A GSI124 GALVANICSEPARATION UNIT WITH A GSI127.



Figure 5-3: A GSI124 galvanic separation unit


Screwterminals

Grounding of the unit by flying lead

Clamp


monitoring system)

Shielding cord

Table 5-1: GSI124 wire identification and mapping to a GSI127

Transmission cable (sensor-side) Connecting cable (monitor-side)

GSI124 terminal

Wireno.

Wirecolour

GSI127 terminal

GSI124 terminal

Wireno.

Wirecolour

GSI127terminal

+ + OUT O/P

SIG

NA

L

− − 0V2 0V

SHIELD1 +24V +

24VD

C

0V2 −

Notes1. The shield of the transmission cable from the proximity measurement system sensor-side circuitry must not be connected to the

GSI127 galvanic separation unit (“open screening”). Instead, the shield must be connected to the mandatory grounding bracket at the entrance to the cubicle that contains the GSI127. See 7 Electrical connections.

2. For improved performance and interfacing flexibility, the GSI127 has a separate differential (“floating”) output with two dedicated screw terminals (O/P and 0V) and a separate 24 VDC power supply input with two dedicated screw terminals (+ and −), whereas the GSI124 has a single terminal (0V) that is used as a common reference for both the signal output and the power supply input.When replacing a GSI124 with a GSI127 in a proximity measurement system, separate wires are required for the connection between the GSI127’s 0V (SIGNAL) terminal and the connecting cable to the electronic monitoring system and for the connection between the GSI127’s − (24 VDC) terminal and the connecting cable to the power supply.


5 - 7


5.3.2 Installing and connecting the GSI127To replace a GSI124 with a GSI127:1- Ensure that the procedure outlined in 5.3.1 Uninstalling the GSI124 has been followed

and that the power supply to the equipment is turned off.2- Either reuse the existing DIN rail or install a new one.3- Clip the GSI127 to the DIN rail.4- If necessary:

• Adapt the length of the transmission cable and connecting cable.• Strip the transmission cable from the sensor-side circuitry in order to get a sufficient

length of shielding cord for connection to the mandatory grounding bracket at theentrance to the cubicle that contains the GSI127 (see 7 Electrical connections).

5- Strip the end of each wire to expose approximately 5 mm of conductor.6- For each wire to be connected:

• Determine which terminal each wire has to be connected to using the informationrecorded in Table 5-1.

• Connect each wire by inserting the conductor into the corresponding screw terminaland tightening the fixing screw until tight.

NOTE: The GSI127’s housing features removable screw terminals that can unpluggedfrom the main body of the housing to simplify installation of the unit.

5.4 Replacing a GSI123 galvanic separation unit with a GSI127

5.4.1 Uninstalling the GSI123

A GSI123 galvanic separation unit is generally mounted in an industrial housing, rack orcabinet. This unit is normally installed on a dedicated mounting plate using a locating pin anda fixing screw (see Figure 5-5). The transmission cable from the sensor-side circuitry and theconnecting cable to the monitor-side circuitry are connected to the GSI123 using AMPFaston 6.3 lugs (see Figure 5-4) that are crimped to the wires.To uninstall a GSI123:1- Turn off the power supply to the equipment.2- Identify each wire for both the transmission cable from the sensor-side and the

connecting cable to the monitor-side that are connected to the GSI123. See Figure 5-4and use Table 5-2 to record the number and/or colour for each wire.

3- On the GSI123, pull the three AMP Faston 6.3 lugs free from the upper half of the unit inorder to disconnect the connecting cable to the monitor-side circuitry (electronicmonitoring system).

4- On the GSI123, pull the two AMP Faston 6.3 lugs free from the lower half of the unit inorder to disconnect the transmission cable from the sensor-side circuitry (signalconditioner).

5- Undo the M4 fixing screw until the GSI123 has been uninstalled and disassemble themounting plate from the DIN rail (see Figure 5-5).

SEE 5.1 GENERAL PRECAUTIONS BEFORE REPLACING A GSI123 GALVANICSEPARATION UNIT WITH A GSI127.



M4 fixingscrew

Figure 5-4: A GSI123 galvanic separation unit

AMP Faston 6.3 lugs crimped to leads

AMP Faston 6.3terminals

AMP Faston 6.3 lugscrimped to leads

AMP Faston 6.3 terminals


monitoring system)


Figure 5-5: The mounting plate used by GSI123 galvanic separation units

Mounting plate

M4 fixing screw

Locating pin (behind)


5 - 9


5.4.2 Installing and connecting the GSI127To replace a GSI123 with a GSI127:1- Ensure that the procedure outlined in 5.4.1 Uninstalling the GSI123 has been followed

and that the power supply to the equipment is turned off.2- Either reuse the existing DIN rail or install a new one.3- Clip the GSI127 to the DIN rail.4- Cut each wire close to where they are crimped to the AMP Faston 6.3 lugs.5- If necessary:







Table 5-2: GSI123 wire identification and mapping to a GSI127


GSI123 terminal

Wireno.

Wirecolour

GSI127 terminal1

GSI123 terminal

Wireno.

Wirecolour

GSI127terminal

+ + SIGNAL O/P

SIG

NA

L

− − 0V2 0V

0V2 +

24VD

C

−24V −



2. For improved performance and interfacing flexibility, the GSI127 has a separate differential (“floating”) output with two dedicated screw terminals (O/P and 0V) and a separate 24 VDC power supply input with two dedicated screw terminals (+ and −), whereas the GSI123 has a single terminal (0V) that is used as a common reference for both the signal output and the power supply input.When replacing a GSI123 with a GSI127 in a proximity measurement system, separate wires are required for the connection between the GSI127’s 0V (SIGNAL) terminal and the connecting cable to the electronic monitoring system and for the connection between the GSI127’s − (24 VDC) terminal and the connecting cable to the power supply.


Replacing a GSV14x power supply and safety barrier unit with a GSI127INSTALLING GALVANIC SEPARATION UNITS

5.5 Replacing a GSV14x power supply and safety barrier unit with a GSI127

5.5.1 Uninstalling the GSV14x

A GSV14x power supply and safety barrier unit is generally mounted in an industrial housing,rack or cabinet. These units are normally installed using a single M4 screw but can bemounted using a mounting kit (DIN rail, nut assembly and bracket).

NOTE: Further information on mounting accessories for a GSV14x power supply andsafety barrier unit can be found in the GSI/GSV mounting accessories data sheet.

The transmission cable from the sensor-side circuitry and the connecting cable to themonitor-side circuitry are connected to the GSV14x using lugs (see Figure 5-6) that arecrimped to the wires.To uninstall a GSV14x:1- Turn off the power supply to the equipment.2- Identify each wire for both the transmission cable from the sensor-side and the

connecting cable to the monitor-side that are connected to the GSV14x. See Figure 5-6and use Table 5-3 to record the number and/or colour for each wire.

3- On the GSV14x, pull the four lugs free from the upper half of the unit in order todisconnect the connecting cable to the monitor-side circuitry (electronic monitoringsystem and power supply).

4- On the GSV14x, pull the four lugs free from the lower half of the unit in order todisconnect the transmission cable from the sensor-side circuitry (signal conditioner).

5- Undo the M4 fixing screw until the GSV14x has been uninstalled and disassemble themounting kit from the DIN rail (see Figure 5-6).

SEE 5.1 GENERAL PRECAUTIONS BEFORE REPLACING A GSV14X POWER SUPPLY ANDSAFETY BARRIER UNIT WITH A GSI127.


5 - 11


Power supply

Signal output

COM output

Shield oftransmission cable

COM 0 V

Output from IQS45x

Power to IQS45x (−24 V)

Figure 5-6: A GSV14x power supply and safety barrier unit

From power supply

To electronic monitoring system

From sensor-side circuitry

Table 5-3: GSV14x wire identification and mapping to a GSI127


GSV14x terminal

Wireno.

Wirecolour

GSI127 terminal

GSV14x terminal

Wireno.

Wirecolour

GSI127terminal

COM 0V COM SIGNAL 0V

SIG

NA

L

−24V − COM O/P

OUTPUT I/P PS+ +

24VD

C

PA1 PS− −





5.5.2 Installing and connecting the GSI127To replace a GSV14x with a GSI127:1- Ensure that the procedure outlined in 5.5.1 Uninstalling the GSV14x has been followed

and that the power supply to the equipment is turned off.2- Either reuse the existing DIN rail or install a new one.3- Clip the GSI127 to the DIN rail.4- Cut each wire close to where they are crimped to the lugs.5- If necessary:








6 - 1

Measurement and mechanical adjustment of the initial gapMEASURING AND ADJUSTING THE INITIAL GAP

6 MEASURING AND ADJUSTING THE INITIAL GAPThis chapter provides general guidelines on measuring and adjusting the initial gap of aninstalled TQ4xx proximity measurement system. The adjustment of the initial gap can bemechanical and/or electrical.Mechanical adjustment of the initial gap must be performed when a new proximitymeasurement system is installed, that is, before the measurement system is used.Electrical adjustment of the initial gap should be performed after the mechanical adjustmentof the initial gap and before the measurement system is used. This is a calibration of theelectronic measurement system used with the proximity measurement system and can bechecked periodically if required (see 8 Maintenance).The information contained in this chapter applies to installed proximity measurementsystems.

6.1 Measurement and mechanical adjustment of the initial gapMechanical adjustment of the initial gap should be performed when installing a TQ4xxproximity transducer by adjusting the distance between the tip of the proximity transducer andthe target ‒ with the power to the machine turned off.

NOTE: Mechanical adjustment of the initial gap should be performed with the power to themachine turned off.

The initial gap can be measured mechanically by inserting a feeler gauge of the requiredthickness between the tip of the proximity transducer and the target. The physical position ofthe proximity transducer can then be adjusted to create the required initial gap.The transducer-to-target distance must always be within the measurement range of theproximity transducer in order to ensure the correct operation of the measurement system.Therefore, knowledge of the approximate magnitude of the relative movement between thetarget and the proximity transducer is necessary. Knowledge of the expected direction ofmovement is also required.If the direction of movement alternates, for example, a relative vibration measurement, thenthe initial gap should be set in the middle of the proximity transducer’s measurement range.See the example in Figure 6-1 (a) for a TQ402 proximity transducer.If the direction of movement tends to be in one direction only, for example, an axial positionmeasurement, then the initial gap should be set at one end of the proximity transducer’smeasurement range according to the expected direction of movement. See the example inFigure 6-1 (b) for a TQ402 proximity transducer.


Measurement and mechanical adjustment of the initial gapMEASURING AND ADJUSTING THE INITIAL GAP

In either case, it is important to leave sufficient safety margin to prevent the proximitytransducer touching the target. The following initial gaps are suggested:

TQ401, TQ402 / TQ412 (sensitivity 8 mV/µm): 0.2 mmTQ402 / TQ412 (sensitivity 4 mV/µm), TQ422 / TQ432: 0.3 mmTQ403, TQ423: 0.75 mm.

NOTE: Further information on measurement range specifications can be found in thecorresponding data sheet.

NOTE: If an electrical adjustment of the initial gap is also to be made (see 6.2 Electricaladjustment of the initial gap), then do not fix the proximity transducer using anindustrial adhesive yet.

Figure 6-1: Example of initial gap adjustmentfor a TQ402 (sensitivity 4 mV/µm) with a VCL 140 target

Direction of movement

a) Direction of movement alternates(relative vibration measurement)

b) Movement in onedirection(axial position measurement)

Direction of movement

Direction ofmovement

dmax = 4.3 mm dmin = 0.3 mm

dmin

dmax

d


6 - 3

Electrical adjustment of the initial gapMEASURING AND ADJUSTING THE INITIAL GAP

6.2 Electrical adjustment of the initial gapAssuming that the initial gap is set mechanically in the linear part of the measurement range(see 6.1 Measurement and mechanical adjustment of the initial gap), the output voltage ofthe proximity measurement system is normally around −9 V. Figure 6-2 shows that as thedistance between the target and the proximity transducer varies:• the DC component corresponds to the initial gap (DC gap)• the AC voltage component, superimposed on the DC component, corresponds to the

vibration of the target.Figure 6-3 shows the voltage-distance characteristics for targets made of VCL 140 steel(equivalent to AISI 4140) and other metals. In practice, the target may be made of a differentalloy, so it will have its own unique voltage-distance characteristics.

NOTE: For the true measurement range of the proximity measurement system refer to theproximity transducer’s data sheet.

Figure 6-2: Example showing voltage output by the proximity measurement chainas a function of target distance (d)

Linear part of measurement range

Output voltage (V)

Distance to target (d)

Initial gap

100 µmpp

Vibration of the target

Dynamic component= 400 mVpp

Outputvoltage forinitial gap

= −9 V



TQ90

1:8

mV/

µmTQ

902:

4m

V/µm

or 8

mV/

µmTQ

903:

1.33

mV/

µm

Figu

re6-

3:TQ

9xx-

base

d pr

oxim

ity m

easu

rem

ent c

hain

cal

ibra

tion

curv

es fo

r VC

L14

0 st

eel a

nd o

ther

met

als

−20

−19

−18

−17

−16

−15

−14

−13

−12

−11

−10 −9 −8 −7 −6 −5 −4 −3 −2 −1 0

Conditioner output (V)

Prox

imity

sen

sor g

ap (m

m)

Syst

em (c

hain

) cal

ibra

tion

curv

es

Cur

ve

Sens

itivi

ty (m

V/µm

)M

etal

Std.

No.

Met

al G

roup

TQ40

1TQ

402

TQ40

31

8.0

4.0

1.33

VCL

140

1.72

25St

eel

29.

54.

751.

63Ti

tani

um3.

7035

Stai

nles

s st

eel

39.

84.

851.

66In

cone

l® 6

002.

4816

Stai

nles

s st

eel

49.

94.

91.

67N

imon

ic®

90

2.49

69St

ainl

ess

stee

l5

10.3

5.1

1.72

Rem

anit®

1.45

71St

ainl

ess

stee

l6

11.1

5.5

1.84

Bron

zeN

on-fe

rrous

712

.66.

12.

01Al

umin

ium

Non

-ferro

us8

13.0

6.2

2.04

Cop

per

Non

-ferro

us

12

34

56

78

TQ 4

01

TQ 4

03TQ

402

/412

0.5 31

2 613 91.5

4 1225 152.5


6 - 5


6.2.1 Adjusting 2-wire current transmission systemsFor TQ4xx proximity measurement systems using an IQS45x with a current-modulatedoutput signal, the following procedure shows how to adjust the initial gap electrically using the2-wire (current) technique.1- Connect a −24 VDC power supply between the “−24 VDC” and “COM” terminals of the

IQS45x signal conditioner (see Figure 6-4).2- Connect an ammeter in series with the power supply (see Figure 6-4).3- Check the data sheet for the specific type of TQ4xx proximity transducer used and note

the theoretical limits of the (linear) measurement range.4- Set the transducer-to-target distance to the theoretical minimum and maximum values

using feeler gauges, and to several values in between. Measure the current at eachsetting and construct a table showing the current-distance characteristics.

NOTE: If electrically conducting feeler gauges are being used, it is important to removethem from the gap between the proximity transducer and the target before takingthe current reading. If a conducting feeler gauge is left between the proximitytransducer and the target, the current measurement will be incorrect.

5- The current is subsequently converted into a voltage by the GSI127 galvanic separationunit for a system using 2-wire transmission. For example, a VCL 140 target has thefollowing transfer function:

This transfer function can also be expressed as follows:

6- Using the formula above, calculate the voltage corresponding to the measured currentvalue for each measurement setting in step 4.

7- Plot a curve of the voltage-distance characteristics (see Figure 6-2 for an example).8- The linear part of the measurement range and the system sensitivity (mV/µm) can be

determined using the curve plotted in step 7.

• At minimum GAP Current = −15.5 mA Voltage = −1.6 V

• At maximum GAP Current = −20.5 mA Voltage = −17.6 V

• Voltage (V) = −3.2 (V/mA) x current (value in mA) + 48 V

Gap

Ammeter

DC power supply

Figure 6-4: Characterisation using a 2-wire transmission technique

d

JB118

EA40x

IQS45x

OUTCOM−24 V

TQ4xx −24 VDC

Target



6.2.2 Adjusting 3-wire voltage transmission systemsFor TQ4xx proximity measurement systems using an IQS45x with a voltage-modulatedoutput signal, the following procedure shows how to adjust the initial gap electrically using the3-wire (voltage) technique.1- Connect a −24 VDC power supply between the “−24 VDC” and “COM” terminals of the

IQS45x signal conditioner (see Figure 6-5).2- Connect a voltmeter between the COM and OUTPUT terminals (see Figure 6-5).3- Check the data sheet for the specific type of TQ4xx proximity transducer used and note

the theoretical limits of the (linear) measurement range.4- Set the transducer-to-target distance to the theoretical minimum and maximum values

using feeler gauges, and to several values in between. Measure the voltage at eachsetting.

NOTE: If electrically conducting feeler gauges are being used, it is important to removethem from the gap between the proximity transducer and the target before takingthe current reading. If a conducting feeler gauge is left between the proximitytransducer and the target, the current measurement will be incorrect.

5- Plot a curve of the voltage-distance characteristics (see Figure 6-2 for an example).6- The linear part of the measurement range and the system sensitivity (mV/µm) can now

be determined using the curve plotted in step 5.

Gap

Voltmeter

DC power supply

Figure 6-5: Characterisation using a 3-wire transmission technique

d

JB118

EA40x

IQS45x

OUTCOM−24 V

TQ4xx

−24 VDC

Target

+

−


7 - 1

General precautionsELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS

7 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS


7.2 General wiring diagrams

NOTE: Information on connecting equipment to the electronic monitoring system can befound in the project-specific wiring diagram delivered with a system.

For use in potentially explosive atmospheres, the GSI127 has a certification that allowsinstallation in an Ex Zone 2 (hazardous area), that is, it is an “Ex nA [ia]” safety barrier.Additional information is given in the wiring diagrams listed in Table 7-1.

IN ORDINARY APPLICATIONS (NON-EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES), NO CERTIFICATIONS AREREQUIRED FOR THE USE OF THESE MEASUREMENT CHAINS.HOWEVER, IN POTENTIALLY EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES, CERTIFICATIONS ARE REQUIREDFOR THE USE OF THESE MEASUREMENT CHAINS. THE ACTUAL CERTIFICATION REQUIREDFOR EACH PRODUCT IN THE MEASUREMENT CHAIN DEPENDS ON THE ATEX/IECEXZONE IN WHICH THE PRODUCT IS INSTALLED.THE “REQUESTED CERTIFICATIONS FOR EXPLOSIVE ZONES (ATEX/IECEX)” TABLEINCLUDED IN EACH WIRING DIAGRAM (FIGURE 7-1 AND FIGURE 7-2) OUTLINES THECERTIFICATIONS REQUIRED FOR EACH PRODUCT IN THE MEASUREMENT CHAINACCORDING TO THE ATEX/IECEX ZONE IN WHICH IT IS INSTALLED. THAT IS, THETABLES SPECIFY THE CERTIFICATION REQUIRED FOR A PRODUCT FROM AN AREA OF THEWIRING DIAGRAM (AREA A, AREA B OR AREA C) WHEN THAT AREA OF THE WIRINGDIAGRAM CORRESPONDS TO THE DIFFERENT ATEX/IECEX ZONES IN WHICH THEPRODUCT CAN BE INSTALLED.THE LENGTHS OF CABLES (INTEGRAL CABLES AND CABLE ASSEMBLIES) INSTALLED INPOTENTIALLY EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES MUST BE DETERMINED AS PER THECRITERIA OUTLINED THE EC TYPE EXAMINATION CERTIFICATE FOR THE PRODUCT,WHICH ARE SUMMARISED IN FIGURE 7-3.FOR FURTHER INFORMATION, SEE THE EX CERTIFICATES IN THE APPENDICES OF THISMANUAL. (THE EX CERTIFICATES ARE ALSO AVAILABLE FROM OUR WEBSITE ATWWW.MEGGITTSENSING.COM/ENERGY)





General wiring diagramsELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS

Table 7-1: Index of wiring diagrams

Proximity measurement chain details Wiring diagram Figure

TQ4xx proximity probe with integral cable and/or EA40xextension cable, IQS45x signal conditioner (in an ABAhousing), transmission cabling, optional GSI127 galvanicseparation unit and optional APF19x power supply –using a single cubicle for industrial applications.

011-001-000E121 (sheet 1 of 3) 7-1

As above, but using two cubicles for industrialapplications. The cubicles are separated by a maximumof 50 m of connecting cable.

011-001-000E121 (sheet 2 of 3) 7-2

As above, but summarising the Ex parameters for themeasurement chain calculations.

011-001-000E121 (sheet 3 of 3) 7-3

THESE MEASUREMENT CHAINS ARE SUITABLEFOR NON-EXPLOSIVE OR POTENTIALLYEXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES IN ACCORDANCE WITHTHE INFORMATION GIVEN IN THE“REQUESTED CERTIFICATIONS FOR EXPLOSIVEZONES (ATEX/IECEX)” TABLE INCLUDED IN THEWIRING DIAGRAM.

THESE MEASUREMENT CHAINS ARE SUITABLEFOR NON-EXPLOSIVE OR POTENTIALLYEXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES IN ACCORDANCE WITHTHE INFORMATION GIVEN IN THE“REQUESTED CERTIFICATIONS FOR EXPLOSIVEZONES (ATEX/IECEX)” TABLE INCLUDED IN THEWIRING DIAGRAM.


7 - 3


Figu

re7-

1:TQ

4xx

prox

imity

pro

be b

ased

pro

xim

ity m

easu

rem

ent c

hain

ssu

itabl

e fo

r use

in n

on-e

xplo

sive

or p

oten

tially

exp

losi

ve a

tmos

pher

es –

usi

ng a

sin

gle

cubi

cle

for i

ndus

trial

app

licat

ions



Figu

re7-

2:TQ

4xx

prox

imity

pro

be b

ased

pro

xim

ity m

easu

rem

ent c

hain

ssu

itabl

e fo

r use

in n

on-e

xplo

sive

or p

oten

tially

exp

losi

ve a

tmos

pher

es –

usi

ng tw

o cu

bicl

es fo

r ind

ustri

al a

pplic

atio

ns


7 - 5


Figu

re7-

3:TQ

4xx

prox

imity

pro

be b

ased

pro

xim

ity m

easu

rem

ent c

hain

ssu

itabl

e fo

r use

in n

on-e

xplo

sive

or p

oten

tially

exp

losi

ve a

tmos

pher

es –

sum

mar

isin

g th

e Ex

par

amet

ers

for t

he m

easu

rem

ent c

hain





8 - 1

GeneralMAINTENANCE

8 MAINTENANCE

8.1 GeneralThe calibration of a TQ4xx-based proximity measurement system can be checkedperiodically by following the instructions given in 6.2 Electrical adjustment of the initial gap.Apart from periodic calibration, no specific maintenance is required for the TQ4xx-basedproximity measurement systems described in this manual, that is, for TQ4xx proximitytransducers, cabling or associated equipment such as IQS45x signal conditioners andGSI12x galvanic separation units.

NOTE: Any attempt by unauthorised personnel to modify or repair equipment still underguarantee will invalidate the warranty.

See 10.1 Contacting us for the contact details relevant to repairing defective hardware.

8.2 Requirements for equipment used in potentially explosive atmospheres

8.3 CleaningIt is not required to clean the components of TQ4xx-based proximity measurement systems.However, if cleaning does become necessary:• Clean with a damp cloth, then wipe with a dry cloth if required.• Keep away from live electrical parts.• Do not use any solvents or cleaning agents. Never pour or spray any cleaner or liquid on

the components.

WHERE MAINTENANCE IS REQUIRED, IT MUST BE PERFORMED ONLY BY EX QUALIFIEDPERSONNEL WITH THE APPROPRIATE MATERIAL.ANY MAINTENANCE WORK PERFORMED ON MEGGITT VIBRO-METER® EQUIPMENT THATCAN BE USED IN POTENTIALLY EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES MUST RESPECT THECRITERIA DEFINED IN THE APPROPRIATE SECTIONS OF THE CORRESPONDINGEX CERTIFICATES.FOR FURTHER INFORMATION, SEE THE EX CERTIFICATES IN THE APPENDICES OF THISMANUAL. (THE EX CERTIFICATES ARE ALSO AVAILABLE FROM OUR WEBSITE ATWWW.MEGGITTSENSING.COM/ENERGY)DO NOT ATTEMPT TO MODIFY OR REPAIR EQUIPMENT FROM MEGGITT’SVIBRO-METER® PRODUCT LINE THAT IS USED IN POTENTIALLY EXPLOSIVEATMOSPHERES.

IF CLEANING BECOMES NECESSARY, USE A DAMP CLOTH ONLY AND KEEP AWAY FROMPOWERED (“LIVE”) ELECTRICAL PARTS.



CleaningMAINTENANCE



9 - 1

END-OF-LIFE PRODUCT DISPOSAL

9 END-OF-LIFE PRODUCT DISPOSALA TQ4xx-based proximity measurement system is an electrical/electronic product, therefore,it must be disposed of in a acceptable manner at the end of its useful life. This is important inorder to reduce pollution and improve resource efficiency.

NOTE: For environmental and economic reasons, end-of-life electrical and electronicequipment must be collected and treated separately from other waste: it must notgo into landfill (or tip, dump, rubbish dump, garbage dump or dumping ground).

In Europe (the European Union), end-of-life electrical/electronic products are classed aswaste electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE), and are subject to the requirements of theEuropean Union (EU) directive 2012/19/EU on waste electrical and electronic equipment(commonly referred to as the WEEE directive).According to the WEEE regulations, all waste electrical and electronic equipment should becollected separately and then treated and disposed of in accordance with the best availableand environmentally friendly techniques. This is because electronic waste (or e-waste) maycontain substances harmful to the environment and/or to human health. In addition, electronicwaste is also a valuable source of raw materials that can contribute to a circular economy.The WEEE symbol (a “crossed-out wheeled bin”) is used on product labelling to indicateequipment that must be properly treated and disposed of at the end of its life (see Figure 9-1).

Although a number of non-EU countries have enacted WEEE regulations, different end-of-lifeproduct disposal laws and regulations apply in other countries and regions of the world.Accordingly, please consult your local authorities to obtain the information and guidancerelevant to your country and region.

NOTE: At the end of their useful life, electrical/electronic products must be disposed of inan environmentally friendly manner.In European Union Member States, the WEEE directive is applicable.In other countries and regions of the world, different laws and regulations may beapplicable, so please consult your local authorities.

Figure 9-1: WEEE symbol


END-OF-LIFE PRODUCT DISPOSAL

For additional end-of-life product disposal information and guidance, contact your localMeggitt representative. Alternatively, contact our main office:

Environment, health and safety departmentMeggitt SA

Route de Moncor 4Case postale1701 FribourgSwitzerland

Telephone: +41 26 407 11 11Email: [email protected]

Website: www.meggittsensing.com/energy



10 - 1

Contacting usSERVICE AND SUPPORT

10 SERVICE AND SUPPORT

10.1Contacting usMeggitt’s worldwide customer support network offers a range of support, including10.2 Technical support and 10.3 Sales and repairs support. For customer support, contactyour local Meggitt representative. Alternatively, contact our main office:

Customer support departmentMeggitt SA

Route de Moncor 4Case postale1701 FribourgSwitzerland

Telephone: +41 26 407 11 11Email: [email protected]

Website: www.meggittsensing.com/energy

10.2Technical supportMeggitt’s technical support team provide both pre-sales and post-sales technical support,including:• General advice• Technical advice• Troubleshooting• Site visits.

NOTE: For further information, contact Meggitt (see 10.1 Contacting us).

10.3Sales and repairs supportMeggitt’s sales team provide both pre-sales and post-sales support, including advice on:• New products• Spare parts• Repairs.

NOTE: If a product has to be returned for repairs, then it should be accompanied by acompleted Energy product return form, included on page 10-4.



Customer feedbackSERVICE AND SUPPORT

10.4Customer feedbackAs part of our continuing commitment to improving customer service, we warmly welcomeyour opinions. To provide feedback, complete the Energy customer feedback form onpage 10-7 and return it to Meggitt SA’s main office (see 10.1 Contacting us).


10 - 3


REPAIRS AND RETURNS

Energy product return procedure

If a Meggitt vibro-meter® Energy product needs to be returned to Meggitt Switzerland, pleaseuse the online product return procedure on the Meggitt vibro-meter® Energy website at www.meggittsensing.com/energy/service-and-support/repair

As described on the website, the product return procedure is as follows:1- Complete and submit online the Energy product return form that is available on the

website (note: * indicates a required field).For each Energy product to be returned, a separate Energy product return form must becompleted and submitted online. It is possible to return multiple items of the sameproduct type with the same form (same part number (PNR), multiple serial numbers(SNRs) – separated with a coma “,”).When an Energy product return form is submitted online, the website displays a messageconfirming that the form has been successfully sent.

2- When the Energy product return form has been processed by Meggitt Switzerland, areturn merchandise authorisation (RMA) document with a unique RMA # referencenumber and containing a pre-filled end-user certificate (EUC) will be emailed by return.Received forms are typically processed and the RMA document sent within 2 workingdays.

NOTE: Please do not return any products to Meggitt Switzerland without a supportingreturn merchandise authorisation (RMA) document.Please use the RMA # reference number in all future communicationsregarding a product return.

3- Review, complete and sign the RMA document and also review, complete and sign theEUC that the RMA contains (separate signatures are required for each).For each Energy product to be returned, an associated single-use end-user certificate(EUC) is required, unless your company has an annual end-user certificate (EUC) inplace. Either end-user certificate can be used to cover multiple products.Multiple items of the same product type (same part number (PNR), multiple serialnumbers (SNRs)) are allowed for a single RMA and EUC.

4- Optionally, to support your internal processes, you may want to issue one purchase order(PO) per product (may include multiple items / serial numbers) and send it to MeggittSwitzerland.

5- Send the Energy product(s) together with printed and signed copies of the returnmerchandise authorisation (RMA) document (or documents) and the end-user certificate(or certificates) to Meggitt Switzerland at:Meggitt SA, Energy repairs department, Route de Moncor 4, Case postale,1701 Fribourg, Switzerland.

NOTE: The Energy product return form reproduced below is included to support thegathering of information required for completion and submission online.

www.meggittsensing.com/energy/service-and-support/repair







Energy product return form

Contact information

First name:* Last name:*

Job title: Company:*

Address:*

Country:* Email:*

Telephone:* Fax:

Product information

Product type:* Part number (PNR):*

Serial number (SER):

Note: Enter “Unknown” if the serial number (SER) is not known.

Ex product: SIL product:*

Yes Yes

No No

Meggitt SA purchase order number: Date of purchase (dd.mm.yyyy):

Product under warranty: Site where installed:

Yes

No

Don’t know

End user:


10 - 5


Return information

Reason for return:*

Repair Calibration / recertification

Out-of-box problem Return

If the reason for return is “Repair”, please answer the following questions:*

Type of problem: How long was the operating time before failure?

Continuous

Intermittent

Temperature dependent

Description of failure:

Please provide a detailed description in order to help with problem diagnosis.

If the reason for return is “Out-of-box problem”, please answer the following questions:*

Type of out-of-box problem:

Product damaged

Incorrect product configuration

Incorrect product delivered

Problem with documentation / labelling

Product dead-on-arrival

Additional information:

Please provide as much information as possible in order to help with problem diagnosis.



Ex product information – additional information required for Ex products only

Is the product installed in a hazardous area (potentially explosive atmosphere)?:

Yes

No

If the product is installed in a hazardous area, please answer the following questions:

How long was the operating time before failure?:


SIL product information – additional information required for SIL products only*Note: For SIL products used in functional safety contexts/systems, this SIL product information section must be completed.

Is the product installed in a safety-related system?:*

Yes

No

If the product is installed in a safety-related system, please answer the following questions:*

Did the system fail** in a safe mode?:* (That is, the safety relay operated but the trip was spurious.)

Yes

No

Not applicable

Did the system fail** in a dangerous state?:* (That is, the failure did not result in the safe state.)

Yes

No

Not applicable

How long was the operating time before failure (in hours)?:*


** A faulty indicator LED is considered as a cosmetic failure.


10 - 7


FEEDBACK

Energy customer feedback form

Manual information

Title of manual:

Proximity measurement systems using TQ4xx proximity sensorsinstallation manual

Reference: MAPROX400/E Version: Edition 19

Date of issue: January 2022

Customer contact information

First name:* Last name:*

Job title: Company:*

Address:*

Country:* Email:*

Telephone:* Fax:



Feedback – general

Please answer the following questions:

Is the document well organised? Yes No

Is the information technically accurate? Yes No

Is more technical detail required? Yes No

Are the instructions clear and complete? Yes No

Are the descriptions easy to understand? Yes No

Are the examples and diagrams/photos helpful? Yes No

Are there enough examples and diagrams/photos? Yes No

Is the style/wording easy to read? Yes No

Is any information not included? Yes No

Please include any additional information in the “Feedback – additional” section below.

Feedback – additional


Please provide as much feedback as possible in order to help us improve our product documentation.Continue on a separate sheet if necessary …


A - 1

APPENDIX A: TIGHTENING TORQUE VALUES FOR CABLE FITTINGS


Figure A-1 outlines the recommended tightening torque values for the proper assembly ofcable fittings (stuffing glands) on ABA17x industrial housings.In Figure A-1, the maximum tightening torque values in N·m are specified for different cablefitting components such as cable glands, reduction flanges, nuts and covers (plugs forunused cable entries) which may form part of the configuration of ABA17x industrialhousings.

NOTE: In order to ensure correct mounting, the tightening of components should bestopped if the sealing insert forms a bead that projects above the lock nut, even ifthe torque specified in Figure A-1 has not yet been reached.

.

Failure to respect the recommended tightening torques when mountingcable fittings (stuffing glands) can lead to permanent component damage.

INSTALLATION MANUAL Document reference MAPROX400/EProximity measurement systems using TQ4xx proximity sensors Edition 19 - January 2022A - 2


Figu

reA

-1:T

ight

enin

g to

rque

val

ues

for c

able

fitti

ngs

(ABA

17x)


B - 1

APPENDIX B: ATEX CERTIFICATIONS


Table B-1: Related ATEX certificates

Product(s) covered Certificate number

ABA160, JB118and PA151 PTB 01 ATEX 1061 U

ABA161and PA150 PTB 98 ATEX 3101 U

ABA17xBVS 15 ATEX E 112 U

Presafe 14 ATEX 5378 U

EA4xx, IQS4xx and TQ4xxLCIE 11 ATEX 1010 X

LCIE 11 ATEX 3091 X

GSI127 LCIE 13 ATEX 3037 X

Cable fittings(stuffing glands)

ITS 16 ATEX 101335 X

ITS 16 ATEX 101336 X

LCIE 02 ATEX 0038 U

LCIE 03 ATEX 0033 U

PTB 11 ATEX 1007 X

PTB 98 ATEX 3130

SEV 15 ATEX 0151

SEV 15 ATEX 0152 X

INSTALLATION MANUAL Document reference MAPROX400/EProximity measurement systems using TQ4xx proximity sensors Edition 19 - January 2022B - 2



DRAFT

EX

ATEX certificate PTB 01 ATEX 1061 UEdition 5 - April 2014

Meggitt SARoute de Moncor 4

PO Box 1616CH - 1701 Fribourg

Switzerland

www.meggittsensingsystems.comwww.vibro-meter.com

PTB_01_ATEX_1061_U

ATEX certificate:

PTB 01 ATEX 1061 U

for

ABA 15x / ABA 160 / JB 116 / JB 118 / PA 151

Although the certificate is available in twolanguages (English and German), the liability of thenotified body applies only on the text of the originalcopy of the certificate that it published.

Obwohl das Zertifikat in zwei Sprachen (Englischund Deutsch) übersetzt ist, können nur diebescheinigten Behörden, die den Text auf derOriginalausgabe des Zertifikates herausgegebenhaben, zur rechtlichen Verantwortung gezogenwerden.

EN

DE

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANKCETTE PAGE EST LAISSÉE INTENTIONNELLEMENT VIDE

DIESE SEITE WURDE ABSICHTLICH LEER GELASSEN

PTB 01 ATEX 1061 U 1Edition 5 - April 2014

DRAFT

PTB 01 ATEX 1061 U (DE)(Original copy)

ABA 15x / ABA 160 / JB 116 / JB 118 / PA 151PTB 01 ATEX 1061 U (DE)Original copyDEDEABA 15x / ABA 160 / JB 116 / JB 118 / PA 151ABA 15x / ABA 160 / JB 116 / JB 118 / PA 151

1

DRAFT


ABA 15x / ABA 160 / JB 116 / JB 118 / PA 151

2 PTB 01 ATEX 1061 UEdition 5 - April 2014

1


DRAFT


ABA 15x / ABA 160 / JB 116 / JB 118 / PA 151

2

DRAFT


ABA 15x / ABA 160 / JB 116 / JB 118 / PA 151


ABA 15x / ABA 160 (Rose) / JB 116 / JB 118 / PA 151

DE PTB 01 ATEX 1061 U (DE) Original copy DE


DRAFT


ABA 15x / ABA 160 / JB 116 / JB 118 / PA 151

DRAFT


ABA 15x / ABA 160 / JB 116 / JB 118 / PA 151





DRAFT


ABA 15x / ABA 160 / JB 116 / JB 118 / PA 151ABA 15x / ABA 160 (Rose) / JB 116 / JB 118 / PA 151


DRAFT


ABA 15x / ABA 160 / JB 116 / JB 118 / PA 151





DRAFT


ABA 15x / ABA 160 / JB 116 / JB 118 / PA 151ABA 15x / ABA 160 (Rose) / JB 116 / JB 118 / PA 151


DRAFT

PTB 01 ATEX 1061 U (EN)(Original English translation)

ABA 15x / ABA 160 / JB 116 / JB 118 / PA 151


Although the certificate is available in the 2 languages (English and German), the liability of the notified body applies only on the text of the original copy of the certificate that it published.


EN PTB 01 ATEX 1061 U (EN) Original English translation EN


DRAFT


ABA 15x / ABA 160 / JB 116 / JB 118 / PA 151




DRAFT


ABA 15x / ABA 160 / JB 116 / JB 118 / PA 151






DRAFT


ABA 15x / ABA 160 / JB 116 / JB 118 / PA 151




DRAFT


ABA 15x / ABA 160 / JB 116 / JB 118 / PA 151






DRAFT


ABA 15x / ABA 160 / JB 116 / JB 118 / PA 151




DRAFT


ABA 15x / ABA 160 / JB 116 / JB 118 / PA 151





DRAFT

EX

ATEX certificate PTB 98 ATEX 3101 UEdition 4 - May 2015



Switzerland


PTB_01_ATEX_1061_U

ATEX certificate:

PTB 98 ATEX 3101 U

for

ABA 161 and PA 150



EN

DE



PTB 98 ATEX 3101 U 1Edition 4 - May 2015

DRAFT


ABA 161 and PA 150PTB 98 ATEX 3101 U (DE)Original copyDEDEABA 161 and PA 150ABA 161 and PA 150

1

DRAFT


ABA 161 and PA 150

2 PTB 98 ATEX 3101 UEdition 4 - May 2015

1


DRAFT


ABA 161 and PA 150

2

DRAFT


ABA 161 and PA 150


1


DRAFT


ABA 161 and PA 150

2

DRAFT


ABA 161 and PA 150






DRAFT


ABA 161 and PA 150




DRAFT


ABA 161 and PA 150






DRAFT


ABA 161 and PA 150




DRAFT


ABA 161 and PA 150




DRAFT

EX

ATEX certificate BVS 15 ATEX E 112 UEdition 1 – September 2018


PO Box 16161701 Fribourg

Switzerland


Title Page

ATEX certificate:

BVS 15 ATEX E 112 U

for

ABA17x



EN

DE


THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANKDIESE SEITE WURDE ABSICHTLICH LEER GELASSEN

BVS 15 ATEX E 112 U 1Edition 1 - September 2018

DRAFT

BVS 15 ATEX E 112 U (DE, EN)(Original copy)

ABA17xBVS 15 ATEX E 112 U (DE, EN)ABA17xENOriginal copy

Man

ual B

VS

15

ATE

X E

112

U17

Ed

ition

Feb

ruar

y 20

18th

uba

Ltd

., C

H-4

002

Bas

elC

opyr

ight

S

witz

erla

nd

Man

ual B

VS

15

ATE

X E

112

U16

Ed

ition

Feb

ruar

y 20

18th

uba

Ltd

., C

H-4

002

Bas

elC

opyr

ight

S

witz

erla

nd

DRAFT


ABA17x

2 BVS 15 ATEX E 112 UEdition 1 - September 2018

1

Man

ual B

VS

15

ATE

X E

112

U19

Ed

ition

Feb

ruar

y 20

18th

uba

Ltd

., C

H-4

002

Bas

elC

opyr

ight

S

witz

erla

nd

Man

ual B

VS

15

ATE

X E

112

U18

Ed

ition

Feb

ruar

y 20

18th

uba

Ltd

., C

H-4

002

Bas

elC

opyr

ight

S

witz

erla

nd

BVS 15 ATEX E 112 U 3Edition 1 - September 2018

DRAFT


ABA17x

Man

ual B

VS

15

ATE

X E

112

U20

Ed

ition

Feb

ruar

y 20

18th

uba

Ltd

., C

H-4

002

Bas

elC

opyr

ight

S

witz

erla

nd

DRAFT


ABA17x

4 BVS 15 ATEX E 112 UEdition 1 - September 2018

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANKDIESE SEITE WURDE ABSICHTLICH LEER GELASSEN

DRAFT

EX

ATEX certificate Presafe 14 ATEX 5378 UEdition 1 - May 2015



Switzerland


PTB_01_ATEX_1061_U

ATEX certificate:

Presafe 14 ATEX 5378 U

for

ABA 17x

EN


Presafe 14 ATEX 5378 U 1Edition 1 - May 2015

DRAFT

Presafe 14 ATEX 5378 U (EN)(Original copy)

ABA 17xPresafe 14 ATEX 5378 U (EN)Original copyENENABA 17xABA 17x

EC-T

ype

Exam

inat

ion

Cer

tific

ate

2 of

4

DNV

Nem

ko P

resa

fe A

S, G

aust

adal

léen

30,

037

3 O

slo, N

orw

ay

[13]

Sche

dule

[14]

EC

-TYP

E EX

AMIN

ATIO

N C

ERTI

FICA

TE N

o.:

Pres

afe

14 A

TEX

5378

U

Issu

e 1

Ce

rtifi

cate

His

tory

Is

sue

Desc

riptio

n Re

port

no.

Is

sue

date

0

Orig

inal

issu

e D0

0015

50

2014

-12-

05

1 Co

rrec

ted

Type

err

ors i

n th

e ce

rtifi

cate

D0

0015

50

2014

-12-

05

[1

5]

Desc

riptio

n of

Equ

ipm

ent o

r Pro

tect

ive

Syst

em

Cubo

X em

pty

boxe

s m

ade

of s

tain

less

ste

el o

r pa

inte

d st

eel i

n va

rious

size

s. E

nclo

sure

s ca

n be

fitt

ed w

ith

optio

nal

plas

tic w

indo

w o

r gl

and

plat

es,

mou

ntin

g ac

cess

orie

s lik

e DI

N-r

ails,

mou

ntin

g pl

ates

,bra

cket

s &

M

etric

or N

PT th

read

cou

pler

. Lid

can

be

fixed

by

scre

ws

or c

ombi

natio

n of

scr

ews

and

loos

e hi

nges

or q

uick

lo

cks.

Sev

eral

inte

rnal

and

ext

erna

l ear

thin

g op

tions

are

pro

vide

d. S

ealin

g is

ensu

red

by h

igh

tem

pera

ture

sil

icon

e ga

sket

(EP

DM g

aske

t ca

n be

use

d fo

r gl

and

plat

e or

Com

bo a

ssem

blie

s). F

or in

form

atio

n re

gard

ing

tight

enin

g to

rque

s, re

fer t

o in

stru

ctio

ns fo

r use

. See

att

achm

ent f

or m

ore

prod

uct d

etai

ls an

d ra

ting.

Re

fer P

rodu

ct N

omen

clat

ure

for t

he p

ossib

le v

aria

nts/

prov

ision

s. Th

is re

plac

es D

NV

11 A

TEX

9890

9U

Ty

pe Id

entif

icat

ion

O

pera

ting

tem

pera

ture

lim

its fo

r pla

in st

ainl

ess s

teel

enc

losu

re (w

ith o

r with

out g

land

pla

te):

-55°

C to

+16

0°C

Ope

ratin

g te

mpe

ratu

re li

mits

for s

tain

less

stee

l enc

losu

re w

ith L

exan

pla

stic

win

dow

, ear

thin

g op

tion

3:

-55°

C to

+10

0°C

Ope

ratin

g te

mpe

ratu

re li

mits

for p

aint

ed st

eel e

nclo

sure

(with

or w

ithou

t pla

stic

win

dow

and

gla

nd p

late

):

-55°

C to

+85

°C

Ope

ratin

g te

mpe

ratu

re E

PDM

gas

ket/

and

or q

uick

lock

s in

encl

osur

e: -5

5°C

to +

85°C

O

pera

ting

tem

pera

ture

pla

stic

switc

h ha

ndle

in e

nclo

sure

: -30

°C to

+45

°C

Degr

ees o

f pro

tect

ion

(IP C

ode)

:

Encl

osur

e m

ater

ial

Opt

iona

l acc

esso

ries

IP ra

ting

Stai

nles

s ste

el a

nd p

aint

ed st

eel e

nclo

sure

Pl

astic

win

dow

IP

66/6

7 St

ainl

ess s

teel

and

pai

nted

stee

l enc

losu

re

Stan

dard

gla

nd p

late

with

silic

on g

aske

t IP

66

Stai

nles

s ste

el o

r pai

nted

stee

l enc

losu

re

AISI

qui

ck lo

cks

IP66

/67

Stai

nles

s ste

el o

r pai

nted

stee

l enc

losu

re

Zink

qui

ck lo

cks

IP66

St

ainl

ess s

teel

or p

aint

ed st

eel e

nclo

sure

Gl

and

plat

e &

Com

bo b

ox w

ith E

PDM

gas

ket

IP66

/67

Stai

nles

s ste

el o

r pai

nted

stee

l enc

losu

re

Plas

tic sw

itch

hand

le

IP64

EC-T

ype

Exam

inat

ion

Cer

tific

ate

1 of

4

DNV

Nem

ko P

resa

fe A

S, G

aust

adal

léen

30,

037

3 O

slo, N

orw

ay

[2]

EQU

IPM

ENT

OR

PRO

TECT

IVE

SYST

EM IN

TEN

DED

FOR

USE

IN P

OTE

NTI

ALLY

EXP

LOSI

VE A

TMO

SPH

ERES

DIR

ECTI

VE 9

4/9/

EC

[3

] EC

-Typ

e Ex

amin

atio

n Ce

rtifi

cate

Num

ber:

Pres

afe

14 A

TEX

5378

U

Issu

e 1

[4]

Equi

pmen

t or P

rote

ctiv

e Sy

stem

: Em

pty

box

[5

] Ap

plic

ant

Man

ufac

ture

r or A

utho

rized

re

pres

enta

tive:

En

sto

Finl

and

Oy

[6]

Addr

ess:

En

sio

Mie

ttis

en k

atu

2 P.

O.B

ox 7

7, 0

6101

Por

voo

[7

] Th

is e

quip

men

t or p

rote

ctiv

e sy

stem

and

any

acc

epta

ble

varia

tion

ther

eto

is sp

ecifi

ed in

the

sche

dule

to

this

cer

tific

ate

and

the

docu

men

ts th

erei

n re

ferr

ed to

.

[8]

DNV

Nem

ko P

resa

fe A

S, n

otifi

ed b

ody

num

ber 2

460

in a

ccor

danc

e w

ith A

rtic

le 9

of C

ounc

il Di

rect

ive

94/9

/EC

of 2

3 M

arch

199

4, c

ertif

ies t

hat t

his e

quip

men

t or p

rote

ctiv

e sy

stem

has

bee

n fo

und

to

com

ply

with

the

Esse

ntia

l Hea

lth a

nd S

afet

y re

quire

men

ts re

latin

g to

the

desi

gn a

nd c

onst

ruct

ion

of

equi

pmen

t and

pro

tect

ive

syst

ems i

nten

ded

for u

se in

pot

entia

lly e

xplo

sive

atm

osph

eres

giv

en in

An

nex

II to

the

Dire

ctiv

e.

The

exam

inat

ion

and

test

resu

lts a

re re

cord

ed in

con

fiden

tial r

epor

ts li

sted

in se

ctio

n 14

.

[9]

Com

plia

nce

with

the

Esse

ntia

l Hea

lth a

nd S

afet

y Re

quire

men

ts h

as b

een

assu

red

by c

ompl

ianc

e w

ith:

EN 6

0079

-0: 2

012,

EN

600

79-7

:200

7 &

EN

600

79-3

1:20

14

[1

0]

syst

em is

subj

ect t

o sp

ecia

l con

ditio

ns fo

r saf

e us

e sp

ecifi

ed in

the

sche

dule

to th

is c

ertif

icat

e.

[1

1]

This

EC-

TYPE

EXA

MIN

ATIO

N C

ERTI

FICA

TE re

late

s onl

y to

the

desi

gn a

nd c

onst

ruct

ion

of th

e sp

ecifi

ed

equi

pmen

t or p

rote

cted

syst

em. I

f app

licab

le, f

urth

er re

quire

men

ts o

f thi

s Dire

ctiv

e ap

ply

to th

e m

anuf

actu

rer a

nd su

pply

of t

his e

quip

men

t or p

rote

ctiv

e sy

stem

.

[12]

Th

e m

arki

ng o

f the

equ

ipm

ent o

r pro

tect

ive

syst

em sh

all i

nclu

de th

e fo

llow

ing:

II

2 G

Ex

e II

C G

b

II

2 D

Ex tb

IIIC

Db

IP 6

4 /

66 /

67

____

____

____

Bjø

rn S

pong

svee

n

For D

NV

Nem

ko P

resa

fe A

S

I

nfor

mat

ion

on e

lect

roni

c sig

natu

re w

ww

.pre

safe

.com

PRO

D 02

1

Date

of i

ssue

: 20

14-1

2-10

Th

is Ce

rtifi

cate

repl

aces

pr

evio

usly

cer

tific

ate

DNV

11 A

TEX

9890

9U

issue

d by

DN

V

DRAFT

Presafe 14 ATEX 5378 U (EN)(Original copy)

ABA 17x

2 Presafe 14 ATEX 5378 UEdition 1 - May 2015

EC-T

ype

Exam

inat

ion

Cer

tific

ate

4 of

4

DNV

Nem

ko P

resa

fe A

S, G

aust

adal

léen

30,

037

3 O

slo, N

orw

ay

[16]

Pr

ojec

t No.

: D00

0155

0

Desc

riptiv

e Do

cum

ents

Title

: Dr

awin

g N

o.:

Rev.

Lev

el:

Date

: 80

0001

Ty

pes a

nd g

ener

al a

ssem

bly

C 20

13-0

3-03

80

0002

Ge

nera

l sizi

ng in

form

atio

n C

2013

-03-

03

8000

03

Eart

hing

mou

ntin

g an

d riv

et p

ondi

ng

D 20

14-1

0-10

80

0004

W

indo

w a

nd g

land

pla

tes

B 20

13-0

3-03

80

0005

Ge

nera

l gas

ket i

nfor

mat

ion

B 20

13-0

3-03

80

0006

Ce

rtifi

catio

n la

bel a

nd la

bel f

ixin

g C

2012

-01-

10

8000

09

Glan

ding

are

as

C 20

14-1

0-31

80

0014

Co

mbo

enc

losu

re a

nd E

PDM

gla

nd p

late

A

2013

-03-

03

8000

15

Doub

le d

oor e

nclo

sure

A

2013

-03-

03

[17]

Sp

ecia

l Con

ditio

ns fo

r Saf

e U

se

Pote

ntia

l risk

of e

lect

rost

atic

disc

harg

e fr

om p

last

ic w

indo

w, R

efer

to in

stru

ctio

ns fo

r use

. W

hen

the

plas

tic sw

itch

hand

le is

inst

alle

d in

the

elec

tric

al a

ppar

atus

, car

e m

ust b

e ta

ken

that

the

tem

pera

ture

s at t

he m

ount

ing

plac

e ar

e w

ithin

the

tem

pera

ture

rang

e of

use

. [1

8]

Esse

ntia

l Hea

lth a

nd S

afet

y Re

quire

men

ts

Se

e pa

rt 9

of t

his c

ertif

icat

e

END

OF

CERT

IFIC

ATE

EC-T

ype

Exam

inat

ion

Cer

tific

ate

3 of

4

DNV

Nem

ko P

resa

fe A

S, G

aust

adal

léen

30,

037

3 O

slo, N

orw

ay

Prod

uct N

omen

clat

ure:

[X]

[Ver

sion]

[M

ater

ial]

[Sur

face

] [C

ut

type

] [w

idth

] [he

ight

] [de

pth]

Cu

stom

er sp

ecifi

c fe

aatu

res

(Tot

al N

o. H

oles

/Mou

ntin

g Lu

gs)

M

ax w

idth

: 100

0 m

m

Max

hei

ght:

2000

mm

No

rest

rictio

n on

dep

th

[F

]: St

anda

rd fl

ange

pla

te

[FC]

: Cus

tom

size

d fla

nge

plat

e(s)

[P]:

Plai

n w

alls

or c

ut-o

uts

[N

]: N

atur

al su

rfac

e

[B]:

Brus

hed

surf

ace

[E]:

Pow

der c

oate

d

[S

]: St

ainl

ess s

teel

AIS

I304

[A]:S

tain

less

stee

l AIS

I316

L

[F]:

Mild

stee

l mild

stee

l gal

vani

zed

[1

]: Li

d w

ith sc

rew

s

[2]:

Lid

with

scre

ws a

nd h

inge

s

[3]:

Lid

with

qui

ck lo

cks

[4]:

Lid

with

scre

ws a

nd lo

ose

hing

es

[X

]: Cu

bo X

NB.

If w

ith tw

o do

ors,

then

end

of c

ode

ther

e w

ill b

e le

tter

'D',

if su

pplie

d w

ith A

ISI-l

ocks

, th

en a

fter

the

code

ther

e w

ill b

e le

tter

'S',

if Co

mbo

opt

ion

with

EPD

M g

aske

t end

lett

er w

ill b

e 'C

'. Ex

ampl

es:

X2AN

P303

015C

Co

mbo

X3

ANP3

0301

5C

Com

bo w

ith st

anda

rd lo

ck

X3AN

P303

015S

Bo

x w

ith A

ISI l

ock

X3AN

P303

015

Box

with

Sta

ndar

d lo

ck

X3AN

P100

1001

5D

Tw

o do

ors w

ith st

anda

rd lo

cks

X3AN

P100

1001

5DS

Tw

o do

ors w

ith A

ISI l

ocks

DRAFT

EX

ATEX certificate LCIE 11 ATEX 1010 XEdition 2 - August 2014



Switzerland


Title Page

ATEX certificate:

LCIE 11 ATEX 1010 X

for TQ 4xx, EA 4xxand IQS4xx

Although the certificate is available in the threelanguages (English, French and German), theliability of the notified body applies only on the textof the original copy of the certificate that itpublished.

Bien que le certificat soit traduit dans les 3 langues(Anglais, Français et Allemand), seul le texte de lacopie originale du certificat peut engager laresponsabilité de l’organisme notifié qui l’a publié.

Obwohl das Zertifikat in drei Sprachen (Englisch,Französisch und Deutsch) übersetzt ist, könnennur die bescheinigten Behörden, die den Text aufder Originalausgabe des Zertifikatesherausgegeben haben, zur rechtlichenVerantwortung gezogen werden.

EN

FR

DE



LCIE 11 ATEX 1010 X 1Edition 2 - August 2014

DRAFT

LCIE 11 ATEX 1010 X (FR, EN)(Original copy)

TQ 4xx, EA 4xx and IQS 4xxLCIE 11 ATEX 1010 X (FR, EN)TQ 4xx, EA 4xx and IQS 4xxENFROriginal copy

1

DRAFT


TQ 4xx, EA 4xx and IQS 4xx

2 LCIE 11 ATEX 1010 XEdition 2 - August 2014

1


DRAFT



1

DRAFT

LCIE 11 ATEX 1010 X (DE)(German translation)



Obwohl das Zertifikat in drei Sprachen (Englisch, Französisch und Deutsch) übersetzt ist, können nur die bescheinigten Behörden, die den Text auf der Originalausgabe des Zertifikates herausgegeben haben, zur rechtlichen Verantwortung gezogen werden.

DE LCIE 11 ATEX 1010 X (DE) German translation DE

Deutsche Übersetzung der originalen französischen Kopie der Seite 1

1 FREIWILLIGES TYPENPRÜFZERTIFIKAT

2 Geräte zur Verwendung in explosionsgefährdeten Bereichen - Richtlinie 94/9/EG

3 Zertifikatnummer

LCIE 11 ATEX 1010 X

4 GerätProximetersystemTyp: TQ 4XX / EA 4XX / IQS 4XX

5 Hersteller: MEGGITT SAAdresse: Route de Moncor 4, 1752 VILLARS SUR GLANE, SCHWEIZ

7 Dieses Gerät und die möglichen, zulässigen Varianten sind im Anhang dieses Zertifikats und den darin aufgeführten Unterlagen beschrieben.

8 LCIE bestätigt, dass dieses Gerät die wesentlichen Gesundheits- und Sicherheitsanforderungen in Bezug auf die Auslegung und die Bauart von Geräten der Kategorie 3 (elektrisch) oder Kategorien 2 und 3 (nicht elektrisch) zur Verwendung in explosionsgefährdeten Bereichen nach Anhang II der Richtlinie 94/9EG des Europaparlaments und des Rats vom 23. März 1994 erfüllt.

Die Prüf- und Testergebnisse sind im vertraulichen Bericht Nr. 108047/614896/2.

9 Die Einhaltung der wesentlichen Gesundheits- und Sicherheitsanforderungen wird durch die Übereinstimmung mit den folgenden Dokumenten sichergestellt:- EN 60079-0 (2009)- EN 60079-15 (2010)

10 Ein "X" nach der Zertifikatnummer gibt an, dass für die sichere Verwendung des Gerätes besondere Bedingungen gemäß dem Anhang dieses Zertifikates gelten.

11 Dieses Typenprüfzertifikat betrifft nur die Bauart und die Prüfungen und Tests des betreffenden Geräts gemäßRichtlinie 94/9/EG.Zusätzliche Anforderungen dieser Richtlinie gelten für die Fertigung und Lieferung des Geräts. Diese werden durch dieses Zertifikat nicht abgedeckt.

12 Die Kennzeichnung des Gerätes muss die unter Punkt 15 erläuterten Angaben enthalten.

Fontenay-aux-Roses,am 25. Oktober 2011

Leiter Zertifizierung

Trockenstempel Seite 1/3

LCIE haftet nur für den französischen Text.Dieses Zertifikat darf nur vollständig und ohne Änderungen vervielfältigt werden.


DRAFT





13 ANHANG


LCIE 11 ATEX 1010 X

15 BESCHREIBUNG DES GERÄTES

ProximetersystemTyp: TQ 4XX / EA 4XX / IQS 4XX

Das Schutzsystem basiert auf einem berührungslosen TQ 4XX Messwertaufnehmer, einem EA 4XX Übertragungskabel und einem IQS 4XX Signalaufbereiter. Zusammen bilden diese ein kalibriertes Messaufnehmersystem in welchem jede Komponente ausgetauscht warden kann.Der TQ 4XX Wegaufnehmer ist mit einem integrierten Koaxialkabel ausgestattet. Verschiedene Längen sind möglich, Abschluss mit einem Koaxialstecker.Das EA 4XX Verlängerungskabel ist in verschiedenen Längen lieferbar.Der IQS 4XX Signalaufbereiter dient der Aufbereitung der Signale.

Spezifische Kenndaten der betroffenen Schutzarten:IQS 4XX: U ≤ 28 V, I ≤ 100 mA, P ≤ 0,7 W

Kennzeichnung:MEGGITT SA oder VIBRO-METER oder MFR S3960Adresse: ...Typ: TQ 4XX / EA 4XX / IQS 4XXPNR 111-4XX-000-YYYPNR 204-4XX-000-YYYPNR 913-4XX-000-YYYHerstellungsnummer: ...Herstellungsjahr: ...

II 3GEx nA II T6 bis T3 GcLCIE 11 ATEX 1010 X

Die Geräte müssen ebenfalls mit der Kennzeichnung versehen sein, die in den Herstellungsnormen der betreffenden Geräte normalerweise vorgesehen sind.

16 BESCHREIBENDE UNTERLAGEN

Zertifizierungs-Datei-Nr. DT 1053 Ausgabe 00 vom 25. Juli 2011.Diese Datei enthält 7 Punkte (18 Seiten).

Seite 2/3

DRAFT






13 ANHANG


LCIE 11 ATEX 1010 X

17 BESONDERE BEDINGUNGEN FÜR DIE SICHERE ANWENDUNG

Der Benutzer muss sicherstellen, dass der Standort des Conditioners der Schutzklasse IP54 oder einer gleichwertigen Richtlinie entspricht.

Das Stromversorgungssystem muss folgende elektrische Parameter aufweisen:IQS 4XX: U ≤ 28 V, I ≤ 100 mA, P ≤ 0,7 W

Umgebungstemperatur:Wegaufnehmer (TQ 4XX): −100 °C bis +195 °C Kabel (EA 4XX): −100 °C bis +195 °C Signalaufbereiter (IQS 4XX): 0 °C bis +70 °C

Temperaturklassifizierung:Wegaufnehmer (TQ 4XX): T6 bis +80 °C, T5 bis +95 °C, T4 bis +130 °C, T3 bis +195 °CKabel (EA 4XX): T6 bis +80 °C, T5 bis +95 °C, T4 bis +130 °C, T3 bis +195 °CSignalaufbereiter (IQS 4XX): T6 bis +70 °C

18 WESENTLICHE ANFORDERUNGEN IM BEZUG AUF SICHERHEIT UND GESUNDHEIT

Siehe unter Punkt 9 aufgelistete Bestimmungen.

19 ROUTINEPRÜFUNGEN UND TESTS

Elektrische Durchschlagsfestigkeit geprüft gemäss der Norm EN 60079-15 (2010) Abschnitt 23.2.1.

Seite 3/3


DRAFT





1 ZUSÄTZLICHES FREIWILLIGES TYPENPRÜFUNGSZERTIFIKAT

2 Betriebsmittel oder Schutzsystem zur bestimmungsgemäßen Verwendung in explosionsgefährdeten Bereichen - Richtlinie 94/9/EG

3 Zusätzliche Zertifikatnummer:

LCIE 11 ATEX 1010 X / 01

4 Gerät oder Schutzsystem:

ProximetersystemTyp: TQ 4xx / EA 4xx / IQS 4xxPNR: 111-4xx-000-yyy : TQ 4xxPNR: 913-4xx-000-yyy : EA 4xxPNR: 204-4xx-000-yyy : IQS 4xx

5 Hersteller: MEGGITT

15 BESCHREIBUNG DES ZUSÄTZLICHEN ZERTIFIKATS

Standardaktualisierungen gemäß folgender Richtlinien: EN 60079-0:2012.Änderungen der Betriebsumgebungstemperatur der Signalaufbereiter: −35°C bis +85°C.Update der technischen Unterlagen.

Die Prüf- und Testergebnisse sind im vertraulichen Bericht Nr. 127146-654902 aufgezeichnet.

Spezifische Kenndaten der betroffenen Schutzarten:

Unverändert:IQS 4xx: U ≤ 28 V, I ≤ 100 mA, P ≤ 0,7 W

Die Kennzeichnung lautet wie folgt:Wie folgt modifiziert:Vibro-Meter oder MEGGITT oder MFR S3960Adresse: ...Typ: TQ 4xx / EA 4xx / IQS 4xxPNR 111-4xx-000-yyyPNR 204-4xx-000-yyyPNR 913-4xx-000-yyyHerstellungsnummer: ...Herstellungsjahr: ...

II 3GEx nA II T6 bis T3 GcLCIE 11 ATEX 1010 X


Zertifizierungs-Datei-Nr. DT 1053 Ausgabe 01 vom 12. März 2014.Diese Datei enthält 3 Punkte (5 Seiten).

Seite 1/2

DRAFT






13 ANHANG


LCIE 11 ATEX 1010 X / 01


Wie folgt modifiziert:Der Benutzer muss sicherstellen, dass der Standort des Conditioners der Schutzklasse IP54 oder einer gleichwertigen Richtlinie entspricht.

Das Stromversorgungssystem muss folgende elektrische Parameter aufweisen:IQS 4xx: U ≤ 28 V, I ≤ 100 mA, P ≤ 0,7 W

Umgebungstemperatur:Wegaufnehmer (TQ 4xx): −100°C bis +195°C Kabel (EA 4xx): −100°C bis +195°C Signalaufbereiter (IQS 4xx): −35°C bis +85°C

Temperaturklassifizierung:Wegaufnehmer (TQ 4xx): T6 bis +80°C, T5 bis +95°C, T4 bis +130°C, T3 bis +195°CKabel (EA 4xx): T6 bis +80°C, T5 bis +95°C, T4 bis +130°C, T3 bis +195°CSignalaufbereiter (IQS 4xx): T6 bis +70°C, T5 bis +85°C


Werden von folgenden Richtlinien abgedeckt: EN 60079-0:2012 und EN 60079-15:2010.


Unverändert.

Typenbezeichnung:

PNR 111-4xx-000-yyy:x: definiert das Design des TQ 4xx Wegaufnehmer (x = 0 bis 9) yyy: definiert die Version des Produkts (y = 0 bis 9)

PNR 913-4xx-000-yyy:x: definiert das Design des EA 4xx Kabel (x = 0 bis 9) yyy: definiert die Version des Produkts (y = 0 bis 9)

PNR 204-4xx-000-yyy:x: definiert das Design des IQS 4xx Signalaufbereiter (x = 0 bis 9) yyy: definiert die Version des Produkts (y = 0 bis 9)

Seite 2/2

DRAFT

EX

ATEX certificate LCIE 11 ATEX 3091 XEdition 3 - August 2014



Switzerland


Title Page

ATEX certificate:

LCIE 11 ATEX 3091 X

for TQ 4xx, EA 4xxand IQS 4xx




EN

FR

DE




DRAFT


TQ 4xx, EA 4xx and IQS 4xxLCIE 11 ATEX 3091 X (FR, EN)TQ 4xx, EA 4xx and IQS 4xx ENFROriginal copy

1

DRAFT




1


DRAFT



1

DRAFT






Deutsche Übersetzung der originalen französischen Kopie der Seite 11 EG-PRÜFZERTIFIKAT

2 Geräte und Schutzsysteme zur Verwendung in explosionsgefährdeten Bereichen - Richtlinie 94/9/EG

3 ZertifikatnummerLCIE 11 ATEX 3091 X

4 Gerät oder SchutzsystemProximetersystemTyp: TQ 4XX / EA 4XX / IQS 4XX

5 Antragsteller: Meggitt SAAdresse: Route de Moncor 4

BP 1752 Villars sur GlaneSchweiz

6 Hersteller: Meggitt SAAdresse: Route de Moncor 4

BP 1752 Villars sur GlaneSchweiz


8 LCIE, eingetragen unter der Nummer 0081 gemäß Artikel 9 der Richtlinie 94/9/EG des Europaparlamentes und des Rates vom 23. März 1994, bestätigt, dass dieses Gerät oder Schutzsystem die wesentlichen Gesundheits- und Sicherheitsanforderungen in Bezug auf die Auslegung und die Bauart von Geräten und Schutzsystemen zur Verwendung in explosionsgefährdeten Bereichen nach Anhang II der Richtlinie erfüllt.Die Prüf- und Testergebnisse sind im vertraulichen Bericht Nr. 108047/614896 /1 aufgezeichnet.

9 Die Einhaltung der wesentlichen Gesundheits- und Sicherheitsanforderungen wird durch die Übereinstimmung mit den folgenden Dokumenten sichergestellt:- EN 60079-0 (2009)- EN 60079-11 (2007)


11 Dieses Typenprüfzertifikat betrifft nur die Bauart und die Prüfungen und Tests des betreffenden Geräts gemäßRichtlinie 94/9/EG.Zusätzliche Anforderungen dieser Richtlinie gelten für die Fertigung und Lieferung des Geräts oder Schutzsystems. Diese werden durch dieses Zertifikat nicht abgedeckt.

12 Die Kennzeichnung des Gerätes muss die unter Punkt 15 erläuterten Angaben enthalten.

Fontenay-aux-Roses,am 25. Oktober 2011





DRAFT




Deutsche Übersetzung der originalen französischen Kopie der Seite 113 ANHANG

14 EG-PRÜFZERTIFIKAT

LCIE 11 ATEX 3091 X

15 BESCHREIBUNG DES GERÄTES ODER SCHUTZSYSTEMS

ProximetersystemTyp: TQ 4XX / EA 4XX / IQS 4XX

Das Schutzsystem basiert auf einem berührungslosen TQ 4XX Messwertaufnehmer, einem EA 4XX Übertragungskabel und einem IQS 4XX Signalaufbereiter. Zusammen bilden diese ein kalibriertes Messaufnehmersystem in welchem jede Komponente ausgetauscht warden kann.Der TQ 4XX Wegaufnehmer ist mit einem integrierten Koaxialkabel ausgestattet. Verschiedene Längen sind möglich, Abschluss mit einem Koaxialstecker.Das EA 4XX Verlängerungskabel ist in verschiedenen Längen lieferbar.Der IQS 4XX Signalaufbereiter dient der Aufbereitung der Signale.

Spezifische Kenndaten der betroffenen Schutzarten:IQS 4XX: Ui = 28 V, Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 0,7 W, Ci = 0, Li = 0TQ 4XX: Ci ≤ 120 pF/m (Kabel), Li ≤ 50 µH (Wegaufnehmer)EA 4XX: Ci ≤ 120 pF/m, Li = 0

Kennzeichnung:MEGGITT SA oder VIBRO-METER oder MFR S3960Adresse: ...Typ: TQ 4XX / EA 4XX / IQS 4XXPNR 111-4XX-000-YYYPNR 204-4XX-000-YYYPNR 913-4XX-000-YYYHerstellungsnummer: ...Herstellungsjahr: ...

II 1GEx ia IIC T6 bis T3 GaLCIE 11 ATEX 3091 XUi = ..., Ii = ..., Pi = ..., Ci = ..., Li = ..., (1)(1) vervollständigt mit den elektrischen Werten.



Zertifizierungs-Datei-Nr. DT 1053 Ausgabe 00 vom 25. Juli 2011.Diese Datei enthält 7 Punkte (18 Seiten).

Seite 2/3

DRAFT





Deutsche Übersetzung der originalen französischen Kopie der Seite 213 ANHANG

14 EG-PRÜFZERTIFIKAT

LCIE 10 ATEX 3091 X


Das Gerät darf nur an zertifizierte eigensichere Komponenten angeschlossen warden.Diese Kombination muss bezüglich der Regeln der Eigensicherheit kompatibel sein (siehe elektrische Parameter in Klausel 15).

Die elektrischen Werte L und C des Verbindungskabels zwischen dem IQS 4XX Signalaufbereiter und dem TQ 4XX Messwertaufnehmer (einschliesslich integriertem Kabel) überschreiten keinen der folgenden Werte:L ≤ 5 mH, C ≤ 0,1 µF

Der Signalaufbereiter (IQS 4XX) darf nicht Reibung oder mechanischen Einwirkungen ausgesetzt warden.

Umgebungstemperatur:Wegaufnehmer (TQ 4XX): −100 °C bis +195 °C Kabel (EA 4XX): −100 °C bis +195 °C Signalaufbereiter (IQS 4XX): 0 °C bis +70 °C

Temperaturklassifizierung:Wegaufnehmer (TQ 4XX): T6 bis +80 °C, T5 bis +95 °C, T4 bis +130 °C, T3 bis +195 °CKabel (EA 4XX): T6 bis +80 °C, T5 bis +95 °C, T4 bis +130 °C, T3 bis +195 °CSignalaufbereiter (IQS 4XX): T6 bis +70 °C

18 WESENTLICHE ANFORDERUNGEN IM BEZUG AUF SICHERHEIT UND GESUNDHEITSiehe unter Punkt 9 aufgelistete Bestimmungen.

19 ROUTINEPRÜFUNGEN UND TESTSKeine.

20 ZULASSUNGSSBEDINGUNGEN

Inhaber von EG-Baumusterprüfbescheinigungen müssen die Anforderungen an die Produktionssteuerung nach Artikel 8 der Richtlinie 94/9/EC erfüllen.

Seite 3/3


DRAFT






2 Betriebsmittel oder Schutzsystem zur bestimmungsgemäßen Verwendung in explosionsgefährdeten Bereichen - Richtlinie 94/9/EG

3 Zusätzliche Zertifikatnummer:

LCIE 11 ATEX 3091 X / 01

4 Gerät oder Schutzsystem:

ProximetersystemTyp: TQ 4xx / EA 4xx / IQS 4xxPNR: 111-4xx-000-yyy : TQ 4xxPNR: 913-4xx-000-yyy : EA 4xxPNR: 204-4xx-000-yyy : IQS 4xx

5 Hersteller: MEGGITT SA

15 BESCHREIBUNG DES ZUSÄTZLICHEN ZERTIFIKATS

Standardaktualisierungen gemäß folgender Richtlinien: EN 60079-0:2012 und EN 60079-11:2012.Änderungen der Betriebsumgebungstemperatur der Signalaufbereiter: −35°C bis +85°C.Update der technischen Unterlagen.

Die Prüf- und Testergebnisse sind im vertraulichen Bericht Nr. 127146-654902 aufgezeichnet.

Spezifische Kenndaten der betroffenen Schutzarten:

Unverändert:IQS 4xx: Ui ≤ 28 V, Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 0,7 W, Ci = 0, Li = 0TQ 4xx: Ci ≤ 120 pF/m (Kabel), Li ≤ 50 µH (Wegaufnehmer)EA 4xx: Ci ≤ 120 pF/m, Li = 0

Die Kennzeichnung lautet wie folgt:Vibro-Meter oder MEGGITT oder MFR S3960Adresse: ...Typ: TQ 4xx / EA 4xx / IQS 4xxPNR 111-4xx-000-yyyPNR 913-4xx-000-yyyPNR 204-4xx-000-yyyHerstellungsnummer: ...Herstellungsjahr: ...

II 1GEx iA IIC T6 bis T3 GaLCIE 11 ATEX 3091 XUi = ..., Ii = ..., Li = ..., Ci = ..., Pi = ..., (1)(1) vervollständigt mit den elektrischen Werten.


Zertifizierungs-Datei-Nr. DT 1053 Ausgabe 01 vom 12. März 2014.Diese Datei enthält 3 Punkte (5 Seiten).

Seite 1/2

DRAFT






13 ANHANG


LCIE 11 ATEX 3091 X / 01


Wie folgt modifiziert:Das Gerät darf nur an zertifizierte eigensichere Komponenten angeschlossen warden.Diese Kombination muss bezüglich der Regeln der Eigensicherheit kompatibel sein (siehe elektrische Parameter in Klausel 15).

Die Induktivität (L) und Kapazität (C) des elektrischen Kabels zwischen den IQS 4xx Signalaufbereiter und dem TQ 4xx Wegaufnehmer (Kabel enthalten) nicht größer als irgendeine der folgenden Werte sein: L ≤ 3,5 mH, C ≤ 0,083 µF.

Die Signalaufbereiter (IQS 4xx) darf nicht zu Reibungen oder mechanische Einwirkungen eingereicht werden.

Umgebungstemperatur:Wegaufnehmer (TQ 4xx): −100°C bis +195°C Kabel (EA 4xx): −100°C bis +195°C Signalaufbereiter (IQS 4xx): −35°C bis +85°C

Temperaturklassifizierung:Wegaufnehmer (TQ 4xx): T6 bis +80°C, T5 bis +95°C, T4 bis +130°C, T3 bis +195°CKabel (EA 4xx): T6 bis +80°C, T5 bis +95°C, T4 bis +130°C, T3 bis +195°CSignalaufbereiter (IQS 4xx): T6 bis +70°C, T5 bis +85°C


Werden von folgenden Richtlinien abgedeckt: EN 60079-0:2012 und EN 60079-11:2012.


Keine.

Typenbezeichnung:

PNR 111-4xx-000-yyy:x: definiert das Design des TQ 4xx Wegaufnehmer (x = 0 bis 9) yyy: definiert die Version des Produkts (y = 0 bis 9)

PNR 913-4xx-000-yyy:x: definiert das Design des EA 4xx Kabel (x = 0 bis 9) yyy: definiert die Version des Produkts (y = 0 bis 9)

PNR 204-4xx-000-yyy:x: definiert das Design des IQS 4xx Signalaufbereiter (x = 0 bis 9) yyy: definiert die Version des Produkts (y = 0 bis 9)

Seite 2/2

DRAFT

EX

ATEX certificate LCIE 13 ATEX 3037 XEdition 2 - April 2017



Switzerland


Title Page

ATEX certificate:

LCIE 13 ATEX 3037 X

for

GSI 127




EN

FR

DE



LCIE 13 ATEX 3037 X 1Edition 2 - April 2017

DRAFT


GSI 127LCIE 13 ATEX 3037 X (FR, EN)GSI 127ENFROriginal copy

1

ATT

ESTA

TIO

N D

’EXA

MEN

UE

DE

TYPE

- A

NN

EXE

EU

TY

PE

EX

AM

INA

TIO

N C

ER

TIFI

CA

TE -

SC

HE

DU

LE

Seu

l le

text

e en

fran

çais

peu

t eng

ager

la re

spon

sabi

lité

du L

CIE

. Ce

docu

men

t ne

peut

être

repr

odui

t que

dan

s so

n in

tégr

alité

, san

s au

cune

mod

ifica

tion.

Il e

st

étab

li en

acc

ord

avec

le ré

fére

ntie

l de

certi

ficat

ion

ATE

X du

LC

IE. T

he L

CIE

’s li

abili

ty a

pplie

s on

ly o

n th

e Fr

ench

text

. Thi

s do

cum

ent m

ay o

nly

be re

prod

uced

in

its e

ntire

ty a

nd w

ithou

t any

cha

nge.

It is

issu

ed in

acc

orda

nce

with

LC

IE’s

ATE

X C

ertif

icat

ion

Rul

es.

CE

RT-

ATEX

-FO

RM

04

Rev

. 02

Page

2 o

f 3

1 Ve

rsio

n : 0

1 LC

IE 1

3 A

TEX

3037

X

Issu

e : 0

1

12

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

DU

PR

OD

UIT

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

OF

PRO

DU

CT

L’

inte

rface

GS

I 12

7 fo

urni

t un

e is

olat

ion

galv

aniq

ue e

ntre

le

circ

uit d

’alim

enta

tion

ou le

circ

uit d

e tra

item

ent d

e si

gnal

(E

x nA

) et u

n ca

pteu

r ou

un c

ondi

tionn

eur (

Ex

ia).

L’

appa

reil

se c

ompo

se d

’une

car

te é

lect

roni

que

et d

es b

orne

s à

vis

mon

tées

dan

s un

boî

tier

plas

tique

. U

n re

vête

men

t co

nfor

me

est a

ppliq

ué s

ur d

eux

face

s de

la c

arte

.

Th

e G

SI

127

inte

rface

pro

vide

s ga

lvan

ic in

sola

tion

betw

een

pow

er s

uppl

y ci

rcui

t or

sign

al tr

eatm

ent c

ircui

t (E

x nA

) an

d a

sens

or o

r a c

ondi

tione

r (E

x ia

).

The

equi

pmen

t co

nsis

ts o

f el

ectro

nic

boar

d an

d sc

rew

ed

term

inal

s bl

ocks

m

ount

ed

insi

de

a pl

astic

en

clos

ure.

C

onfo

rmal

coa

ting

is a

pplie

d on

bot

h si

des

of t

he e

lect

roni

c bo

ard.

D

ETA

IL D

E LA

GA

MM

E

RA

NG

E D

ETA

ILS

24

4 -12

7-00

0-XX

X-A

2-B

YY

XX

X dé

finit

la v

ersi

on d

u pr

odui

t (X

= 0

à 9)

. Y

Y dé

finit

le m

ode

de t

rans

fert

(YY

= 01

à 1

9 po

ur l

a sp

écifi

catio

n ac

tuel

le;

YY =

20

à 39

pou

r la

spé

cific

atio

n al

tern

ativ

e).

24

4-12

7-00

0-XX

X-A

2-B

YY

XX

X de

fines

the

vers

ion

of th

e pr

oduc

t (X

= 0

to 9

). Y

Y de

fines

the

tra

nsfe

r m

ode

(YY

= 01

to

19 f

or a

ctua

l sp

ecifi

catio

n; Y

Y =

20 to

39

for a

ltern

ate

spec

ifica

tion)

.

M

AR

QU

AG

E

MA

RK

ING

Le m

arqu

age

du p

rodu

it do

it co

mpr

endr

e :

Th

e m

arki

ng o

f the

pro

duct

sha

ll in

clud

e th

e fo

llow

ing

:

M

EG

GIT

T S

A o

u V

IBR

O-M

ETE

R o

u M

FR S

3960

Adr

esse

: …

.. Ty

pe :

244-

127-

000-

XXX-

A2-

BY

Y

N°

de fa

bric

atio

n : …

A

nnée

de

fabr

icat

ion

: …

� II

3 (1

) G

Ex

nA [i

a G

a] II

C T

4 G

c LC

IE 1

3 A

TEX

3037

X

Alim

enta

tion

: U ≤

30

V, I

≤ 15

0 m

A C

apte

ur o

u co

nditi

onne

ur :

Pou

r 244

-127

-000

-XX

X-A

2-B

01 à

B19

: U

o: 25

,2 V

; Io:

60 m

A; P

o: 0,

7 W

; Co:

95 n

F; L

o: 5

mH

P

our 2

44-1

27-0

00-X

XX-

A2-

B20

à B

39:

Uo:

25,2

V; I

o: 45

mA

; Po:

0,5

W; C

o: 95

nF;

Lo:

10 m

H

M

EG

GIT

T S

A o

r VIB

RO

-ME

TER

or M

FR S

3960

Add

ress

: ...

Type

: 244

-127

-000

-XX

X-A

2-B

YY

S

eria

l num

ber:

...

Ye

ar o

f con

stru

ctio

n: …

�

II 3

(1) G

E

x nA

[ia

Ga]

IIC

T4

Gc

LC

IE 1

3 A

TEX

3037

X

Pow

er s

uppl

y : U

≤ 3

0 V

, I ≤

150

mA

Sen

sor o

r con

ditio

ner :

Fo

r 244

-127

-000

-XX

X-A

2-B

01 to

B19

: U

o: 25

.2 V

; Io:

60 m

A; P

o: 0.

7 W

; Co:

95 n

F; L

o: 5

mH

Fo

r 244

-127

-000

-XX

X-A

2-B

20 to

B39

: U

o: 25

.2 V

; Io:

45 m

A; P

o: 0.

5 W

; Co:

95 n

F; L

o: 10

mH

L’

appa

reil

doit

égal

emen

t co

mpo

rter

le

mar

quag

e no

rmal

emen

t pr

évu

par

les

norm

es d

e co

nstru

ctio

n qu

i le

co

ncer

nent

sou

s la

resp

onsa

bilit

é du

fabr

ican

t.

Th

e eq

uipm

ent s

hall

also

bea

r the

usu

al m

arki

ng re

quire

d by

th

e pr

oduc

t sta

ndar

ds a

pply

ing

to s

uch

equi

pmen

t und

er th

e m

anuf

actu

rer r

espo

nsib

ility.

13

CO

ND

ITIO

NS

PAR

TIC

ULI

ERES

D'U

TILI

SATI

ON

SPEC

IFIC

CO

ND

ITIO

NS

OF

USE

a.

L’ap

pare

il ne

doi

t être

racc

ordé

qu'

à de

s m

atér

iels

de

sécu

rité

intri

nsèq

ue c

ertif

iés

ou à

un

appa

reil

sim

ple.

Cet

te a

ssoc

iatio

n do

it êt

re c

ompa

tible

vis

-à-v

is d

e la

séc

urité

intri

nsèq

ue.

Th

e eq

uipm

ent

shal

l on

ly

be

conn

ecte

d to

as

soci

ated

in

trins

ical

ly s

afe

certi

fied

equi

pmen

t or s

impl

e ap

para

tus.

Thi

s co

mbi

natio

n m

ust b

e co

mpa

tible

as

rega

rd th

e in

trins

ic s

afet

y ru

les.

b.

L’

appa

reil

doit

être

inst

allé

dan

s un

e en

velo

ppe

conf

orm

e au

x ex

igen

ces

de l

a no

rme

EN

600

79-0

et

ayan

t un

deg

ré d

e pr

otec

tion

min

imal

IP54

.

Th

e ap

para

tus

shal

l be

inst

alle

d in

an

encl

osur

e co

nfor

m t

o th

e re

quire

men

ts o

f st

anda

rd E

N 6

0079

-0 a

nd w

ith in

gres

s pr

otec

tion

at le

ast I

P54.

c

Tem

péra

ture

am

bian

te d

’util

isat

ion

: -40

°C à

+70

°C.

O

pera

ting

ambi

ent t

empe

ratu

re: -

40°C

to +

70°C

.

14

EXIG

ENC

ES E

SSEN

TIEL

LES

DE

SAN

TE E

T D

E SE

CU

RIT

E

ESSE

NTI

AL

HEA

LTH

AN

D S

AFE

TY R

EQU

IREM

ENTS

C

ouve

rtes

par l

es n

orm

es li

stée

s au

poi

nt 8

.

C

over

ed b

y st

anda

rds

liste

d at

8.

ATT

ESTA

TIO

N D

’EXA

MEN

UE

DE

TYPE

E

U T

YP

E E

XA

MIN

ATI

ON

CER

TIFI

CA

TE

Seu

l le

text

e en

fran

çais

peu

t eng

ager

la re

spon

sabi

lité

du L

CIE

. Ce

docu

men

t ne

peut

être

repr

odui

t que

dan

s so

n in

tégr

alité

, san

s au

cune

mod

ifica

tion.

Il e

st

étab

li en

acc

ord

avec

le ré

fére

ntie

l de

certi

ficat

ion

ATE

X du

LC

IE. T

he L

CIE

’s li

abili

ty a

pplie

s on

ly o

n th

e Fr

ench

text

. Thi

s do

cum

ent m

ay o

nly

be re

prod

uced

in

its e

ntire

ty a

nd w

ithou

t any

cha

nge.

It is

issu

ed in

acc

orda

nce

with

LC

IE’s

ATE

X C

ertif

icat

ion

Rul

es.

CE

RT-

ATEX

-FO

RM

04

Rev

. 02

Page

1 o

f 3

1 Ve

rsio

n : 0

1 LC

IE 1

3 A

TEX

3037

X

Issu

e : 0

1

D

irect

ive

2014

/34/

UE

D

irect

ive

2014

/34/

EU

2 A

ppar

eil

ou S

ystè

me

de P

rote

ctio

n de

stin

é à

être

util

isé

en

Atm

osph

ères

Exp

losi

bles

Equ

ipm

ent o

r Pro

tect

ive

Sys

tem

Inte

nded

for u

se in

Pot

entia

lly

Exp

losi

ve A

tmos

pher

es

3 P

rodu

it :

P

rodu

ct :

In

terf

ace

GSI

127

GSI

127

inte

rfac

e

Ty

pe: 2

44-1

27-0

00-X

XX-A

2-B

YY

4 Fa

bric

ant :

Man

ufac

ture

r :

M

EGG

ITT

SA

5 A

dres

se :

Add

ress

:

R

oute

de

Mon

cor 4

17

52 V

illars

-sur

-Glâ

ne

SU

ISS

E

6 C

e pr

odui

t et s

es v

aria

ntes

éve

ntue

lles

acce

ptée

s so

nt d

écrit

s da

ns

I'ann

exe

de

la

pr

ésen

te

atte

stat

ion

et

dans

le

s do

cum

ents

des

crip

tifs

cité

s en

réfé

renc

e.

Th

is p

rodu

ct a

ny a

ccep

tabl

e va

riatio

n th

eret

o is

spe

cifie

d in

the

sche

dule

to th

is c

ertif

icat

e an

d th

e do

cum

ents

ther

ein

refe

rred

to.

7 Le

LC

IE,

Org

anis

me

Not

ifié

sous

la

ré

fére

nce

0081

co

nfor

mém

ent

à l’a

rticl

e 17

de

la d

irect

ive

2014

/34/

UE

du

Par

lem

ent e

urop

éen

et d

u C

onse

il du

26

févr

ier

2014

, cer

tifie

qu

e ce

pro

duit

est

conf

orm

e au

x E

xige

nces

Ess

entie

lles

de

Séc

urité

et d

e S

anté

pou

r la

con

cept

ion

et la

con

stru

ctio

n de

pr

odui

ts d

estin

és à

être

util

isés

en

atm

osph

ères

exp

losi

bles

, do

nnée

s da

ns l’

anne

xe II

de

la D

irect

ive.

LC

IE, N

otifi

ed B

ody

num

ber 0

081

in a

ccor

danc

e w

ith a

rticl

e 17

of

the

Dire

ctiv

e 20

14/3

4/E

U o

f th

e Eu

rope

an P

arlia

men

t an

d th

e C

ounc

il of

26

Febr

uary

201

4 ce

rtifie

s th

at p

rodu

ct h

as b

een

foun

d to

co

mpl

y w

ith

the

Ess

entia

l H

ealth

an

d S

afet

y R

equi

rem

ents

re

latin

g to

th

e de

sign

an

d co

nstru

ctio

n of

pr

oduc

ts in

tend

ed fo

r use

in p

oten

tially

exp

losi

ve a

tmos

pher

es,

give

n in

Ann

ex II

to th

e D

irect

ive.

Les

résu

ltats

des

vér

ifica

tions

et

essa

is f

igur

ent

dans

le(

s)

rapp

ort(s

) con

fiden

tiel(s

) N°

:

The

exam

inat

ion

and

test

res

ults

are

rec

orde

d in

con

fiden

tial

repo

rt(s)

N°:

1080

46-6

1494

7; 1

4152

9-68

5013

8 Le

resp

ect d

es E

xige

nces

Ess

entie

lles

de S

écur

ité e

t de

San

té

est a

ssur

é pa

r la

conf

orm

ité à

:

Com

plia

nce

with

th

e Es

sent

ial

Hea

lth

and

Safe

ty

Req

uire

men

ts h

as b

een

assu

red

by c

ompl

ianc

e w

ith :

E

N 6

0079

-0:2

012

+ A

11:2

013

E

N 6

0079

-11:

2012

E

N 6

0079

-15:

2010

9 Le

sig

ne «

X »

lor

squ'

il es

t pl

acé

à la

sui

te d

u nu

mér

o de

l’a

ttest

atio

n, in

diqu

e qu

e ce

t app

arei

l est

sou

mis

aux

con

ditio

ns

parti

culiè

res

d’ut

ilisat

ion ,

men

tionn

ées

dans

l’an

nexe

de

cette

at

test

atio

n.

If

the

sign

“X” i

s pl

aced

afte

r the

cer

tific

ate

num

ber,

it in

dica

tes

that

the

pro

duct

is s

ubje

ct t

o th

e Sp

ecifi

c C

ondi

tions

of

Use

sp

ecifi

ed in

the

sche

dule

to th

is c

ertif

icat

e.

10

Cet

te A

ttest

atio

n d'

Exa

men

UE

de

Type

con

cern

e un

ique

men

t la

con

cept

ion

et la

con

stru

ctio

n du

pro

duit

spéc

ifié.

This

EU

Typ

e E

xam

inat

ion

Cer

tific

ate

rela

tes

only

to th

e de

sign

an

d co

nstru

ctio

n of

the

spec

ified

pro

duct

.

Des

exi

genc

es s

uppl

émen

taire

s de

la d

irect

ive

sont

app

licab

les

pour

la fa

bric

atio

n et

la fo

urni

ture

du

prod

uit.

Ces

der

nièr

es n

e so

nt p

as c

ouve

rtes

par l

a pr

ésen

te a

ttest

atio

n.

Fu

rther

re

quire

men

ts

of

the

Dire

ctiv

e ap

ply

to

the

man

ufac

turin

g pr

oces

s an

d su

pply

of

this

pro

duct

. The

se a

re

not c

over

ed b

y th

is c

ertif

icat

e.

11 L

e m

arqu

age

du p

rodu

it es

t men

tionn

é da

ns l’

anne

xe d

e ce

tte

atte

stat

ion.

The

mar

king

of t

he p

rodu

ct is

spe

cifie

d in

the

sche

dule

to th

is

certi

ficat

e.

Fo

nten

ay-a

ux-R

oses

, le

30 n

ovem

bre

2016

Res

pons

able

de

Cer

tific

atio

n

Cer

tific

atio

n O

ffice

r Ju

lien

Gau

thie

r JJ

lililiiG

auauauauauauauththththththth

ieieeerrrrrr

JuJuJuJuJuJuJuJuJuJuliliilililile

nennnGGGGGG

DRAFT


GSI 127

2 LCIE 13 ATEX 3037 XEdition 2 - April 2017

1

ATT

ESTA

TIO

N D

’EXA

MEN

UE

DE

TYPE

- A

NN

EXE

EU

TY

PE

EX

AM

INA

TIO

N C

ER

TIFI

CA

TE -

SC

HE

DU

LE

Seu

l le

text

e en

fran

çais

peu

t eng

ager

la re

spon

sabi

lité

du L

CIE

. Ce

docu

men

t ne

peut

être

repr

odui

t que

dan

s so

n in

tégr

alité

, san

s au

cune

mod

ifica

tion.

Il e

st

étab

li en

acc

ord

avec

le ré

fére

ntie

l de

certi

ficat

ion

ATE

X du

LC

IE. T

he L

CIE

’s li

abili

ty a

pplie

s on

ly o

n th

e Fr

ench

text

. Thi

s do

cum

ent m

ay o

nly

be re

prod

uced

in

its e

ntire

ty a

nd w

ithou

t any

cha

nge.

It is

issu

ed in

acc

orda

nce

with

LC

IE’s

ATE

X C

ertif

icat

ion

Rul

es.

CE

RT-

ATEX

-FO

RM

04

Rev

. 02

Page

3 o

f 3

1 Ve

rsio

n : 0

1 LC

IE 1

3 A

TEX

3037

X

Issu

e : 0

1

15

DO

CU

MEN

TS D

ESC

RIP

TIFS

DES

CR

IPTI

VE D

OC

UM

ENTS

N

° D

escr

iptio

n R

efer

ence

R

ev.

Dat

e P

age(

s)

1.

Tech

nica

l file

D

T 10

52

01

2016

-10-

24

36

2.

Use

r man

ual (

extra

ct)

PZ

8763

00

20

16-0

9-06

1

16

INFO

RM

ATI

ON

S C

OM

PLEM

ENTA

IRES

AD

DIT

ION

AL

INFO

RM

ATI

ON

S

Es

sais

indi

vidu

els

R

outin

e te

sts

C

haqu

e tra

nsfo

rmat

eur

T1 d

evra

être

sou

mis

à u

n es

sai

diél

ectri

que

sous

te

nsio

n d’

essa

i de

15

00

V ;

50/6

0 H

z ap

pliq

uée

entre

l’enr

oule

men

t prim

aire

et l

es e

nrou

lem

ents

se

cond

aire

s pe

ndan

t au

m

oins

60

s

conf

orm

émen

t au

pa

ragr

aphe

11.

2 de

la n

orm

e E

N 6

0079

-11:

2012

.

E

ach

trans

form

er T

1 sh

all b

e su

bmitt

ed to

die

lect

ric s

treng

th

test

und

er te

st v

olta

ge o

f 150

0 V

; 50/

60 H

z ap

plie

d be

twee

n th

e pr

imar

y w

indi

ng a

nd t

he s

econ

dary

win

ding

s du

ring

at

leas

t 60

s in

acc

orda

nce

with

cla

use

11.2

of

EN

600

79-1

1:20

12 s

tand

ard.

C

ondi

tions

de

cert

ifica

tion

C

ondi

tions

of c

ertif

icat

ion

Le

s dé

tent

eurs

d’a

ttest

atio

ns d

’exa

men

UE

de

type

doi

vent

ég

alem

ent s

atis

faire

les

exig

ence

s de

con

trôle

de

prod

uctio

n te

lles

que

défin

ies

à l’a

rticl

e 13

de

la D

irect

ive

2014

/34/

UE

.

H

olde

rs o

f EU

type

exa

min

atio

n ce

rtific

ates

are

als

o re

quire

d to

com

ply

with

the

prod

uctio

n co

ntro

l req

uire

men

ts d

efin

ed in

ar

ticle

13

of D

irect

ive

2014

/34/

EU

.

E

n ac

cord

ave

c l’A

rticl

e 41

de

la D

irect

ive

2014

/34/

UE

, le

s at

test

atio

ns d

’exa

men

CE

de

type

men

tionn

ant

la D

irect

ive

94/9

/CE

ém

ises

ava

nt l

a da

te d

’app

licat

ion

de l

a D

irect

ive

2014

/34/

UE

(20

avril

201

6) p

euve

nt ê

tre c

onsi

déré

es c

omm

e ém

ises

en

acco

rd a

vec

la D

irect

ive

2014

/34/

UE

. Les

nou

velle

s ve

rsio

ns d

e ce

s at

test

atio

ns p

euve

nt c

onse

rver

le n

umér

o de

l’a

ttest

atio

n d’

orig

ine

émis

e av

ant l

e 20

avr

il 20

16.

In

acc

orda

nce

with

Arti

cle

41 o

f D

irect

ive

2014

/34/

EU

, E

C-

Type

Exa

min

atio

n C

ertif

icat

es r

efer

ring

to D

irect

ive

94/9

/EC

th

at w

ere

in e

xist

ence

prio

r to

the

dat

e of

app

licat

ion

of

Dire

ctiv

e 20

14/3

4/E

U (2

0 A

pril

2016

) may

be

refe

renc

ed a

s if

they

wer

e is

sued

in a

ccor

danc

e w

ith D

irect

ive

2014

/34/

EU

. N

ew i

ssue

s of

suc

h ce

rtific

ates

may

con

tinue

to

bear

the

or

igin

al c

ertif

icat

e nu

mbe

r iss

ued

prio

r to

20 A

pril

2016

.

17

DET

AIL

S D

ES M

OD

IFIC

ATI

ON

S

D

ETA

ILS

OF

CH

AN

GES

V

ersi

on 0

0 :

(31/

05/2

013)

E

valu

atio

n de

la c

onfo

rmité

sel

on le

s no

rmes

E

N 6

0079

-0:2

012,

EN

600

79-1

1:20

12 e

t E

N 6

0079

-15:

2010

.

Is

sue

00 :

(2

013/

05/3

1)

Con

form

ity a

sses

smen

t acc

ordi

ng to

E

N 6

0079

-0:2

012,

EN

600

79-1

1:20

12 a

nd

EN

600

79-1

5:20

10 s

tand

ards

.

V

ersi

on 0

1 :

� M

ise

à jo

ur n

orm

ativ

e se

lon

la n

orm

e

EN

600

79-0

:201

2 +

A11

:201

3.

� N

ouve

lle p

lage

de

tem

péra

ture

am

bian

te

d’ut

ilisat

ion

: -40

°C à

+70

°C

� M

ise

à jo

ur d

e la

dés

igna

tion

du ty

pe p

our

diffé

renc

ier d

eux

spéc

ifica

tions

.

Is

sue

01 :

�

Nor

mat

ive

upda

te a

ccor

ding

to

EN

600

79-0

:201

2 +

A11

:201

3 st

anda

rd.

� N

ew o

pera

ting

ambi

ent t

empe

ratu

re ra

nge:

-4

0°C

to +

70°C

. �

Upd

ate

of ty

pe d

esig

natio

n to

diff

eren

tiate

tw

o sp

ecifi

catio

ns.


DRAFT


GSI 127



Deutsche Übersetzung der originalen französischen Kopie der Seite 1EG-PRÜFZERTIFIKAT

1 Version: 01 LCIE 13 ATEX 3037 X Ausgabe: 01

2 Richtlinie 2014/34/EUGeräte und Schutzsysteme zur Verwendung in explosionsgefährdeten Bereichen

3 Produkt:GSI 127 Galvanisches TrennmodulTyp: 244-127-000-XXX-A2-BYY

4 Hersteller: Meggitt SA

5 Adresse: Route de Moncor 4, BP 1752 Villars-sur-Glâne, Schweiz


7 LCIE, eingetragen unter der Nummer 0081 gemäß Artikel 17 der Richtlinie 2014/34/EU des Europaparlamentes und des Rates vom 26. Februar 2014, bestätigt, dass dieses Gerät oder Schutzsystem die wesentlichen Gesundheits- und Sicherheitsanforderungen in Bezug auf die Auslegung und die Bauart von Geräten und Schutzsystemen zur Verwendung in explosionsgefährdeten Bereichen nach Anhang II der Richtlinie erfüllt.Die Prüf- und Testergebnisse sind im vertraulichen Bericht Nr. 108046/614947 ; 141529-685013 aufgezeichnet.

8 Die Einhaltung der wesentlichen Gesundheits- und Sicherheitsanforderungen wird durch die Übereinstimmung mit den folgenden Dokumenten sichergestellt:EN 60079-0:2012 + A11:2013EN 60079-11:2012EN 60079-15:2010


10 Dieses Typenprüfzertifikat betrifft nur die Bauart und die Prüfungen und Tests des betreffenden Geräts gemäßRichtlinie 2014/34/EU.Zusätzliche Anforderungen dieser Richtlinie gelten für die Fertigung und Lieferung des Geräts oder Schutzsystems. Diese werden durch dieses Zertifikat nicht abgedeckt.

11 Die Kennzeichnung des Gerätes muss die in der Anlage zu dieser Bescheinigung enthaltenen Angaben enthalten.

Fontenay-aux-Roses,am 30. November 2016




DRAFT


GSI 127





12 BESCHREIBUNG DES PRODUKTS

Die GSI 127 Galvanisches Trennmodul bietet eine galvanische Trennung (isolation) zwischen dem Stromversorgungskreis oder dem Signalbehandlungskreis (Ex nA) und einem Sensor- oder Signalaufbereiter (Ex iA).Das Gerät besteht aus einer elektronischen Platine und Schraubklemmen, die in einem Kunststoffgehäuse montiert sind. Eine konforme Beschichtung erfolgt auf beiden Seiten der elektronischen Leiterplatte.

PRODUKTÜBERSICHT

244-127-000-XXX-A2-BYY

XXX definiert die Version des Produkts (X = 0 bis 9).YY definiert die Übertragungsfunktion (Konfiguration) des Produkts (YY = 01 bis 19 für die Ist-Spezifikation, YY = 20 bis 39 für eine alternative Spezifikation).

KENNZEICHNIUNG

Die Kennzeichnung des Erzeugnisses muss die folgenden Angaben enthalten:

MEGGITT SA oder VIBRO-METER oder MFR S3960Adresse: ...Typ: 244-127-000-XXX-A2-BYYHerstellungsnummer: ... Herstellungsjahr: ...

II 3 (1) GEx nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 GcLCIE 13 ATEX 3037 XStromversorgung: U ≤ 30 V, I ≤ 150 mASensor oder Signalconditioner Ausgang:Für 244-127-000-XXX-A2-B01 to B19:Uo: 25,2 V, Io: 60 mA, Po: 0,7 W, Co: 95 nF, Lo: 5mHFür 244-127-000-XXX-A2-B20 to B39:Uo: 25,2 V, Io: 45 mA, Po: 0,5 W, Co: 95 nF, Lo: 10mH


13

a.

b.

c.

BESONDERE BEDINGUNGEN FÜR DIE SICHERE ANWENDUNG

Das Gerät darf nur mit zugehörigen eigensicheren zertifizierten Geräten oder einem einfachen Gerät verbunden sein. Diese Kombination muss mit den Regeln der Eigensicherheit vereinbar sein.Der Benutzer muss sicherstellen, die Lage des Modul entspricht den Anforderungen der Norm EN 60079-0 und der Schutzklasse IP54 oder gleichwertig.Umgebungstemperatur betreiben: −40 bis +70 °C


Abgedeckt nach den Normen aufgeführt unter Punkt 8.

Seite 2/3


DRAFT


GSI 127





Nummer (Nr.) Beschreibung Referenz Revision Datum Seiten1. Technische Datei DT 1052 01 2016-10-24 362. Benutzerhandbuch (Auszug) PZ 8763 00 2016-09-06 1

16 ZUSÄTZLICHE INFORMATION

RoutinePrüfungen und TestsJeder Transformator T1 muss einer Spannungsfestigkeit Test dauert 60 Sekunden eingereicht werden, mit einer 50/60 Hz Sinus von 1500 VRMS zwischen der Primärwicklung und der secondard Wicklungen, gemäß Abschnitt 11.2 der Norm EN 60079-11:2012.

ZertifizierungsbedingungenInhaber von Typenprüfzertifikaten (EG-Prèufzertifikaten) müssen die Anforderungen an die Produktionssteuerung nach Artikel 13 der Richtlinie 2014/34/EU erfüllen.Gemäß Artikel 41 der Richtlinie 2014/34/EU können Typenprüfzertifikaten, die sich auf 94/9/EU beziehen, die vor dem Tag der Anwendung der Richtlinie 2014/34/EU (20. April 2016) vorliegen, referenziert werden Als ob sie gemäß der Richtlinie 2014/34/EU ausgestellt würden. Neue Emissionen dieser Zertifikate können weiterhin die ursprüngliche Zertifikatsnummer tragen, die vor dem 20. April 2016 ausgestellt wurde.

Details der ÄnderungenAusgabe 00:Konformitätsbewertung nach den Normen EN 60079-0:2012, EN 60079-11:2012 und EN 60079-15:2010.

Ausgabe 01:Normative Aktualisierung nach der Norm EN 60079-0:2012 + A11:2013.Neuer Umgebungstemperatur betreiben: −40 bis +70 °C.Aktualisierung der Typbezeichnung zur Unterscheidung von zwei Spezifikationen.

Seite 3/3

DRAFT


GSI 127






www.meggitt.com

EX CERTIFICATE – ATEX

Document reference ITS 16 ATEX 101335 XEdition 2 – January 2022

Title page

ITS 16 ATEX 101335 Xfor

cable fittings (stuffing glands)

EX

Note: Although the Ex certificate may be included in more than one language, the liability ofthe notified body applies only on the text of the original copy of the certificate that it published.




Original copy (English)

Document reference ITS 16 ATEX 101335 X EX CERTIFICATE – ATEXEdition 2 - January 2022 ITS 16 ATEX 101335 X for cable fittings (stuffing glands)

3 / 6

Cable fittings

FR ITS 16 ATEX 101335 X (EN) Original copy EN

SC

HEDU

LE

EU T

YPE

EXAM

INAT

ION

CER

TIFI

CATE

NU

MBE

R: IT

S 16

ATE

X 10

1335

X

LFT-

EMEA

-IT-A

TEX-

OP-2

3a (1

1 Ju

ne 2

019)

Pa

ge 2

of 5

13.

DESC

RIPT

ION

OF

THE

EQU

IPM

ENT

OR

PRO

TECT

IVE

SYST

EM

The

stop

ping

plu

gs a

re th

read

ed a

nd a

re u

sed

to fi

ll un

used

ent

ries

in a

ssoc

iate

d ap

para

tus.

The

y ha

ve th

read

fo

rms b

etw

een

M12

and

M 1

10 a

nd a

re b

riefly

des

crib

ed a

s fol

low

s:

Type

CF:

Rou

nd/h

exag

on so

cket

/inte

rnal

mou

ntin

g

Type

CB:

Rou

nd/h

exag

on so

cket

/ext

erna

l mou

ntin

g

Type

CK:

Hex

agon

hea

d

Type

CQ

: ‘M

ushr

oom

’ hea

d

Type

CY:

Sim

ilar t

o Ty

pe C

K w

ith a

hol

low

thre

aded

sect

ion

Th

e PD

-U se

ries s

topp

ing

plug

s com

prise

of m

etal

lic ro

und

bodi

es w

ith a

dom

e he

ad h

avin

g a

hexa

gona

l key

-way

re

cess

for t

ight

enin

g. T

hey

may

opt

iona

lly b

e m

achi

ned

with

a g

roov

e to

fit a

n ‘o

’ rin

g se

al.

Code

d: E

xd I/

IIC

Mb/

Gb,

Ex

e I/

IIC M

b/G

b, E

x tb

IIIC

Db

IP6X

Th

e PA

-D a

nd P

B-D

Serie

s st

oppi

ng p

lugs

com

prise

of m

etal

lic ro

und

bodi

es w

ith a

thre

ad r

un o

ut to

sho

ulde

r ha

ving

a h

exag

onal

key

-way

rece

ss fo

r int

erna

l or e

xter

nal t

ight

enin

g. C

oded

: Ex

d I/

IIC M

b/Gb

, Ex

e I/I

IC M

b/

Gb

Ex tb

IIIC

Db

IP6X

Th

e PH

-E S

erie

s are

rang

es o

f ‘Ex

e’ t

hrea

ded

stop

ping

plu

gs e

ach

com

prisi

ng a

thre

aded

bo

dy w

ith e

ither

a h

exag

onal

hea

d or

sock

et fo

r tig

hten

ing.

De

sign

Opt

ions

: Th

read

form

s Opt

ions

: ISO

Met

ric (t

o BS

3463

) PG

to D

IN40

430

NPT

(AN

SI/A

SME

B1.2

0.1)

N

PS (A

NSI

/ASM

E B1

.20.

1)

ISO

Pip

e Th

read

(BS2

1) B

SPP/

BSPT

Im

peria

l con

duit

ET B

S31

BSP

to B

S21

Any

thre

adfo

rm c

onfo

rmin

g to

Tab

le 3

of E

N 6

0079

-1

Mat

eria

l Opt

ions

: Bra

ss B

S 28

74 (C

Z121

) M

ild S

teel

to B

S970

(EN

1A)

Stai

nles

s Ste

el to

BS9

70 (3

16)

Alum

iniu

m H

E30

(BS7

54 P

arts

1,2

,3 &

6/B

S755

1,2

,3 &

6)

Plat

ing

Opt

ions

: Met

allic

var

iant

s may

be

suita

bly

plat

ed to

the

appr

opria

te B

ritish

, Eur

opea

n or

IS

O re

cogn

ized

stan

dard

s Ty

pes P

D-E-

4 St

oppi

ng P

lugs

: the

se a

re a

rang

e of

thre

aded

stop

ping

plu

gs th

at a

re u

sed

to fi

ll un

used

ent

ries i

n th

e as

soci

ated

app

arat

us. T

he P

D-E-

4 ha

s a

‘mus

hroo

m’ h

ead,

ther

e is

also

a v

ersio

n m

ade

from

Dur

etha

n BK

V 30

N1

30%

Gla

ss F

illed

Nyl

on 6

whi

ch a

re in

tend

ed fo

r Ex

e on

ly.

M

ater

ial o

ptio

ns

• Br

ass B

S 28

72 (C

ZI 2

1)

• M

ild S

teel

to B

S970

(EN

1A)

• St

ainl

ess S

teel

to B

S970

(316

) •

Alum

iniu

m B

S147

4, 6

082T

6 •

Type

Dur

etha

n BK

V 30

N1

Gla

ss F

illed

Nyl

on 6

•

Type

Dur

etha

n BK

V 14

0 G

lass

Fill

ed N

ylon

6

Surf

ace

Coat

ing:

Nic

kel,

Zinc

, Ele

ctro

less

Nic

kel

Entr

y th

read

s opt

ions

:

EU T

YPE-

EXAM

INAT

ION

CER

TIFI

CATE

This

Certi

ficat

e is

for t

he e

xclu

sive

use

of In

tert

ek's

clien

t and

is p

rovid

ed p

ursu

ant t

o th

e ag

reem

ent b

etw

een

Inte

rtek a

nd it

s Clie

nt. I

nter

tek's

re

spon

sibilit

y and

liabi

lity a

re lim

ited

to th

e te

rms a

nd co

nditi

ons o

f the

agr

eem

ent.

Inte

rtek

ass

umes

no

liabi

lity t

o an

y pa

rty, o

ther

than

to th

e Cl

ient

in

acco

rdan

ce w

ith th

e ag

reem

ent,

for a

ny lo

ss, e

xpen

se o

r dam

age

occa

sione

d by

the

use

of th

is Ce

rtific

ate.

Onl

y the

Clie

nt is

aut

horiz

ed to

per

mit

copy

ing

or d

istrib

utio

n of

this

Certi

ficat

e an

d th

en o

nly i

n its

ent

irety

. Any

use

of t

he In

terte

k n\a

me

or o

ne o

f its

mar

ks fo

r the

sale

or a

dver

tisem

ent o

f the

test

ed

mat

eria

l, pro

duct

or s

ervic

e m

ust f

irst\

be

appr

oved

in w

ritin

g by

Inte

rtek.

Inte

rtek

Ital

ia S

.p.A

. Via

Mig

lioli,

2/A

- 200

63 C

ernu

sco

sul N

avig

lio, M

ilano

- Ita

ly

LFT-

EMEA

-IT-A

TEX-

OP-2

3a (1

1 Ju

ne 2

019)

Pa

ge 1

of 5

04-1

0-20

19

Cert

ifica

te is

sue

date

Ales

sand

ro S

avio

Ce

rtifi

catio

n O

ffice

r In

tert

ek It

alia

S.p

.A. (

NB

2575

)

This

cert

ifica

te h

as b

een

issue

d by

Inte

rtek

Ital

ia S

.p.A

. NB

2575

on

tran

sfer

from

Inte

rtek

Te

stin

g &

Cer

tific

atio

n Lt

d. (N

B 03

59) u

sing

the

sam

e is

sued

orig

inal

cer

tific

ate

num

ber.

Ales

sand

roSa

vioi

1.

EU ty

pe-e

xam

inat

ion

Cert

ifica

te (M

odul

e B)

2.

Equi

pmen

t or P

rote

ctiv

e Sy

stem

inte

nded

for u

se in

pot

entia

lly e

xplo

sive

atm

osph

eres

(D

irect

ive

2014

/34/

EU)

3.

EU ty

pe e

xam

inat

ion

cert

ifica

te N

r IT

S 16

ATE

X 10

1335

X

4.

Prod

uct:

Type

s CB,

CF,

CK,

CQ

, CY,

PD-

E-4,

PD-

U, P

H-E,

PA-

D an

d PB

-D S

topp

ing

plug

s.

5.

Man

ufac

ture

r:

EATO

N E

LECT

RICA

L SY

STEM

S Lt

d Tr

adin

g as

Re

dapt

or R

axto

n Ap

plic

ant:

EA

TON

ELE

CTRI

CAL

SYST

EMS

Ltd

Trad

ing

as R

edap

t or R

axto

n

6.

Addr

ess:

Ki

ngsw

ay S

outh

W

estg

ate

Aldr

idge

W

est M

idla

nds

WS9

8FS

Addr

ess:

Ki

ngsw

ay S

outh

W

estg

ate

Aldr

idge

W

est M

idla

nds

WS9

8FS

7.

This

prod

uct a

nd a

ny a

ccep

tabl

e va

riatio

n th

eret

o ar

e sp

ecifi

ed in

the

sche

dule

to th

is ce

rtifi

cate

and

ther

ein

refe

rred

to.

8.

INTE

RTEK

ITAL

IA S

.p.A

., N

otifi

ed B

ody

n° 2

575

in a

ccor

danc

e w

ith a

rtic

le 1

7 of

the

Dire

ctiv

e 20

14/3

4/EU

of t

he E

urop

ean

Parli

amen

t and

Cou

ncil

of th

e 26

Feb

ruar

y 20

14, c

ertif

ies t

hat t

he e

quip

men

t or p

rote

ctiv

e sy

stem

has

bee

n fo

und

to co

mpl

y w

ith t

he e

ssen

tial H

ealth

and

Saf

ety

Requ

irem

ents

rel

atin

g to

the

des

ign

and

cons

truc

tion

of e

quip

men

t an

d pr

otec

tive

syst

em in

tend

ed fo

r use

in p

oten

tially

exp

losi

ve a

tmos

pher

e, g

iven

in A

nnex

II o

f the

Dire

ctiv

e.

The

exam

inat

ion

and

test

s res

ults

are

reco

rded

in c

onfid

entia

l tec

hnic

al e

valu

atio

n In

tert

ek R

epor

t Nr.

G10

2174

344A

Issu

e 1

date

d De

cem

ber 2

016

and

G10

3326

724

Issu

e 1

date

d Ap

ril 2

018

9.

Com

plia

nce

with

the

Esse

ntia

l Hea

lth a

nd S

afet

y Re

quire

men

ts h

as b

een

assu

red

by c

ompl

ianc

e w

ith E

N 6

0079

-0:2

012,

EN

600

79-1

:201

4, E

N 6

0079

-7:2

015

and

EN 6

0079

-31:

2014

exc

ept i

n re

spec

t of t

hose

requ

irem

ents

refe

rred

to a

t ite

m 1

6 of

the

Sche

dule

.

10. I

f the

sign

X is

pla

ced

afte

r the

cert

ifica

te n

umbe

r, it

indi

cate

s tha

t the

pro

duct

is su

bjec

t to

Spec

ial C

ondi

tions

for S

afe

Use

sp

ecifi

ed in

the

sche

dule

to th

is ce

rtifi

cate

.

11. T

his

EU-T

ype

Exam

inat

ion

Cert

ifica

te r

elat

es o

nly

to t

he d

esig

n an

d co

nstr

uctio

n of

the

spe

cifie

d pr

oduc

t. Fu

rthe

r re

quire

men

ts o

f the

Dire

ctiv

e ap

ply

to th

e m

anuf

actu

ring

proc

ess

and

supp

ly o

f thi

s pr

oduc

t. Th

ese

are

not c

over

ed b

y th

is ce

rtifi

cate

.

12. T

he m

arki

ng o

f the

pro

duct

shal

l inc

lude

the

follo

win

g:

I M

2 E

x d

I Mb

I M

2 E

x e

I Mb

II 2G

Ex

d IIC

Gb

II 2G

Ex

e IIC

Gb

II 2D

Ex

tb II

IC D

b IP

66

(Gro

up I

mar

king

doe

s not

app

ly to

CY

or P

D-E

-4 S

topp

ing

Plug

s) (E

x d

mar

king

doe

s not

app

ly to

PD

-E-4

)

Ta =

(Dep

enda

nt o

n co

nstr

uctio

n m

ater

ial a

nd O

-rin

g fit

ted

– Se

e eq

uipm

ent s

ectio

ns)

Ta =

-20°

C, o

r +5°

C to

+65

°C (f

rom

Nyl

on P

D-E-

4 ve

rsio

ns, r

efer

to C

ondi

tions

of C

ertif

icat

ion

6) S

ee e

quip

men

t sec

tion


EX CERTIFICATE – ATEX Document reference ITS 16 ATEX 101335 XITS 16 ATEX 101335 X for cable fittings (stuffing glands) Edition 2 - January 20224 / 6

Cable fittings


SC

HEDU

LE

EU T

YPE

EXAM

INAT

ION

CER

TIFI

CATE

NU

MBE

R: IT

S 16

ATE

X 10

1335

X

LFT-

EMEA

-IT-A

TEX-

OP-2

3a (1

1 Ju

ne 2

019)

Pa

ge 4

of 5

TITL

E DO

CUM

ENT

Nr

LEVE

L DA

TE

Exe

Glas

s Fill

ed N

ylon

Sto

ppin

g Pl

ugs

CQ-M

1

05/0

4/16

EExe

II D

ome

Head

Sto

ppin

g Pl

ugs

PD-E

1

28/0

3/16

Exd

I&IIC

& E

xe II

C Do

meh

ead

Stop

ping

Plu

gs

PD-U

1

28/0

3/16

Exe

II He

x He

ad S

topp

ing

Plug

s PH

-E

1 04

/04/

16

Mar

king

Dra

win

g IE

CExI

TS16

.001

2X,

ITS1

6ATE

X101

335X

1

15/1

1/16

*Exd

I &

IIC

Cert

ified

Par

alle

l Sto

ppin

g Pl

ugs

80-B

-6

1 08

/03/

16

*Exd

I&IIc

Cer

tifie

d N

PT S

topp

ing

Plug

s PA

-D P

B-D

1 08

/03/

16

Copi

es o

f the

abo

ve li

sted

doc

umen

ts a

re k

ept a

t Int

erte

k Ita

lia S

.p.A

. arc

hive

.

15.

SPEC

IAL

CON

DITI

ON

S FO

R SA

FE U

SE

1.

If

a st

oppi

ng p

lug

is m

achi

ned

with

an

unde

rcut

and

is u

sed

for a

n Ex

d a

pplic

atio

n, th

en th

e w

all o

f the

en

clos

ure

into

whi

ch it

is fi

tted

shal

l be

such

as t

o m

aint

ain

five

full

thre

ads e

ngag

emen

t. 2.

W

hen

used

for i

ncre

ased

safe

ty o

r Ex

e or

pro

tect

ion

by e

nclo

sure

Ex

tb a

pplic

atio

ns, a

suita

ble

met

hod

of se

alin

g to

the

asso

ciat

ed e

nclo

sure

shal

l be

fitte

d 3.

Th

e st

oppi

ng p

lugs

shal

l not

be

used

with

any

form

of a

dapt

ors o

r red

ucer

s.

4.

The

inte

rfac

es b

etw

een

thes

e de

vice

s and

the

asso

ciat

ed e

nclo

sure

cann

ot b

e de

fined

; the

refo

re, i

t is t

he

user

’s r

espo

nsib

ility

to

ensu

re t

hat

the

appr

opria

te i

ngre

ss p

rote

ctio

n le

vel

is m

aint

aine

d at

the

se

inte

rfac

es.

5.

The

stop

ping

plu

gs, w

hen

man

ufac

ture

d fr

om n

on-m

etal

lic m

ater

ial,

are

only

sui

tabl

e fo

r ins

talla

tion

in

area

s con

sider

ed to

be

a lo

w ri

sk fr

om m

echa

nica

l im

pact

6.

Th

e st

oppi

ng p

lugs

, whe

n m

anuf

actu

red

from

non

-met

allic

mat

eria

l, sh

all b

e ad

equa

tely

pro

tect

ed fr

om

dire

ct e

xpos

ure

to su

nlig

ht

7.

The

stop

ping

plu

gs, w

hen

cons

truc

tion

from

non

-met

allic

mat

eria

l, sh

all o

nly

be c

lean

ed w

ith a

dam

p cl

oth.

8.

Th

e st

oppi

ng p

lugs

are

suita

ble

for u

se a

t -5

0°C

to +

200°

C at

thei

r poi

nt o

f mou

ntin

g (N

ote:

this

is re

duce

d w

hen

the

stop

ping

plu

gs a

re fi

tted

with

‘O’ r

ings

, see

bel

ow).

‘O’-r

ing

Mat

eria

l

Lim

iting

tem

pera

ture

N

one

-50°

C to

+20

0°C

Nitr

ile

-20°

C to

+80

°C

EPDM

-3

0°C

to +

125°

C N

eopr

ene

-20°

C to

+10

0°C

Vito

n

-5

°C to

+18

0°C

Silic

one

-30°

C to

+18

0°C

Fluo

rosil

icon

e

-50°

C to

+15

0°C

Not

e: T

he m

axim

um te

mpe

ratu

re is

lim

ited

to 1

50°C

in G

roup

I ap

plic

atio

n (C

oal d

ust,

Min

ing)

SC

HEDU

LE

EU T

YPE

EXAM

INAT

ION

CER

TIFI

CATE

NU

MBE

R: IT

S 16

ATE

X 10

1335

X

LFT-

EMEA

-IT-A

TEX-

OP-2

3a (1

1 Ju

ne 2

019)

Pa

ge 3

of 5

• M

etric

to B

S 36

43:

• ET

Con

duit

to B

S 31

: •

PG to

DIN

404

30:

• BS

P to

BS

2779

•

BSPT

to B

S 21

•

NPT

to A

NSI

/ASM

E B1

.20.

1 De

sign

optio

ns

* Th

e m

ater

ials

of c

onst

ruct

ion

may

be

bras

s, st

ainl

ess s

teel

or m

ild st

eel.

*

Entr

y th

read

s may

be

Met

ric to

ISO

965

, Pg

to D

IN 4

0430

, BSP

P to

BS

31, E

T (B

ritish

Con

duit)

to E

T 31

, NPS

to

ANSI

/ASM

E B1

.20.

1 or

thre

ad fo

rms c

ompl

ying

with

Tab

le 3

of I

EC 6

0079

-1.

Mat

eria

l opt

ions

O-r

ing

and

optio

ns E

ntry

thre

ad o

ptio

ns

Bras

s CZ1

21/C

Z122

EPD

M (s

tand

ard)

Met

ric to

ISO

PT

173

St

ainl

ess s

teel

316

Nitr

ile P

G to

DIN

404

30:1

971

Al

umin

ium

BS

1474

, 608

2T6

Neo

pren

e BS

PP to

BS

2779

Al

umin

ium

bro

nze

BS 1

400B

2 (JM

-03

or L

M7-

16) V

iton

BSPT

to B

S21

S

ilico

ne E

T Co

ndui

t to

BS 3

1

Cond

ition

s of m

anuf

actu

re

The

Man

ufac

ture

r sha

ll co

mpl

y w

ith th

e fo

llow

ing

for t

he st

oppi

ng p

lugs

:

1.

The

DP-E

stop

ping

plu

gs m

anuf

actu

red

from

Nyl

on sh

all n

ot b

e m

arke

d w

ith a

ny in

form

atio

n th

at in

dica

tes

that

they

are

suita

ble

for G

roup

I us

e.

2.

The

man

ufac

ture

r sh

all t

ake

all r

easo

nabl

e st

eps

to e

nsur

e th

at t

he u

ser

can

com

ply

with

the

spe

cial

co

nditi

ons

for s

afe

use

and

shal

l adv

ise th

e us

er in

resp

ect o

f the

mat

eria

ls th

at a

re u

sed

in th

e co

nstr

uctio

n of

th

e de

vice

s.

3.

Thes

e pr

oduc

ts sh

all b

e m

arke

d in

acc

orda

nce

with

the

info

rmat

ion

as sp

ecifi

ed in

this

cert

ifica

te a

nd re

late

d re

port

s.

4.

Whe

n th

ese

entr

y de

vice

s are

man

ufac

ture

d in

Typ

e BK

V 30

or 1

40 m

ater

ial,

they

shal

l be

to b

e m

arke

d w

ith

BKV

30 o

r140

as a

pplic

able

. 5.

Th

ese

prod

ucts

shal

l be

mar

ked

in a

ccor

danc

e w

ith th

e in

form

atio

n as

spec

ified

in th

is ce

rtifi

cate

and

rela

ted

repo

rts.

6.

Al

umin

ium

var

iant

s, w

here

app

licab

le, a

re n

ot p

erm

itted

for G

roup

I ap

plic

atio

ns.

The

man

ufac

ture

r sha

ll en

sure

that

the

equi

pmen

t is m

arke

d ap

prop

riate

ly

7.

In a

ccor

danc

e w

ith IE

C 60

079-

1, th

e co

atin

g on

join

t sur

face

s of m

etal

lic d

evic

es th

at a

re e

lect

ropl

ated

shal

l be

no

mor

e th

an 0

.008

mm

thic

k.

CE M

arki

ng s

hall

be a

ccom

pani

ed b

y th

e id

entif

icat

ion

num

ber o

f the

Not

ified

Bod

y re

spon

sible

for s

urve

illan

ce

of p

rodu

ctio

n.

14

. DR

AWIN

GS

AND

DOCU

MEN

TS

TITL

E DO

CUM

ENT

Nr

LEVE

L DA

TE

Stop

ping

Plu

gs (C

B& C

F Ta

pere

d CB

-CF

1 05

/04/

16

Stop

ping

Plu

gs (C

Q, C

K &

CY)

CQ

-CK-

CY

1 18

/04/

11



5 / 6

Cable fittings


SC

HEDU

LE

EU T

YPE

EXAM

INAT

ION

CER

TIFI

CATE

NU

MBE

R: IT

S 16

ATE

X 10

1335

X

LFT-

EMEA

-IT-A

TEX-

OP-2

3a (1

1 Ju

ne 2

019)

Pa

ge 5

of 5

PD-E

-4 N

ylon

Sto

ppin

g Pl

ugs

9.

Whe

n m

anuf

actu

red

in B

KV 3

0 N

I typ

e m

ater

ial,

the

entr

y de

vice

s are

suita

ble

for a

serv

ice

tem

pera

ture

ra

nge

of -2

0°C

to +

65°C

. ite

ms m

ade

from

this

mat

eria

l are

mar

ked

with

‘BKV

30’

. 10

. W

hen

man

ufac

ture

d in

BKV

140

type

mat

eria

l, th

e en

try

devi

ces

are

suita

ble

for a

ser

vice

tem

pera

ture

ra

nge

of -2

0°C

to +

45°C

; ite

ms m

ade

from

this

mat

eria

l are

mar

ked

with

‘BKV

140

’.

11.

At t

heir

poin

t of m

ount

ing,

the

se d

evic

es a

re s

uita

ble

for

use

at e

ither

-20°

C to

+65

°C o

r 5°

C to

+65

°C

whe

n us

ing

Vito

n se

als.

The

cle

aran

ce h

oles

for m

etric

mal

e th

read

ed p

rodu

cts,

sui

tabl

e fo

r cle

aran

ce

hole

app

licat

ions

of i

ncre

ased

saf

ety

encl

osur

es a

re to

hav

e a

dim

eter

of 0

.3 to

0.5

mm

larg

er th

an th

e m

ajor

dia

met

er o

f the

mal

e th

read

. PD

-E-4

stop

ping

plu

gs e

mpl

oyin

g pa

ralle

l thr

eads

with

out s

eals

shal

l ha

ve a

t lea

st e

ight

full

thre

ads o

f eng

agem

ent,

with

a m

inim

um to

lera

nce

acco

rdin

g to

ISO

965

-1 a

nd IS

O

965-

3.

PD-U

Sto

ppin

g Pl

ugs

12. W

hen

inst

alle

d in

Gro

up I

appl

icat

ions

, ada

ptor

s man

ufac

ture

d in

bra

ss sh

all b

e in

stal

led

whe

re th

e ris

k of

impa

ct is

low

PA

-D a

nd P

B-D

Stop

ping

Plu

gs

13. A

t the

ir po

int o

f mou

ntin

g, th

ese

devi

ces a

re su

itabl

e fo

r use

at -

50°C

to +

180°

C fo

r Gro

up II

ap

plic

atio

ns a

nd -5

0°C

to +

150°

C fo

r Gro

up I

appl

icat

ions

16.

ESSE

NTI

AL H

EALT

H A

ND

SAFE

TY R

EQU

IREM

ENTS

The

rele

vant

ess

entia

l Hea

lth a

nd S

afet

y Re

quire

men

ts h

ave

been

iden

tifie

d an

d as

sess

ed in

Inte

rtek

Rep

ort N

r. G

1021

7434

4A Is

sue:

1 D

ated

: Dec

embe

r 201

6 an

d G

1033

2672

4 Is

sue

1 da

ted

April

201

8

17. R

OU

TIN

E (F

ACTO

RY) T

ESTS

Non

e 18

. DET

AIL

OF

CERT

IFIC

ATE

CHAN

GES

Non

e






www.meggitt.com


Document reference ITS 16 ATEX 101336 XEdition 2 – January 2022

Title page

ITS 16 ATEX 101336 Xfor


EX







3 / 4

Cable fittings


SC

HED

ULE

EU

TYP

E EX

AMIN

ATIO

N C

ERTI

FICA

TE N

UM

BER:

ITS1

6ATE

X101

336X

LFT-

EMEA

-IT-A

TEX-

OP-2

3a (1

1 Ju

ne 2

019)

Pa

ge 2

of 4

13.

DES

CRIP

TIO

N O

F TH

E EQ

UIP

MEN

T O

R PR

OTE

CTIV

E SY

STEM

Th

e Ty

pes A

R, B

J, AB

, AU,

AX,

AJ A

dapt

ors,

Typ

es B

B &

BJ R

educ

ers a

nd T

ypes

DG

and

DN E

arth

lead

Ada

ptor

s ar

e de

signe

d to

con

vert

an

exist

ing

cabl

e en

try

aper

ture

, in

the

asso

ciat

ed a

ppar

atus

, to

a di

ffere

nt th

read

fo

rm a

nd/o

r size

. Eac

h de

vice

com

prise

s a

hollo

w b

ody

with

a m

ale

thre

ad a

t one

end

and

a fe

mal

e th

read

at

the

othe

r. En

try

thre

ads a

re b

etw

een

M12

and

M12

0 (M

16 to

M75

for G

lass

Fill

ed N

ylon

and

M20

to M

32

for D

G/D

N).

The

Type

AR

and

BJ M

ale/

Mal

e Ad

apto

r and

Typ

es A

U a

nd A

X Fe

mal

e/Fe

mal

e Ad

apto

rs h

ave

thre

ad fo

rms

of b

etw

een

M12

and

M12

0. T

hrea

d co

mbi

natio

ns a

re su

ch th

at a

max

imum

of t

wo

‘sta

ndar

d’ si

ze d

iffer

ence

s is

mai

ntai

ned

for

Incr

ease

in t

hrea

d an

d no

res

tric

tion

on r

educ

tion.

Typ

e de

signa

tions

det

erm

ine

thre

ad

com

bina

tions

and

bod

y pr

ofile

s.

Mat

eria

l Opt

ions

Br

ass t

o BS

287

4 Br

ass B

S 28

72

Stai

nles

s Ste

el

Mild

Ste

el

Alum

iniu

m

Bron

ze

30 %

Gla

ss F

illed

Nyl

on

40%

Gla

ss F

illed

Nyl

on

Surf

ace

Coat

ing:

Nic

kel,

Zinc

, Ele

ctro

less

Nic

kel

Thre

ad O

ptio

ns

Met

ric to

BS

3643

ET

Con

duit

to B

S 31

PG

to D

IN 4

0430

BS

PP to

BS

2779

BS

PT to

BS

21

NPT

to A

NSI

/ASM

E B1

.20.

1 In

add

ition

any

oth

er th

read

form

that

also

com

plie

s with

the

requ

irem

ents

of I

EC 6

0079

-1 ta

bles

3 o

r 4 a

nd

clau

se C

2.2

(as a

pplic

able

) are

also

per

mitt

ed.

CE M

arki

ng s

hall

be a

ccom

pani

ed b

y th

e id

entif

icat

ion

num

ber

of t

he N

otifi

ed B

ody

resp

onsib

le f

or

surv

eilla

nce

of p

rodu

ctio

n.

14

. DR

AWIN

GS A

ND

DOCU

MEN

TS

TITL

E DO

CUM

ENT

Nr

LEVE

L DA

TE

AB &

AJ S

ERIE

S AD

APTO

RS

AB-A

J 1

05-0

4-20

16

AB-A

J & B

B-BJ

SER

IES

ADAP

TORS

& R

EDU

CERS

AB

-AJ-

BB-B

J

2 08

-07-

2018

AR

-AU

-AX

SERI

ES A

DAPT

ORS

AR

-AU

-AX

1 05

-04-

2016

BB

-BJ S

ERIE

S RE

DUCE

RS

BB-B

J 1

05-0

4-20

16

DG S

ERIE

S DG

2

01-0

2-20

12

MAR

KIN

G D

RAW

ING

IE

CExI

TS16

.001

1X

ITS1

6ATE

X101

336X

1

15-1

1-20

16

Copi

es o

f the

abo

ve li

sted

doc

umen

ts a

re k

ept a

t Int

erte

k Ita

lia S

.p.A

. arc

hive

.

EU T

YPE-

EXAM

INAT

ION

CER

TIFI

CATE

This

Certi

ficat

e is

for t

he e

xclu

sive

use

of In

tert

ek's

clien

t and

is p

rovid

ed p

ursu

ant t

o th

e ag

reem

ent b

etw

een

Inte

rtek a

nd it

s Clie

nt. I

nter

tek's

re

spon

sibilit

y and

liabi

lity a

re lim

ited

to th

e te

rms a

nd co

nditi

ons o

f the

agr

eem

ent.

Inte

rtek

ass

umes

no

liabi

lity t

o an

y pa

rty, o

ther

than

to th

e Cl

ient

in

acco

rdan

ce w

ith th

e ag

reem

ent,

for a

ny lo

ss, e

xpen

se o

r dam

age

occa

sione

d by

the

use

of th

is Ce

rtific

ate.

Onl

y the

Clie

nt is

aut

horiz

ed to

per

mit

copy

ing

or d

istrib

utio

n of

this

Certi

ficat

e an

d th

en o

nly i

n its

ent

irety

. Any

use

of t

he In

terte

k nam

e or

one

of i

ts m

arks

for t

he sa

le o

r adv

ertis

emen

t of t

he te

sted

m

ater

ial, p

rodu

ct o

r ser

vice

mus

t firs

t be

appr

oved

in w

ritin

g by

Inte

rtek.

Inte

rtek

Ital

ia S

.p.A

. Via

Mig

lioli,

2/A

- 200

63 C

ernu

sco

sul N

avig

lio, M

ilano

- Ita

ly

LFT-

EMEA

-IT-A

TEX-

OP-2

3a (1

1 Ju

ne 2

019)

Pa

ge 1

of 4

Sept

embe

r 1, 2

020

Cert

ifica

te is

sue

date

Ales

sand

ro S

avio

Ce

rtifi

catio

n O

ffice

r In

tert

ek It

alia

S.p

.A. (

NB

2575

)

This

cert

ifica

te h

as b

een

issue

d by

Inte

rtek

Ital

ia S

.p.A

. NB

2575

on

tran

sfer

from

Inte

rtek

Te

stin

g &

Cer

tific

atio

n Lt

d. (N

B 03

59) u

sing

the

sam

e iss

ued

orig

inal

cer

tific

ate

num

ber.

Ales

sand

roSa

viiiioi

1.

EU ty

pe-e

xam

inat

ion

Cert

ifica

te (M

odul

e B)

2.

Equi

pmen

t or P

rote

ctiv

e Sy

stem

inte

nded

for u

se in

pot

entia

lly e

xplo

sive

atm

osph

eres

(D

irect

ive

2014

/34/

EU)

3.

EU ty

pe e

xam

inat

ion

cert

ifica

te N

r IT

S16A

TEX1

0133

6X

4.

Prod

uct:

Type

AR

Mal

e/M

ale

and

type

s AU

/ AX

Fem

ale/

Fem

ale

Uni

on A

dapt

ors.

Typ

es A

B an

d AJ

Gla

nd

Adap

tors

, Typ

es B

B an

d BJ

Gla

nd R

educ

ers a

nd D

G / D

N E

arth

lead

Ada

ptor

s and

Red

ucer

s

5.

Man

ufac

ture

r:

EATO

N E

LECT

RICA

L SY

STEM

S Lt

d Tr

adin

g as

Re

dapt

or R

axto

n

6.

Addr

ess:

Ki

ngsw

ay S

outh

W

estg

ate,

Ald

ridge

W

est M

idla

nds

WS9

8FS

7.

This

prod

uct a

nd a

ny a

ccep

tabl

e va

riatio

n th

eret

o ar

e sp

ecifi

ed in

the

sche

dule

to th

is ce

rtifi

cate

and

ther

ein

refe

rred

to.

8.

INTE

RTEK

ITAL

IA S

.p.A

., N

otifi

ed B

ody

n° 2

575

in a

ccor

danc

e w

ith a

rtic

le 1

7 of

the

Dire

ctiv

e 20

14/3

4/EU

of t

he E

urop

ean

Parli

amen

t an

d Co

unci

l of

the

26 F

ebru

ary

2014

, cer

tifie

s th

at t

he e

quip

men

t or

pro

tect

ive

syst

em h

as b

een

foun

d to

co

mpl

y w

ith t

he e

ssen

tial H

ealth

and

Saf

ety

Requ

irem

ents

rel

atin

g to

the

des

ign

and

cons

truc

tion

of e

quip

men

t an

d pr

otec

tive

syst

em in

tend

ed fo

r use

in p

oten

tially

exp

losiv

e at

mos

pher

e, g

iven

in A

nnex

II o

f the

Dire

ctiv

e.

The

exam

inat

ion

and

test

s res

ults

are

reco

rded

in c

onfid

entia

l tec

hnic

al e

valu

atio

n In

tert

ek R

epor

t Nr.

G10

2174

344B

Issu

e 1

date

d Se

ptem

ber 2

016

and

Repo

rt 1

0439

337L

HD-0

01b

date

d Au

gust

201

9.

9.

Com

plia

nce

with

the

Esse

ntia

l Hea

lth a

nd S

afet

y Re

quire

men

ts h

as b

een

assu

red

by c

ompl

ianc

e w

ith s

tand

ards

EN

600

79-0

:201

2+A1

1:20

13, E

N 6

0079

-1:2

014,

EN

600

79-7

:201

5+A1

:201

8 an

d EN

600

79-3

1:20

14 e

xcep

t in

res

pect

of

thos

e re

quire

men

ts re

ferr

ed to

at i

tem

16

of th

e Sc

hedu

le.

10. I

f the

sig

n X

is pl

aced

aft

er th

e ce

rtifi

cate

num

ber,

it in

dica

tes

that

the

prod

uct i

s su

bjec

t to

Spec

ial C

ondi

tions

for S

afe

Use

spec

ified

in th

e sc

hedu

le to

this

cert

ifica

te.

11. T

his

EU-T

ype

Exam

inat

ion

Cert

ifica

te r

elat

es o

nly

to t

he d

esig

n an

d co

nstr

uctio

n of

the

spe

cifie

d pr

oduc

t. Fu

rthe

r re

quire

men

ts o

f the

Dire

ctiv

e ap

ply

to th

e m

anuf

actu

ring

proc

ess

and

supp

ly o

f thi

s pr

oduc

t. Th

ese

are

not c

over

ed b

y th

is ce

rtifi

cate

.

12. T

he m

arki

ng o

f the

pro

duct

shal

l inc

lude

the

follo

win

g:

Type

s AR

and

BJ M

ale/

Mal

e an

d ty

pe A

U a

nd A

X Fe

mal

e/Fe

mal

e U

nion

Ada

ptor

s, T

ypes

AB

and

AJ G

land

Ada

ptor

s, T

ypes

BB

and

BJ G

land

Red

ucer

s and

DG

and

DN

Ear

thle

ad A

dapt

ors a

nd R

educ

ers

I M2

Ex d

b I M

b II

2 G

Ex d

b IIC

Gb

I M

2 Ex

eb

I Mb

II 2

G Ex

eb

IIC G

b

II 2D

Ex

tb II

IC D

b IP

6X

Ta

= se

e sc

hedu

le

Type

AB

& A

J Ada

pter

s, T

ype

BB &

BJ R

educ

ers

II

2G E

x eb

IIC

Gb

II 2D

Ex

t IIIC

Db

IP 6

6 T

a =

see

sche

dule



Cable fittings


SC

HED

ULE

EU

TYP

E EX

AMIN

ATIO

N C

ERTI

FICA

TE N

UM

BER:

ITS1

6ATE

X101

336X

LFT-

EMEA

-IT-A

TEX-

OP-2

3a (1

1 Ju

ne 2

019)

Pa

ge 4

of 4

17. R

OU

TIN

E (F

ACTO

RY) T

ESTS

Non

e.

18. D

ETAI

L O

F CE

RTIF

ICAT

E CH

ANG

ES

N

one.

SC

HED

ULE

EU

TYP

E EX

AMIN

ATIO

N C

ERTI

FICA

TE N

UM

BER:

ITS1

6ATE

X101

336X

LFT-

EMEA

-IT-A

TEX-

OP-2

3a (1

1 Ju

ne 2

019)

Pa

ge 3

of 4

15.

SPEC

IAL

CON

DITI

ON

S FO

R SA

FE U

SE

1.

Whe

n us

ed fo

r Inc

reas

ed S

afet

y (‘E

x e’

) or P

rote

ctio

n by

enc

losu

re (E

x tb

) app

licat

ions

, a su

itabl

e m

etho

d of

se

alin

g to

the

asso

ciat

ed e

nclo

sure

shal

l be

prov

ided

. 2.

Pro

duct

s con

stru

cted

from

Alu

min

ium

are

to b

e po

sitio

ned

whe

re th

ey a

re su

bjec

t to

low

risk

of m

echa

nica

l im

pact

onl

y an

d sh

all n

ot b

e m

arke

d as

suita

ble

for G

roup

I.

Type

AB

& A

J Ada

pter

s, T

ype

BB &

BJ R

educ

ers

1

All e

ntry

dev

ices

shal

l onl

y be

inst

alle

d w

here

ther

e is

a lo

w ri

sk fr

om m

echa

nica

l im

pact

. 2

Onl

y on

e ad

apto

r or r

educ

er is

to b

e us

ed w

ith a

ny si

ngle

cab

le e

ntry

on

the

asso

ciat

ed e

quip

men

t.

3 Th

e in

terf

aces

bet

wee

n th

ese

devi

ces a

nd th

e as

soci

ated

enc

losu

re c

anno

t be

defin

ed; t

here

fore

, it i

s the

us

er’s

resp

onsib

ility

to e

nsur

e th

at th

e ap

prop

riate

ingr

ess p

rote

ctio

n le

vel i

s mai

ntai

ned

at th

ese

inte

rfac

es.

4 W

hen

man

ufac

ture

d in

30%

Gla

ss F

illed

Nyl

on m

ater

ial,

the

entr

y de

vice

s are

suita

ble

for a

serv

ice

tem

pera

ture

rang

e of

-30°

C to

+90

°C.

5 W

hen

man

ufac

ture

d in

40%

Gla

ss F

iled

Nyl

on m

ater

ial,

the

entr

y de

vice

s ar

e su

itabl

e fo

r a se

rvic

e te

mpe

ratu

re ra

nge

of -2

0°C

to +

45°C

. 6

Whe

n th

e en

try

devi

ces a

re m

anuf

actu

red

in 4

0% G

lass

Fill

ed N

ylon

mat

eria

l, th

ey sh

all b

e pr

otec

ted

from

ex

posu

re to

ligh

t; ite

ms m

ade

from

this

mat

eria

l are

mar

ked

with

‘40%

Gla

ss F

illed

Nyl

on’.

7

Serv

ice

tem

pera

ture

rang

es h

ave

been

app

lied

as fo

llow

s:

O

-rin

g Se

rvic

e te

mpe

ratu

re

Mat

eria

l Se

rvic

e Te

mpe

ratu

re

Non

e fit

ted

-60°

C to

200

°C*

EPDM

-5

0°C

to +

100°

C N

itrile

-2

0°C

to +

80°C

N

eopr

ene

-4

0°C

to +

80°C

Vi

ton

-2

0°C

to +

180°

C*

Silic

one

-6

0°C

to +

180°

C *

Fluo

rosil

icon

e -6

0°C

to +

130°

C N

ote:

. The

lim

iting

tem

pera

ture

s spe

cifie

d ab

ove

are

de-r

ated

by

20K

acco

rdin

g to

Cla

use

7.2.

2 ‘M

ater

ial

Sele

ctio

n’ o

f EN

600

79-0

. N

ote:

The

max

imum

tem

pera

ture

is li

mite

d to

150

°C in

Gro

up I

appl

icat

ion

(Coa

l dus

t, M

inin

g) O

-rin

g m

ater

ials

affe

ct m

arke

d w

ith ‘*

’ abo

ve.

Not

e: U

nles

s fitt

ed w

ith a

n in

terf

ace

seal

ing

O-r

ing

with

low

er p

rope

rtie

s, te

mpe

ratu

res s

hall

then

be

limite

d as

pe

r the

man

ufac

ture

r’s in

stru

ctio

ns.

16.

ESSE

NTI

AL H

EALT

H A

ND

SAF

ETY

REQ

UIR

EMEN

TS

Th

e re

leva

nt e

ssen

tial H

ealth

and

Saf

ety

Requ

irem

ents

hav

e be

en id

entif

ied

and

asse

ssed

in In

tert

ek R

epor

t Nr.

G10

2174

344B

Issu

e 1

date

d Se

ptem

ber 2

016

and

Repo

rt 1

0439

337L

HD-0

01b

date

d Au

gust

201

9.

DRAFT

EX

ATEX certificate LCIE 02 ATEX 0038 UEdition 1 – September 2018



Switzerland


Title Page

ATEX certificate:

LCIE 02 ATEX 0038 U

for

Cable stuffing glands

Although the certificate is available in twolanguages (English and French), the liability of thenotified body applies only on the text of the originalcopy of the certificate that it published.

Bien que le certificat soit traduit dans les 2 langues(Anglais et Français), seul le texte de la copieoriginale du certificat peut engager laresponsabilité de l’organisme notifié qui l’a publié.

EN

FR



LCIE 02 ATEX 0038 U 1Edition 1 - September 2018

DRAFT

LCIE 02 ATEX 0038 U (FR, EN)(Original copy)

Cable stuffing glandsLCIE 02 ATEX 0038 U (FR, EN)Cable stuffing glandsENFROriginal copy

DRAFT



2 LCIE 02 ATEX 0038 UEdition 1 - September 2018

1

LCIE 02 ATEX 0038 U 3Edition 1 - September 2018

DRAFT



1

DRAFT



4 LCIE 02 ATEX 0038 UEdition 1 - September 2018


DRAFT

EX

ATEX certificate LCIE 03 ATEX 0033 UEdition 1 - July 2015



Switzerland


PTB_01_ATEX_1061_U

ATEX certificate:

LCIE 03 ATEX 0033 U

for

Stuffing gland

Although the certificate is available in twolanguages (English and French), the liability of thenotified body applies only on the text of the originalcopy of the certificate that it published.

Bien que le certificat soit traduit dans les 2 langues(Anglais et Français), seul le texte de la copieoriginale du certificat peut engager laresponsabilité de l’organisme notifié qui l’a publié.

EN

FR



LCIE 03 ATEX 0033 U 1Edition 1 - July 2015

DRAFT


Stuffing glandLCIE 03 ATEX 0033 U (FR, EN)Original copyDEDEStuffing glandStuffing gland

1

DRAFT


Stuffing gland

2 LCIE 03 ATEX 0033 UEdition 1 - July 2015

1

LCIE 03 ATEX 0033 U 3Edition 1 - July 2015

DRAFT


Stuffing gland

DRAFT


Stuffing gland

4 LCIE 03 ATEX 0033 UEdition 1 - July 2015

DRAFT

EX

ATEX certificate PTB 11 ATEX 1007 XEdition 1 - May 2015



Switzerland


PTB_01_ATEX_1061_U

ATEX certificate:

PTB 11 ATEX 1007 X

for

Stuffing gland DE



PTB 11 ATEX 1007 X 1Edition 1 - May 2015

DRAFT

PTB 11 ATEX 1007 X (DE)(Original copy)

Stuffing glandPTB 11 ATEX 1007 X (DE)Original copyDEDEStuffing glandStuffing gland

1

DRAFT

PTB 11 ATEX 1007 X (DE)(Original copy)

Stuffing gland

2 PTB 11 ATEX 1007 XEdition 1 - May 2015

DRAFT

EX

ATEX certificate PTB 98 ATEX 3130Edition 1 – September 2018



Switzerland


Title Page

ATEX certificate:

PTB 98 ATEX 3130

for


EN


PTB 98 ATEX 3130 1Edition 1 - September 2018

DRAFT

PTB 98 ATEX 3130 (EN)(Original copy)

Cable stuffing glandsPTB 98 ATEX 3130 (EN)Cable stuffing glandsENOriginal copy

DRAFT

PTB 98 ATEX 3130 (EN)(Original copy)


2 PTB 98 ATEX 3130Edition 1 - September 2018

1



www.meggitt.com


Document reference SEV 15 ATEX 0151Edition 2 – October 2020

Title page

SEV 15 ATEX 0151for


EX






Document reference SEV 15 ATEX 0151 EX CERTIFICATE – ATEXEdition 2 - October 2020 SEV 15 ATEX 0151 for cable fittings (stuffing glands)

3 / 4

Cable fittings

FR SEV 15 ATEX 0151 (EN) Original copy EN


EX CERTIFICATE – ATEX Document reference SEV 15 ATEX 0151SEV 15 ATEX 0151 for cable fittings (stuffing glands) Edition 2 - October 20204 / 4




www.meggitt.com


Document reference SEV 15 ATEX 0152 XEdition 3 – October 2020

Title page

SEV 15 ATEX 0152 Xfor


EX






Document reference SEV 15 ATEX 0152 X EX CERTIFICATE – ATEXEdition 3 - October 2020 SEV 15 ATEX 0152 X for cable fittings (stuffing glands)

3 / 4

Cable fittings

FR SEV 15 ATEX 0152 X (EN) Original copy EN


EX CERTIFICATE – ATEX Document reference SEV 15 ATEX 0152 XSEV 15 ATEX 0152 X for cable fittings (stuffing glands) Edition 3 - October 20204 / 4

Cable fittings

FR SEV 15 ATEX 0152 X (EN) Original copy EN


C - 1

APPENDIX C: cCSAus CERTIFICATIONS

APPENDIX C: CCSAUS CERTIFICATIONS

Table C-1: Related CCSAUS certificates


GSI127 CCSAUS 70001999

IQS4xx and TQ4xx CCSAUS 1514309

INSTALLATION MANUAL Document reference MAPROX400/EProximity measurement systems using TQ4xx proximity sensors Edition 19 - January 2022C - 2

APPENDIX C: cCSAus CERTIFICATIONS


DRAFT

cCSAus certificate 70001999Edition 3 - April 2017

EX



Switzerland


Title Page

cCSAus certificate:

70001999

for

GSI 127

EN


cCSAus certificate 70001999 1Edition 3 - April 2017

DRAFT

70001999 (EN)(Original copy)

GSI 127GSI 127FR 70001999 (EN) Original copy EN

DQ

D 5

07

Rev

. 20

16

-02

-18

Pag

e 1

Cer

tific

ate

of C

ompl

ianc

eC

ertif

icat

e:7

00

01

99

9M

aste

r C

ontr

act:

17

50

74

Proj

ect:

70

11

28

45

Dat

e Is

sued

:2

01

7-0

1-1

9

Issu

ed to

:M

eggi

tt SA

Rte

de

Mon

cor

4V

illar

s-su

r-G

lane

, Fri

bour

g 17

52SW

ITZE

RL

AN

DA

tten

tion:

Car

lo P

elle

grin

elli

The

prod

ucts

list

ed b

elow

are

elig

ible

to b

ear t

he C

SA M

ark

show

nw

ith a

djac

ent i

ndic

ator

s 'C

' and

'US'

for C

anad

a an

d U

S or

with

adj

acen

t in

dica

tor '

US'

for U

S on

ly o

r with

out e

ither

indi

cato

r for

Can

ada

only

.

Issu

ed b

y:H

oss

ein

Sa

leh

Hoss

ein S

aleh

PRO

DU

CT

S

CL

AS

S -

2258 0

3 -

PR

OC

ES

S C

ON

TR

OL

EQ

UIP

ME

NT

-In

trin

sica

lly S

afe

and

No

n-I

nce

nd

ive

Syst

ems

-

Fo

r H

azar

do

us

Lo

cati

on

s

CL

AS

S -

2258 8

3 -

PR

OC

ES

S C

ON

TR

OL

EQ

UIP

ME

NT

-In

trin

sica

lly S

afe

and

No

n-I

nce

nd

ive-

Syst

ems

-

Fo

r H

azar

do

us

Lo

cati

on

s -

Cer

tifi

ed t

o U

.S.

Sta

ndar

ds

Cla

ss I,

Div

ision

2, G

roup

s A, B

, C a

nd D

Ex

nA [i

a G

a] II

C T

4 G

cC

lass

I, Z

one

2, A

Ex

nA [i

a G

a] II

C T

4 G

c

Mo

nit

ori

ng s

yst

em c

on

sist

ing o

f gal

van

ic s

epar

atio

n u

nit

Mo

del

244

-12

7-0

00

-XX

X (

GS

I 1

27

) p

rovid

ing I

.S.

ou

tputs

fo

r D

ivis

ion

1/Z

on

e 0

wh

en c

onn

ecte

d p

er I

nst

alla

tio

n D

raw

ing P

Z 6

92

4.

Op

erat

ing t

emp

erat

ure

: -4

0°

to

+7

0°C

No

men

clat

ure

:

24

4-1

27

-00

0-X

XX

-A2

-BY

Y

XX

X d

efin

es t

he

ver

sio

n o

f th

e pro

duct

(X

= 0

to

9)

YY

def

ines

th

e tr

ansf

er m

od

e (Y

Y =

01

to

19

for

actu

al s

pec

ific

atio

n;

YY

= 2

0 t

o 3

9 f

or

alte

rnat

e sp

ecif

icat

ion

)

Cer

tific

ate:

70

00

19

99

Proj

ect:

70

11

28

45

Mas

ter

Con

trac

t:1

75

07

4

Dat

e Is

sued

:2

01

7-0

1-1

9

DQ

D 5

07

Rev

. 20

16

-02

-18

Pag

e 2

Rat

ing:

Po

wer

su

pp

ly:

30

V,

15

0 m

A

Sen

sor

or

con

dit

ion

er:

�F

or

24

4-1

27

-00

0-X

XX

-A2

-B0

1 t

o B

19

:

Uo

, V

oc

= 2

5.2

V;

Io,

Isc

= 6

0 m

A;

Po

= 0

.7 W

; C

o,

Ca

= 9

5 n

F;

Lo

, L

a =

5 m

H

�F

or

24

4-1

27

-00

0-X

XX

-A2

-B2

0 t

o B

39

:

Uo

, V

oc

= 2

5.2

V;

Io,

Isc

= 4

5 m

A;

Po

=0

.5 W

; C

o,

Ca

= 9

5 n

F;

Lo

, L

a =

10

mH

Co

nd

itio

ns

of

Acc

epta

bil

ity:

1.

Th

e p

ow

er t

o t

he

Mo

nit

ori

ng S

ide

of

the

equ

ipm

ent

shal

l be

supp

lied

by a

n S

EL

V o

r P

EL

V s

yst

em w

ith

a

max

imu

m v

olt

age

of

30

Vdc.

2.

Th

e T

ran

sdu

cer

Sid

e o

f th

e eq

uip

men

t sh

all

only

be

con

nec

ted

to

in

trin

sica

lly s

afe

cert

ifie

d a

sso

ciat

ed

app

arat

us

or

sim

ple

ap

par

atu

s.

3.

This

dev

ice

is a

n O

PE

N t

yp

e eq

uip

men

t th

at s

hal

l be

inst

alle

d w

ith

in a

fix

ed e

nd

-use

encl

osu

re t

hat

is

rate

d

for

IP5

4 (

acco

rdin

g t

o C

SA

/UL

60

07

9-0

) o

r T

yp

e 4

. T

he

suit

abil

ity o

f th

e en

closu

re i

s su

bje

ct t

o i

nves

tigat

ion

by t

he

loca

l au

tho

riti

es h

avin

g j

uri

sdic

tio

n a

t th

e ti

me

of

inst

alla

tio

n.

APP

LIC

AB

LE

REQ

UIR

EME

NT

S

CA

N/C

SA

C22.2

No. 0-1

0 (

R2011)

Gen

eral

Req

uir

emen

ts -

Can

adia

n E

lect

rica

l C

od

e, P

art

II

CA

N/C

SA

C22.2

No. 142

-2009

Pro

cess

con

tro

l eq

uip

men

t

CS

A S

td. C

22.2

No. 21

3-1

6N

on

-in

cen

div

e el

ectr

ical

equ

ipm

ent

for

use

in

cla

ss I

, D

ivis

ion

2

haz

ard

ou

s lo

cati

on

s

CA

N/C

SA

-C22.2

No. 60079-0

:15

Ex

plo

sive

Atm

osp

her

es -

Par

t 0

: E

quip

men

t -

Gen

eral

req

uir

emen

ts

CA

N/C

SA

-C22.2

No. 60079-1

1:1

4E

xp

losi

ve

Atm

osp

her

es –

Par

t 1

1:

Equ

ipm

ent

pro

tect

ion

by i

ntr

insi

c

safe

ty "

i"

CA

N/C

SA

-C22.2

No. 60079-1

5:1

6E

xp

losi

ve

Atm

osp

her

es –

Par

t 1

5:

Con

stru

ctio

n,

test

and

mar

kin

g o

f

type

of p

rote

ctio

n “n

” el

ectri

cal a

ppar

atus

AN

SI/

UL

916:

Oct

ober

2015

(Fif

th E

dit

ion)

En

ergy m

anag

em

ent

equ

ipm

ent

AN

SI/

UL

60

07

9-0

:13

Ele

ctri

cal

Ap

par

atu

s fo

r E

xp

losi

ve

Gas

Atm

osp

her

es -

Par

t 0

: G

ener

al

Req

uir

emen

ts

AN

SI/

UL

60079

-11

:13

Ele

ctri

cal

app

arat

us

for

Exp

losi

ve

Gas

Atm

osp

her

es -

Par

t 1

1:

Intr

insi

c

Safe

ty “

i”

AN

SI/

UL

60079

-15

:13

Ele

ctri

cal

app

arat

us

for

Exp

losi

ve

Gas

Atm

osp

her

es -

Par

t 1

5:

Typ

e of

Prot

ectio

n “n

”

AN

SI/

ISA

-12

.12

.01

-20

15

No

nin

cen

div

e E

lect

rica

l E

qu

ipm

ent

for

Use

in

Cla

ss I

an

d I

I, D

ivis

ion

2

and

Cla

ss I

II,

Div

isio

ns

1 a

nd

2 H

azar

do

us

(Cla

ssif

ied)

Lo

cati

on

s

DRAFT


GSI 127

2 cCSAus certificate 70001999Edition 3 - April 2017

GSI 127FR 70001999 (EN) Original copy EN

DQ

D 5

07

Rev

. 20

16

-02

-18

Pag

e 1

Supp

lem

ent t

o C

ertif

icat

e of

Com

plia

nce

Cer

tific

ate:

70

00

19

99

Mas

ter

Con

trac

t:1

75

07

4

The

prod

ucts

list

ed, i

nclu

ding

the

late

st re

visio

n de

scri

bed

belo

w,

are

elig

ible

to b

e m

arke

d in

acc

orda

nce

with

the

refe

renc

ed C

ertif

icat

e.

Prod

uct C

ertif

icat

ion

His

tory

Proj

ect

Dat

eD

escr

iptio

n

70

11

28

45

20

17

-01

-19

Up

dat

e to

CS

A C

-US

Cer

tifi

cate

an

d R

epo

rt 7

00

01

99

9 f

or

GS

I 1

27

In

terf

ace

wit

h I

S O

utp

ut,

to

add

new

mo

del

s w

ith

Alt

ern

ate

spec

ific

atio

n,

and

an

up

dat

e to

the

Typ

e d

esig

nat

ion

of

24

44

-12

7-0

00

-XX

X-A

2-B

YY

to

dif

fere

nti

ate

bet

wee

n t

he

two s

pec

ific

atio

ns.

A n

ew o

per

atin

g t

emp

erat

ure

of

-40

°C t

o +

70

°C f

or

all

mo

del

s is

intr

odu

ced

.

70

00

19

99

20

14

-03

-24

cCS

Au

s ce

rtif

icat

ion

for

GS

I12

7 f

or

Cla

ss I

, D

ivis

ion

2,

wit

h i

ntr

insi

call

y

safe

ou

tpu

ts

cCSAus certificate 70001999 3Edition 3 - April 2017

DRAFT


GSI 127GSI 127FR 70001999 (EN) Original copy EN

DRAFT


GSI 127

4 cCSAus certificate 70001999Edition 3 - April 2017


DRAFT

cCSAus certificate 1514309Edition 6 - May 2012

EX



Switzerland


Title Page

cCSAus certificate:

1514309

for IQS 4xx and TQ 4xx

EN


cCSAus certificate 1514309 1Edition 6 - May 2012

DRAFT


IQS 4xx and TQ 4xxIQS 4xx and TQ 4xxFR 1514309 (EN) Original copy EN

FF0

002

DQ

D 5

07

R

ev.

200

9-0

9-0

1

Pag

e 1

Cer

tific

ate

of C

ompl

ianc

e C

ertif

icat

e:

1514

309

(LR

620

75-5

)

Mas

ter

Con

trac

t:

1750

74

Proj

ect:

24

9729

4

Dat

e Is

sued

: A

pril

10, 2

012

Issu

ed to

: M

eggi

tt SA

R

te d

e M

onco

r 4

V

illar

s-su

r-G

lâne

, 175

2

SWIT

ZER

LA

ND

A

tten

tion:

Ja

cque

s Per

riar

d

The

prod

ucts

list

ed b

elow

are

elig

ible

to b

ear t

he C

SA M

ark

show

n w

ith a

djac

ent i

ndic

ator

s 'C

' and

'US'

for C

anad

a an

d U

S or

with

adj

acen

t in

dica

tor '

US'

for U

S on

ly o

r with

out e

ither

indi

cato

r for

Can

ada

only

Issu

ed b

y: E

. G

iust

i E. G

iu

sti

PRO

DU

CT

S C

LA

SS 2

258

03 -

PRO

CE

SS C

ON

TR

OL

EQ

UIP

ME

NT

Intr

insi

cally

Saf

e an

d N

on In

cend

ive

Syst

ems

Fo

r H

azar

dous

Loc

atio

ns

Part

A:

Cla

ss I

, D

ivis

ions

1 a

nd 2

, G

roups

A, B

, C

and D

Mag

net

ic s

pee

d s

ensi

ng p

rob

e M

odel

SP

11

1-

Rat

ed 2

8 V

pea

k t

o p

eak a

nd

22

mA

pea

k t

o p

eak

Intr

insi

call

y

safe

when

con

nec

ted p

er d

wg P

Z6

43

8 o

r P

Z6

43

9

Tem

per

atu

re C

od

e T

6 t

o T

3 m

axim

um

am

bie

nt

tem

per

atu

re

180°C

.

CL

ASS

225

8 03

- PR

OC

ESS

CO

NT

RO

L E

QU

IPM

EN

T In

trin

sica

lly S

afe

and

Non

Ince

ndiv

e Sy

stem

s

For

Haz

ardo

us L

ocat

ions

C

LA

SS 2

258

83 -

PRO

CE

SS C

ON

TR

OL

EQ

UIP

ME

NT

Intr

insi

cally

Saf

e an

d N

on In

cend

ive

Syst

ems

Fo

r H

azar

dous

Loc

atio

ns c

ertif

ied

agai

nst U

S re

quir

emen

ts.

Part

B-1

: C

lass

I,

Div

isio

ns

1 a

nd 2

, G

roups

A, B

, C

and D

.

Pro

xim

ity s

enso

r M

od

el I

QS

4X

X /

TQ

4Y

Y -

Rat

ed 2

8 V

dc,

10

0m

A -

Intr

insi

call

y s

afe

wh

en c

on

nec

ted

to

Cer

tific

ate:

1

51

43

09

(L

R 6

20

75

-5)

Proj

ect:

24

97

29

4

Mas

ter

Con

trac

t: 1

75

07

4

Dat

e Is

sued

: Ap

ril

10

, 2

012

DQ

D 5

07

R

ev.

200

9-0

9-0

1

Pag

e 2

asso

ciat

ed a

pp

arat

us

del

iver

ing l

ess

than

28

V a

nd

10

0 m

A.

Tem

per

atu

re C

od

e T

6 t

o T

3.

"X"

and

"Y

" in

mo

del

num

ber

in

dic

ate

ran

ge

and

len

gth

of

cable

, M

axim

um

amb

ien

t te

mp

erat

ure

: fo

r IQ

S4

XX

= 7

0°C

, fo

r T

Q4

YY

= 1

95

°C.

Cla

ss 2

258-

02 -

PRO

CE

SS C

ON

TR

OL

EQ

UIP

MEN

T -

For

Haz

ardo

us L

ocat

ions

C

lass

225

8-82

- PR

OC

ESS

CO

NT

RO

L E

QU

IPM

ENT

- Fo

r H

azar

dous

Loc

atio

ns c

ertif

ied

agai

nst U

S re

quir

emen

ts.

Part

B-2

: C

lass

I,

Div

isio

n 2

, G

roups

A, B

, C

, D

Pro

xim

ity s

enso

r M

od

el I

QS

4X

X /

TQ

4Y

Y -

Rat

ed 2

8 V

dc,

10

0 m

A.

Tem

per

atu

re C

od

e T

6 t

o T

3,

"X"

and

"Y

" in

mo

del

num

ber

in

dic

ate

ran

ge

and

len

gth

of

cable

. M

axim

um

amb

ien

t te

mp

erat

ure

: fo

r IQ

S4

XX

= 7

0°C

, fo

r T

Q4

YY

= 1

95

°C.

Par

t C

:

CL

ASS

225

8 04

- PR

OC

ESS

CO

NT

RO

L E

QU

IPM

EN

T In

trin

sica

lly S

afe,

Ent

ity -

For

Haz

ardo

usL

ocat

ions

C

lass

I,

Div

isio

ns

1 a

nd 2

, G

roups

A, B

, C

and D

Gal

van

ic S

epar

atin

g U

nit

-M

od

el G

SI

Rat

ed 2

4 V

de

10

0 m

A -

Pro

vid

es i

ntr

insi

call

y s

afe

po

wer

su

pp

ly a

nd

tran

sfer

of

sign

al f

or

2-w

ires

tra

nsd

uce

r. E

nti

ty p

aram

eter

s: V

oc

= 2

6 V

. Is

c =

68

mA

Ca

= 3

0 n

F.

La

= 1

mH

.

No

te:

Th

is d

evic

e m

ust

be

inst

alle

d i

n a

su

itab

le e

ncl

osu

re i

n a

no

n-h

azar

do

us

loca

tio

n. It

pro

vid

es i

ntr

insi

call

y

safe

cir

cuit

s fo

r sw

itch

es, th

erm

oco

up

les,

no

n i

ndu

ctiv

e re

sist

ive

dev

ices

or

CS

A c

ert

ifie

d e

nti

ty e

qu

ipm

ent

wh

en i

nst

alle

d p

er t

he

man

ufa

ctu

rer's

con

tro

l d

raw

ing.

DRAFT


IQS 4xx and TQ 4xx

2 cCSAus certificate 1514309Edition 6 - May 2012

IQS 4xx and TQ 4xxFR 1514309 (EN) Original copy EN

Cer

tific

ate:

1

51

43

09

(L

R 6

20

75

-5)

Proj

ect:

24

97

29

4

Mas

ter

Con

trac

t: 1

75

07

4

Dat

e Is

sued

: Ap

ril

10

, 2

012

DQ

D 5

07

R

ev.

200

9-0

9-0

1

Pag

e 3

APP

LIC

AB

LE

REQ

UIR

EME

NT

S F

or

Par

ts A

, B

1,

B2

an

d C

:

CS

A S

td.

C2

2.2

No

157

-92

(R

20

12)

Intr

insi

call

y S

afe

and

No

n-I

nce

nd

ive

Eq

uip

men

t fo

r U

se i

n

H

azar

dous

Loca

tions

CS

A S

td.

C2

2.2

No

. 14

2-M

19

87

(R

200

9)

P

roce

ss C

ontr

ol

Eq

uip

men

t

CS

A S

td C

22

.2 N

o.

213

-M1

98

7 (

R 2

00

8)

N

on

-In

cen

div

e E

lect

rica

l E

qu

ipm

ent

for

Use

in

Cla

ss I

, D

ivis

ion

2 H

azar

do

us

Lo

cati

on

s

Fo

r P

arts

B1 a

nd

B2:

UL

91

3 E

d.2

00

7 (

Rev

.20

12)

Intr

insi

call

y S

afe

Ap

par

atus

and

Ass

oci

ated

Ap

par

atu

s fo

r U

se i

n

Cla

ss I

, II

, an

d I

II, D

ivis

ion 1

, H

azar

dous

(Cla

ssif

ied)

Loca

tions

UL

61

01

0-1

Ed

.20

04

E

lect

rica

l E

quip

men

t F

or

Mea

sure

men

t, C

ontr

ol,

an

d L

abo

rato

ry

Use

; P

art

1:

Gen

eral

Req

uir

emen

ts

MA

RK

ING

S M

arkin

gs

shal

l b

e as

fo

llo

ws:

Par

t A

:

VIB

RO

-ME

TE

R

CS

A m

onogra

m

Typ

e S

P 1

11

Ser

ial

No

Ex i

a

Ref

to D

wg P

Z6438 o

r P

Z6439

Par

t B

-1:

VIB

RO

-ME

TE

R

CS

A M

onogra

m

Model

IQ

S 4

XX

/ T

Q 4

YY

Ser

ial

nu

mb

er

28

Vdc

- 1

00

mA

Intr

insi

call

y s

afe

/ S

ecu

rite

in

trin

seq

ue

Ex i

a

Cla

ss I

, D

ivis

ion 1

and 2

, G

roups

A, B

, C

and D

Par

t B

-2:

Cla

ss I

, D

ivis

ion 2

gro

ups

A, B

, C

and D

* F

or

no

n e

nca

psu

late

d b

oar

ds:

Par

t C

:

VIB

RO

-ME

TE

R

CS

A M

onogra

m

Type

GS

I 123

Ser

ial

nu

mb

er

24

V-

10

0 m

A

Ass

oci

ated

eq

uip

men

t [E

x i

a]

WA

RN

ING

: su

bst

itu

tio

n o

f co

mp

on

ents

may

im

pai

r in

trin

sic

safe

ty

AV

ER

TIS

SE

ME

NT

: l

a su

bst

ituti

on

de

com

po

san

ts p

eut

com

pro

met

tre

la s

ecu

rite

in

trin

seq

ue

Vo

c =

26

V I

sc =

68

mA

Ca

= 3

0 n

F L

a =

1 m

H

Cer

tific

ate:

1

51

43

09

(L

R 6

20

75

-5)

Proj

ect:

24

97

29

4

Mas

ter

Con

trac

t: 1

75

07

4

Dat

e Is

sued

: Ap

ril

10

, 2

012

DQ

D 5

07

R

ev.

200

9-0

9-0

1

Pag

e 4

No

te -

Ju

risd

icti

on

s in

Ca

na

da

ma

y re

qu

ire

thes

e m

ark

ing

s to

als

o b

e pro

vid

ed i

n F

ren

ch l

an

gu

ag

e. I

t is

th

e re

spo

nsi

bil

ity

of

the

ma

nufa

ctu

rer

to p

rovi

de

bil

ing

ual

ma

rkin

g,

wh

ere

ap

pli

cab

le,

in a

cco

rda

nce

wit

h t

he

req

uir

emen

ts o

f th

e P

rovi

nci

al

Reg

ula

tory

Au

thori

ties

. It

is

the

resp

on

sib

ilit

y of

the

ma

nu

fact

ure

r to

det

erm

ine

this

req

uir

emen

t a

nd

ha

ve b

ilin

gu

al

wo

rdin

g a

dd

ed t

o t

he

"Mark

ing

s".

cCSAus certificate 1514309 3Edition 6 - May 2012

DRAFT


IQS 4xx and TQ 4xxIQS 4xx and TQ 4xxFR 1514309 (EN) Original copy EN

DQ

D 5

07

R

ev.

200

9-0

9-0

1

Pag

e 1

Supp

lem

ent t

o C

ertif

icat

e of

Com

plia

nce

Cer

tific

ate:

1

51

43

09

(L

R 6

20

75

-5)

Mas

ter

Con

trac

t:

17

50

74

The

prod

ucts

list

ed, i

nclu

ding

the

late

st re

visio

n de

scri

bed

belo

w,

are

elig

ible

to b

e m

arke

d in

acc

orda

nce

with

the

refe

renc

ed C

ertif

icat

e.

Prod

uct C

ertif

icat

ion

His

tory

Pr

ojec

t D

ate

Des

crip

tion

24

97

29

4

Ap

ril

10

, 2

01

2

Up

dat

e to

rep

ort

15

14

30

9 t

o a

dd

one

zen

er d

iodes

in

th

e ex

isti

ng c

ircu

its

on

the

TQ

4x

x/I

QS

4x

x.

24

09

76

0

Ap

ril

7,

20

11

Up

dat

e to

rep

ort

15

14

30

9 t

o c

han

ge

the

legal

enti

ty n

ame

19

98

67

6

Sep

tem

ber

28

, 2

00

7

Up

dat

e to

rep

ort

16

48

96

7 t

o i

ncl

ud

e n

ew v

ersi

on

of

IQS

4 f

or

Cla

ss I

,

Div

isio

n 2

(w

ith

out

com

po

un

d).

16

48

96

7

Ap

ril

12

, 2

00

5

Up

dat

e to

rep

ort

15

14

30

9 t

o a

dd

a n

ew c

om

po

un

d r

efer

ence

to

IQ

S4

XX

.

15

14

30

9

Jan

uar

y 1

2,

20

04

Up

dat

e to

rep

ort

LR

62

07

5-5

to

mo

dif

y d

ocu

men

tati

on a

nd

enti

ty p

aram

eter

s

of

mo

del

s IQ

S4

XX

1T

Q4

YY

LR

62

07

5

5 J

un

e 4,

19

97

Ori

gin

al C

SA

cer

tifi

cati

on f

or

mo

del

s S

P 1

11

, G

SI

12

3 a

nd

IQS

4X

X1T

QS

4Y

Y.

DRAFT


IQS 4xx and TQ 4xx

4 cCSAus certificate 1514309Edition 6 - May 2012



D - 1

APPENDIX D: IECEX CERTIFICATIONS

APPENDIX D: IECEx CERTIFICATIONS

Table D-1: Related IECEx certificates


ABA160 and JB118 IECEx PTB 08.0003U

ABA161 IECEx PTB 08.0005U

ABA17xIECEx BVS 16.0026U

IECEx PRE 14.0042U

EA4xx, IQS4xx and TQ4xx IECEx LCI 11.0061X

EA4xx, IQS4xx and TQ4xx IECEx LCI 11.0063X

GSI127 IECEx LCIE 13.0026X

Cable fittings(stuffing glands)

IECEx ITS 16.0011X

IECEx ITS 16.0012X

IECEx LCI 10.0009U

IECEx PTB 03.0000

IECEx PTB 11.0019X

IECEx SEV 15.0018

IECEx SEV 15.0019X

INSTALLATION MANUAL Document reference MAPROX400/EProximity measurement systems using TQ4xx proximity sensors Edition 19 - January 2022D - 2

APPENDIX D: IECEX CERTIFICATIONS


DRAFT

IECEx certificate IECEx PTB 08.0003UEdition 1 - May 2015

EX



Switzerland


Title Page

IECEx certificate:

IECEx PTB 08.0003U

for

ABA 15x, ABA 160,JB 116, JB 118 and PA 151

EN


IECEx certificate IECEx PTB 08.0003U 1Edition 1 - May 2015

DRAFT

IECEx PTB 08.0003U (EN)(Original copy)

ABA 15x, ABA 160, JB 116, JB 118 and PA 151ABA 15x, ABA 160, JB 116, JB 118 and PA 151FR IECEx PTB 08.0003U (EN) Original copy EN

DRAFT


ABA 15x, ABA 160, JB 116, JB 118 and PA 151

2 IECEx certificate IECEx PTB 08.0003UEdition 1 - May 2015

ABA 15x, ABA 160, JB 116, JB 118 and PA 151FR IECEx PTB 08.0003U (EN) Original copy EN


DRAFT


ABA 15x, ABA 160, JB 116, JB 118 and PA 151ABA 15x, ABA 160, JB 116, JB 118 and PA 151FR IECEx PTB 08.0003U (EN) Original copy EN

DRAFT


ABA 15x, ABA 160, JB 116, JB 118 and PA 151


ABA 15x, ABA 160, JB 116, JB 118 and PA 151FR IECEx PTB 08.0003U (EN) Original copy EN

DRAFT

IECEx certificate IECEx PTB 08.0005UEdition 1 - May 2015

EX



Switzerland


Title Page

IECEx certificate:

IECEx PTB 08.0005U

for

ABA 161 and PA 150

EN



DRAFT


ABA 161 and PA 150ABA 161 and PA 150FR IECEx PTB 08.0005U (EN) Original copy EN

DRAFT


ABA 161 and PA 150


ABA 161 and PA 150FR IECEx PTB 08.0005U (EN) Original copy EN


DRAFT


ABA 161 and PA 150ABA 161 and PA 150FR IECEx PTB 08.0005U (EN) Original copy EN




www.meggitt.com

EX CERTIFICATE – IECEx

Document reference IECEx BVS 16.0026UEdition 2 – January 2022

Title page

IECEx BVS 16.0026Ufor

ABA17x industrial housings

EX






Document reference IECEx BVS 16.0026U EX CERTIFICATE – IECExEdition 2 - January 2022 IECEx BVS 16.0026U for ABA17x industrial housings

3 / 6

ABA17x

FR IECEx BVS 16.0026U (EN) Original copy EN

IECEx Certificate

of Conformity

Cer

tific

ate

No.

:IECEx BVS

16.0026U

Dat

e of

issu

e:20

19-0

2-20

Pag

e 2

of 5

Issu

e N

o: 1

Man

ufac

ture

r:thuba Ltd.

Bla

uens

tein

erst

rass

e 16

40

02 B

asel

Switzerland

Add

ition

al

man

ufac

turin

g lo

catio

ns:

This

cer

tific

ate

is is

sued

as

verif

icat

ion

that

a s

ampl

e(s)

, rep

rese

ntat

ive

of p

rodu

ctio

n, w

as a

sses

sed

and

test

ed a

nd fo

und

to c

ompl

y w

ith th

e IE

C S

tand

ard

list b

elow

and

that

the

man

ufac

ture

r's q

ualit

y sy

stem

, rel

atin

g to

the

Ex

prod

ucts

cov

ered

by

this

cer

tific

ate,

was

ass

esse

d an

d fo

und

to c

ompl

y w

ith th

e IE

CE

x Q

ualit

y sy

stem

requ

irem

ents

.Thi

s ce

rtific

ate

is g

rant

ed s

ubje

ct to

the

cond

ition

s as

set

out

in IE

CE

x S

chem

e R

ules

, IE

CE

x 02

and

Ope

ratio

nal D

ocum

ents

as

amen

ded

STANDARDS

:Th

e eq

uipm

ent a

nd a

ny a

ccep

tabl

e va

riatio

ns to

it s

peci

fied

in th

e sc

hedu

le o

f thi

s ce

rtific

ate

and

the

iden

tifie

d do

cum

ents

, was

foun

d to

com

ply

with

the

follo

win

g st

anda

rds

IEC

600

79-0

:201

1 E

ditio

n:6.

0E

xplo

sive

atm

osph

eres

- P

art 0

: Gen

eral

requ

irem

ents

IEC

600

79-3

1:20

13

Edi

tion:

2E

xplo

sive

atm

osph

eres

- P

art 3

1: E

quip

men

t dus

t ign

ition

pro

tect

ion

by e

nclo

sure

"t"

IEC

600

79-7

:201

5 E

ditio

n:5.

0

This

Cer

tific

ate does

not

indi

cate

com

plia

nce

with

saf

ety

and

perfo

rman

ce re

quire

men

ts

othe

r tha

n th

ose

expr

essl

y in

clud

ed in

the

Sta

ndar

ds li

sted

abo

ve.

TEST

& ASSESSMENT REPORTS:

A sa

mpl

e(s)

of t

he e

quip

men

t lis

ted

has

succ

essf

ully

met

the

exam

inat

ion

and

test

requ

irem

ents

as

reco

rded

in:

Test

Rep

ort:

Qua

lity

Ass

essm

ent R

epor

t:

DE

/BV

S/E

xTR

16.0

029/

01

DE

/BV

S/Q

AR

13.0

010/

05

IECEx Certificate

of Conformity

INTERNATIONAL ELECTROTECHNICAL COMMISSION

IEC

Certification System

for Explosive

Atmospheres

for r

ules

and

det

ails

of t

he IE

CE

x S

chem

e vi

sit w

ww

.iece

x.co

mEx COMPONENT CERTIFICATE

Cer

tific

ate

No.

:IECEx BVS

16.0026U

Sta

tus:

Current

Dat

e of

Issu

e:20

19-0

2-20

App

lican

t:thuba Ltd.

Bla

uens

tein

erst

rass

e 16

40

02 B

asel

Switzerland

Ex

Com

pone

nt:

Em

pty

encl

osur

e ty

pe e

CA

M *

* **

**

This

component

is NOT intended

to be used

alone

and

requires additional consideration when incorporated

into

other

equipment or systems

for use

in explosive

atmospheres

(refer

to IEC

60079-0).

Type

of P

rote

ctio

n:Equipment dust ignition

protection by

enclosure

"t", Equipment protection by

increased safety

''e''

Mar

king

:

Pag

e 1

of 5

Issu

e N

o: 1

Cer

tific

ate

hist

ory:

Issu

e 0

(201

6-05

-10)

Ex

eb II

C G

bE

x tb

IIIC

Db

1. 2. 3.App

rove

d fo

r iss

ue o

n be

half

of th

e IE

CE

x C

ertif

icat

ion

Bod

y:

Pos

ition

:

Sig

natu

re:

(for p

rinte

d ve

rsio

n)

Dat

e: This

cer

tific

ate

and

sche

dule

may

onl

y be

repr

oduc

ed in

full.

This

cer

tific

ate

is n

ot tr

ansf

erab

le a

nd re

mai

ns th

e pr

oper

ty o

f the

issu

ing

body

.Th

e S

tatu

s an

d au

then

ticity

of t

his

certi

ficat

e m

ay b

e ve

rifie

d by

vis

iting

ww

w.ie

cex.

com

or u

se o

f thi

s Q

R C

ode.

Cer

tific

ate

issu

ed b

y:

DE

KRA

Testing and Certification GmbH

Certification Body

Dinnendahlstrasse

9

44809 Bochum

Germany

Jörg

Koch

Head of

Certification Body


EX CERTIFICATE – IECEx Document reference IECEx BVS 16.0026UIECEx BVS 16.0026U for ABA17x industrial housings Edition 2 - January 20224 / 6

ABA17x


IECEx Certificate

of Conformity

Cer

tific

ate

No.

:IECEx BVS

16.0026U

Dat

e of

issu

e:20

19-0

2-20

Pag

e 4

of 5

Issu

e N

o: 1

DETAILS

OF CERTIFICATE

CHANGES

(for

issues

1 and

above)

Upd

ate

for t

he n

ew E

x co

mpo

nent

cer

tific

ate

layo

ut.

IECEx Certificate

of Conformity

Cer

tific

ate

No.

:IECEx BVS

16.0026U

Dat

e of

issu

e:20

19-0

2-20

Pag

e 3

of 5

Issu

e N

o: 1

Ex Component(s) covered

by this

certificate is

described

below:

SCHEDULE

OF LIMITATIONS:

Subject

and

Type

Em

pty

encl

osur

e ty

pe e

CA

M **

1) *

*2) *

*3)

size

Type

wid

th1)

[mm

]he

ight

2)

[mm

]de

pth3)

[mm

]

Enc

losu

re w

ith s

crew

ed fi

xing

cov

ers

(siz

e ra

nge)

up to

eCA

M 4

0 40

20

400

400

Enc

losu

re w

ith h

inge

s an

d la

tche

s (s

ize

rang

e)

up to

500

Description

The

empt

y en

clos

ure

type

eC

am *

* **

**

is b

uilt

in ty

pe o

f pro

tect

ion

Incr

ease

d S

afet

y "e

" for

use

in a

reas

with

EP

L G

b or

Pro

tect

ion

by

Enc

losu

re "t

" for

use

in a

reas

with

EP

L D

b.

The

empt

y en

clos

ure

is u

sed

for t

he m

ount

ing

of d

iffer

ent s

witc

h an

d co

ntro

l app

arat

us. T

he e

nclo

sure

con

sist

s of

ste

el o

r sta

inle

ss s

teel

and

ca

n be

con

stru

cted

with

a s

crew

ed fi

xing

cov

er o

r a c

over

with

hin

ges

and

latc

hes.

N/A


Document reference IECEx BVS 16.0026U EX CERTIFICATE – IECExEdition 2 - January 2022 IECEx BVS 16.0026U for ABA17x industrial housings

5 / 6

ABA17x


IECEx Certificate

of Conformity

Cer

tific

ate

No.

:IECEx BVS

16.0026U

Dat

e of

issu

e:20

19-0

2-20

Pag

e 5

of 5

Issu

e N

o: 1

Additional

information:

Parameters

-55

°C u

p to

+10

0 °C

IP p

rote

ctio

n de

gree

IP66


EX CERTIFICATE – IECEx Document reference IECEx BVS 16.0026UIECEx BVS 16.0026U for ABA17x industrial housings Edition 2 - January 20226 / 6


DRAFT

IECEx certificate IECEx PRE 14.0042UEdition 1 - May 2015

EX



Switzerland


Title Page

IECEx certificate:

IECEx PRE 14.0042U

for

ABA 17x

EN


IECEx certificate IECEx PRE 14.0042U 1Edition 1 - May 2015

DRAFT

IECEx PRE 14.0042U (EN)(Original copy)

ABA 17xABA 17xFR IECEx PRE 14.0042U (EN) Original copy EN

DRAFT


ABA 17x

2 IECEx certificate IECEx PRE 14.0042UEdition 1 - May 2015

ABA 17xFR IECEx PRE 14.0042U (EN) Original copy EN

IECEx certificate IECEx PRE 14.0042U 3Edition 1 - May 2015

DRAFT


ABA 17xABA 17xFR IECEx PRE 14.0042U (EN) Original copy EN


DRAFT

IECEx certificate IECEx LCI 11.0061XEdition 3 - December 2015

EX



Switzerland


Title Page

IECEx certificate:

IECEx LCI 11.0061X

for EA 4xx, IQS 4xxand TQ 4xx

EN


IECEx certificate IECEx LCI 11.0061X 1Edition 3 - December 2015

DRAFT

IECEx LCI 11.0061X (EN)(Original copy)

EA 4xx, IQS 4xx and TQ 4xxEA 4xx, IQS 4xx and TQ 4xxFR IECEx LCI 11.0061X (EN) Original copy EN

DRAFT


EA 4xx, IQS 4xx and TQ 4xx

2 IECEx certificate IECEx LCI 11.0061XEdition 3 - December 2015

EA 4xx, IQS 4xx and TQ 4xxFR IECEx LCI 11.0061X (EN) Original copy EN

DRAFT

IECEx certificate IECEx LCI 11.0063XEdition 2 - August 2014

EX



Switzerland


Title Page

IECEx certificate:

IECEx LCI 11.0063X


EN


IECEx certificate IECEx LCI 11.0063X 1Edition 2 - August 2014

DRAFT


EA 4xx, IQS 4xx and TQ 4xxEA 4xx, IQS 4xx and TQ 4xxFR IECEx LCI 11.0063X (EN) Original copy EN

DRAFT



2 IECEx certificate IECEx LCI 11.0063XEdition 2 - August 2014

EA 4xx, IQS 4xx and TQ 4xxFR IECEx LCI 11.0063X (EN) Original copy EN

DRAFT

IECEx certificate IECEx LCIE 13.0026XEdition 2 - April 2017

EX



Switzerland


Title Page

IECEx certificate:

IECEx LCIE 13.0026X

for

GSI 127

EN


IECEx certificate IECEx LCIE 13.0026X 1Edition 2 - April 2017

DRAFT

IECEx LCIE 13.0026X (EN)(Original copy)

GSI 127GSI 127FR IECEx LCIE 13.0026X (EN) Original copy EN

��

��

��

DRAFT


GSI 127

2 IECEx certificate IECEx LCIE 13.0026XEdition 2 - April 2017

GSI 127FR IECEx LCIE 13.0026X (EN) Original copy EN

IECEx certificate IECEx LCIE 13.0026X 3Edition 2 - April 2017

DRAFT


GSI 127GSI 127FR IECEx LCIE 13.0026X (EN) Original copy EN

�

��

��

��

��

� �

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

�

� �

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

� ��

��

��

��

��

��!

��

��

��

��

� �

��

��

��

��

� ��

!�#!

��$�

��

��

��!

��

��

��

�$�

��

��

�%�

<>?

��

>@�\

^?

_ �

` ?

��% �

�

� ��

��

��

��

��!

�"#

��

��$

�%

�"��

��

�

��#�

��

��

��{

�&

&(��

)(��

�(��

�(�

�(*

++��

@@

@ ��

��

��

��!�

��

��

� #!

��$�

� |@

} �

�� ~

�% �

� ��

��

��

�!��

��! �

��

|��

} ��

��

~ ��

! ��

$� �

#��

��

��

��

} ��

��

~ ��

! ��

!��

� �#

��

��

��%

��

!��!

��

��!

��

��

� ��

� �#

��

��

��

��

#� �

� #!�

�$��

��

��

��

� ��

��

�{

�

��$

� �#�

��

��

�{ �

``��

��

��@

@@�

��

��

��

�~

�

��!�

��

�#��

��

��{

�``

��

��

�@@

@��

��

��

��~

��

� ��

��!�

��

��

��

��

� �#

��

��

��

��

� ��

��

��!�

��

��

#��

��

�$�

� �

��$

� ��

��

��

��

!��

� �

��#�

��

� #

!� ��

� ��

#!��

��

��!�

$��

�!�

% �

��! �

�$

� |��

�!��

�� !�

�%

� ��

�� !�

�% �

� �

��

��

��~�

��%

#�

%,

��.

�

_>

��

��

��

�! �

��?

^�_

>�>

? �

! _\?

��~

��

�

��!�

��{ %

%% ��

#�{ �

``��

��

��@

@@�

��

��

�

��!

��

$��

!{ %%%

��!

��

��

!$��

��{

�

>�

��

�

� ��

< �

` �

�

�><

>�

�<�>

��%

��

@

��!

�$#

#��

{ �

��

��

�

��

� �

��

! �! �

��

��

! {

\�! �

``��

��

��@

@@�

��

��

��

�~{ �

�{ ��

%� �

� ��{

��

��

�{ �%

� �

� ��{

~� �

\� �

�{ �

��

\�

! �``

��

��

�@@

@��

��

��

��~

{ ��{

��%�

��

�{ `�

��

��{

�%�

��

�{ ~�

�\�

��{

��

�

%�

��

.$�

��

�! �

$##�

�{ �

�

� �

� �

��

��

��

��! �

! ��

��

��!{

� \�!

�``

��

��

�@@

@��

��

��

��~

{ ��{

��%�

��

�{ ��

��

��{

�%�

��

�{ ~�

�\�

��{

� �

�

� \�!

�``

��

��

�@@

@��

��

��

��~

{ ��{

��%�

��

�{ `�

��

��{

�%�

��

�{ ~�

�\�

��{

��

�

%�

!��

��

��$�

�>

��

�!��

��!�

�! �

� ��

��

� �$

��

��

��

��

!��

�!��

��

�� $

��!

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

##�

��

��

��

��

#!��

!�

��

��

��

��

��

��!

� �

��

��

�$!��

� �

��

� ��

� ��

��

�!�

��

��

��

$��

��%�

��

><

��

�~��

�{��

�� >

�% �

��

��

!�%

DRAFT


GSI 127

4 IECEx certificate IECEx LCIE 13.0026XEdition 2 - April 2017




www.meggitt.com


Document reference IECEx ITS 16.0011XEdition 2 – January 2022

Title page

IECEx ITS 16.0011Xfor


EX






Document reference IECEx ITS 16.0011X EX CERTIFICATE – IECExEdition 2 - January 2022 IECEx ITS 16.0011X for cable fittings (stuffing glands)

3 / 6

Cable fittings

FR IECEx ITS 16.0011X (EN) Original copy EN

IECEx Certificate

of Conformity

Cer

tific

ate

No.

:IECEx ITS

16.0011X

Dat

e of

issu

e:20

19-0

8-06

Pag

e 2

of 6

Issu

e N

o: 2

IECEx Certificate

of Conformity


IEC


for Explosive

Atmospheres

for r

ules

and

det

ails

of t

he IE

CE

x S

chem

e vi

sit w

ww

.iece

x.co

m

Cer

tific

ate

No.

:IECEx ITS

16.0011X

Sta

tus:

Current

Dat

e of

Issu

e:20

19-0

8-06

App

lican

t:Eaton

Electrical Systems Ltd Trading as

Raxton or

Redapt

Kin

gsw

ay S

outh

W

estg

ate

Ald

ridge

W

est M

idla

nds

WS

9 8F

S

United

Kingdom

Equ

ipm

ent:

Gland

Adaptors,

Reducers and Earthlead

Adaptors

Opt

iona

l acc

esso

ry:

Type

of P

rote

ctio

n:Ex db

Ex eb

and

Ex tb

Mar

king

:

Pag

e 1

of 6

Issu

e N

o: 2

Cer

tific

ate

hist

ory:

Issu

e 1

(201

9-02

-25)

Issu

e 0

(201

7-03

-17)

IEC

Ex

ITS

16.

0011

X

Adaptors,

Types

BB

and

BJ Gland

Reducers and DG

and

DN

Earthlead

Adaptors and Reducers

Ex

db I/

IIC M

b/G

bE

x eb

I/IIC

Mb/

Gb

Ex

tb II

I C D

b IP

6X

Ta =

see

sch

edul

e

Type

AB

& AJ Adapters,

Type BB

& BJ Reducers

Ex

eb II

C G

b, E

x tb

IIIC

Db

IP 6

6

1. 2. 3.App

rove

d fo

r iss

ue o

n be

half

of th

e IE

CE

x C

ertif

icat

ion

Bod

y:

Pos

ition

:

Sig

natu

re:

(for p

rinte

d ve

rsio

n)

Dat

e: This

cer

tific

ate

and

sche

dule

may

onl

y be

repr

oduc

ed in

full.

This

cer

tific

ate

is n

ot tr

ansf

erab

le a

nd re

mai

ns th

e pr

oper

ty o

f the

issu

ing

body

.Th

e S

tatu

s an

d au

then

ticity

of t

his

certi

ficat

e m

ay b

e ve

rifie

d by

vis

iting

ww

w.ie

cex.

com

or u

se o

f thi

s Q

R C

ode.

Cer

tific

ate

issu

ed b

y:

Intertek

Testing

& Certification Limited

ITS

House, Cleeve Road

Leatherhead

Surrey,

KT22 7SA

United

Kingdom

V K

Varma

Certification Officer


EX CERTIFICATE – IECEx Document reference IECEx ITS 16.0011XIECEx ITS 16.0011X for cable fittings (stuffing glands) Edition 2 - January 20224 / 6

Cable fittings


IECEx Certificate

of Conformity

Cer

tific

ate

No.

:IECEx ITS

16.0011X

Dat

e of

issu

e:20

19-0

8-06

Pag

e 4

of 6

Issu

e N

o: 2

EQUIPMENT:

E

quip

men

t and

sys

tem

s co

vere

d by

this

Cer

tific

ate

are

as fo

llow

s:

SPECIFIC

CONDITIONS

OF USE: YES

as shown below:

an e

xist

ing

cabl

e en

try a

pertu

re, i

n th

e as

soci

ated

app

arat

us, t

o a

diffe

rent

thre

ad fo

rm a

nd/o

r siz

e. E

ach

devi

ce c

ompr

ises

a h

ollo

w b

ody

with

a

mal

e th

read

at o

ne e

nd a

nd a

fem

ale

thre

ad a

t the

oth

er. E

ntry

thre

ads

are

betw

een

M12

and

M12

0. (M

16 to

M75

for G

lass

Fille

d N

ylon

and

M

20 to

M32

for D

G/D

N)

The

Type

AR

and

BJ

Mal

e/M

ale

Ada

ptor

and

Typ

es A

U a

nd A

X F

emal

e/Fe

mal

e A

dapt

ors

have

thre

ad fo

rms

of b

etw

een

M12

and

M12

0.

redu

ctio

n. T

ype

desi

gnat

ions

det

erm

ine

thre

ad c

ombi

natio

ns a

nd b

ody

prof

iles.

Mat

eria

l Opt

ions

Bra

ss to

BS

287

4

Bra

ss B

S 2

872

Sta

inle

ss S

teel

Mild

Ste

el

Alu

min

ium

Bro

nze

30 %

Gla

ss F

illed

Nyl

on

40%

Gla

ss F

illed

Nyl

on

Sur

face

Coa

ting:

Nic

kel,

Zinc

, Ele

ctro

less

Nic

kel

Thre

ad O

ptio

ns

Met

ric to

BS

364

3

ET

Con

duit

to B

S 3

1

PG

to D

IN 4

0430

BS

PP

to B

S 2

779

BS

PT

to B

S 2

1

NP

T to

AN

SI/A

SM

E B

1.20

.1

In a

dditi

on, a

ny o

ther

thre

ad fo

rm th

at a

lso

com

plie

s w

ith th

e re

quire

men

ts o

f IE

C 6

0079

-1 ta

bles

3 o

r 4 a

nd c

laus

e C

2.2

(as

appl

icab

le) a

re

also

per

mitt

ed

Con

ditio

ns o

f man

ufac

ture

1. T

he fe

mal

e th

read

s of

ada

ptor

s sh

all b

e re

stric

ted

to o

ne s

ize

larg

er th

an th

e m

ale

thre

ad s

ize.

3. T

hese

pro

duct

s sh

all b

e m

arke

d in

acc

orda

nce

with

the

info

rmat

ion

as s

peci

fied

in th

is c

ertif

icat

e an

d re

late

d re

ports

.

encl

osur

e sh

all b

e pr

ovid

ed.

IECEx Certificate

of Conformity

Cer

tific

ate

No.

:IECEx ITS

16.0011X

Dat

e of

issu

e:20

19-0

8-06

Pag

e 3

of 6

Issu

e N

o: 2

Man

ufac

ture

r:Eaton

Electrical Systems Ltd Trading as

Raxton or

Redapt

Kin

gsw

ay S

outh

W

estg

ate

Ald

ridge

W

est M

idla

nds

WS

9 8F

S

United

Kingdom

Add

ition

al

man

ufac

turin

g lo

catio

ns:

This

cer

tific

ate

is is

sued

as

verif

icat

ion

that

a s

ampl

e(s)

, rep

rese

ntat

ive

of p

rodu

ctio

n, w

as a

sses

sed

and

test

ed a

nd fo

und

to c

ompl

y w

ith th

e IE

C S

tand

ard

list b

elow

and

that

the

man

ufac

ture

r's q

ualit

y sy

stem

, rel

atin

g to

the

Ex

prod

ucts

cov

ered

by

this

cer

tific

ate,

was

ass

esse

d an

d fo

und

to c

ompl

y w

ith th

e IE

CE

x Q

ualit

y sy

stem

requ

irem

ents

.Thi

s ce

rtific

ate

is g

rant

ed s

ubje

ct to

the

cond

ition

s as

set

out

in IE

CE

x S

chem

e R

ules

, IE

CE

x 02

and

Ope

ratio

nal D

ocum

ents

as

amen

ded

STANDARDS

:Th

e eq

uipm

ent a

nd a

ny a

ccep

tabl

e va

riatio

ns to

it s

peci

fied

in th

e sc

hedu

le o

f thi

s ce

rtific

ate

and

the

iden

tifie

d do

cum

ents

, was

foun

d to

com

ply

with

the

follo

win

g st

anda

rds

IEC

600

79-0

:201

1 E

ditio

n:6.

0E

xplo

sive

atm

osph

eres

- P

art 0

: Gen

eral

requ

irem

ents

IEC

600

79-1

:201

4-06

E

ditio

n:7.

0E

xplo

sive

atm

osph

eres

- P

art 1

: Equ

ipm

ent p

rote

ctio

n by

flam

epro

of e

nclo

sure

s "d

"

IEC

600

79-3

1:20

13

Edi

tion:

2E

xplo

sive

atm

osph

eres

- P

art 3

1: E

quip

men

t dus

t ign

ition

pro

tect

ion

by e

nclo

sure

"t"

IEC

600

79-7

:201

5 E

ditio

n:5.

0

This

Cer

tific

ate does

not

indi

cate

com

plia

nce

with

saf

ety

and

perfo

rman

ce re

quire

men

ts

othe

r tha

n th

ose

expr

essl

y in

clud

ed in

the

Sta

ndar

ds li

sted

abo

ve.

TEST


A sa

mpl

e(s)

of t

he e

quip

men

t lis

ted

has

succ

essf

ully

met

the

exam

inat

ion

and

test

requ

irem

ents

as

reco

rded

in:

Test

Rep

orts

:

Qua

lity

Ass

essm

ent R

epor

ts:

GB

/ITS

/ExT

R16

.001

3/00

GB

/ITS

/ExT

R16

.001

3/01

GB

/ITS

/ExT

R16

.001

3/02

GB

/SIR

/QA

R06

.001

4/08

GB

/SIR

/QA

R07

.001

6/06



5 / 6

Cable fittings


IECEx Certificate

of Conformity

Cer

tific

ate

No.

:IECEx ITS

16.0011X

Dat

e of

issu

e:20

19-0

8-06

Pag

e 6

of 6

Issu

e N

o: 2

DETAILS

OF CERTIFICATE

CHANGES

(for

issues

1 and

above)

as a

uni

vers

al ty

pe c

ertif

ied

to E

x db

, Ex

eb a

nd E

x tb

IECEx Certificate

of Conformity

Cer

tific

ate

No.

:IECEx ITS

16.0011X

Dat

e of

issu

e:20

19-0

8-06

Pag

e 5

of 6

Issu

e N

o: 2

2. P

rodu

cts

cons

truct

ed fr

om A

lum

iniu

m a

re to

be

posi

tione

d w

here

they

are

sub

ject

to lo

w ri

sk o

f mec

hani

cal i

mpa

ct o

nly

and

shal

l not

be

mar

ked

as s

uita

ble

for G

roup

I

. 1 A

ll en

try d

evic

es s

hall

only

be

inst

alle

d w

here

ther

e is

a lo

w ri

sk fr

om m

echa

nica

l im

pact

.

2 O

nly

one

adap

tor o

r red

ucer

is to

be

used

with

any

sin

gle

cabl

e en

try o

n th

e as

soci

ated

equ

ipm

ent.

the

appr

opria

te in

gres

s pr

otec

tion

leve

l is

mai

ntai

ned

at th

ese

inte

rface

s.

4 W

hen

man

ufac

ture

d in

30%

Gla

ss F

illed

Nyl

on m

ater

ial,

the

entry

dev

ices

are

sui

tabl

e fo

r a s

ervi

ce te

mpe

ratu

re ra

nge

of -3

0°C

to +

90°C

.

5 W

hen

man

ufac

ture

d in

40%

Gla

ss F

illed

Nyl

on m

ater

ial,

the

entry

dev

ices

are

sui

tabl

e fo

r a s

ervi

ce te

mpe

ratu

re ra

nge

of -2

0°C

to +

45°C

6 W

hen

the

entry

dev

ices

are

man

ufac

ture

d in

40%

Gla

ss F

illed

Nyl

on m

ater

ial,

they

sha

ll be

pro

tect

ed fr

om e

xpos

ure

to li

ght;

item

s m

ade

7 S

ervi

ce te

mpe

ratu

re ra

nges

hav

e be

en a

pplie

d as

follo

ws:

O-r

ing

Ser

vice

tem

pera

ture

Non

e fit

ted

-60°

C to

200

°C *

EP

DM

-50°

C to

+10

0°C

Nitr

ile -2

0°C

to +

80°C

Neo

pren

e -4

0°C

to +

80°C

Vito

n -2

0°C

to +

180°

C *

Silic

one

-60°

C to

+18

0°C

*

Fluo

rosi

licon

e -6

0°C

to +

130°

C

Note:.

Note:

Note:

inst

ruct

ions






www.meggitt.com


Document reference IECEx ITS 16.0012XEdition 2 – January 2022

Title page

IECEx ITS 16.0012Xfor


EX







3 / 6

Cable fittings


IECEx Certificate

of Conformity

Cer

tific

ate

No.

:IECEx ITS

16.0012X

Dat

e of

issu

e:20

19-1

0-23

Pag

e 2

of 5

Issu

e N

o: 3

Man

ufac

ture

r:Eaton

Electrical Systems trading as

Raxton,

Redapt or Capri

Kin

gsw

ay S

outh

W

estg

ate

Ald

ridge

W

est M

idla

nds

WS

9 8F

S

United

Kingdom

Add

ition

al

man

ufac

turin

g lo

catio

ns:

This

cer

tific

ate

is is

sued

as

verif

icat

ion

that

a s

ampl

e(s)

, rep

rese

ntat

ive

of p

rodu

ctio

n, w

as a

sses

sed

and

test

ed a

nd fo

und

to c

ompl

y w

ith th

e IE

C S

tand

ard

list b

elow

and

that

the

man

ufac

ture

r's q

ualit

y sy

stem

, rel

atin

g to

the

Ex

prod

ucts

cov

ered

by

this

cer

tific

ate,

was

ass

esse

d an

d fo

und

to c

ompl

y w

ith th

e IE

CE

x Q

ualit

y sy

stem

requ

irem

ents

.Thi

s ce

rtific

ate

is g

rant

ed s

ubje

ct to

the

cond

ition

s as

set

out

in IE

CE

x S

chem

e R

ules

, IE

CE

x 02

and

Ope

ratio

nal D

ocum

ents

as

amen

ded

STANDARDS

:Th

e eq

uipm

ent a

nd a

ny a

ccep

tabl

e va

riatio

ns to

it s

peci

fied

in th

e sc

hedu

le o

f thi

s ce

rtific

ate

and

the

iden

tifie

d do

cum

ents

, was

foun

d to

com

ply

with

the

follo

win

g st

anda

rds

IEC

600

79-0

:201

1 E

ditio

n:6.

0E

xplo

sive

atm

osph

eres

- P

art 0

: Gen

eral

requ

irem

ents

IEC

600

79-1

:201

4-06

E

ditio

n:7.

0E

xplo

sive

atm

osph

eres

- P

art 1

: Equ

ipm

ent p

rote

ctio

n by

flam

epro

of e

nclo

sure

s "d

"

IEC

600

79-3

1:20

13

Edi

tion:

2E

xplo

sive

atm

osph

eres

- P

art 3

1: E

quip

men

t dus

t ign

ition

pro

tect

ion

by e

nclo

sure

"t"

IEC

600

79-7

:201

5 E

ditio

n:5.

0

This

Cer

tific

ate does

not

indi

cate

com

plia

nce

with

saf

ety

and

perfo

rman

ce re

quire

men

ts

othe

r tha

n th

ose

expr

essl

y in

clud

ed in

the

Sta

ndar

ds li

sted

abo

ve.

TEST


A sa

mpl

e(s)

of t

he e

quip

men

t lis

ted

has

succ

essf

ully

met

the

exam

inat

ion

and

test

requ

irem

ents

as

reco

rded

in:

Test

Rep

orts

:

Qua

lity

Ass

essm

ent R

epor

t:

GB

/ITS

/ExT

R16

.001

4/00

GB

/ITS

/ExT

R16

.001

4/01

GB

/ITS

/ExT

R16

.001

4/02

GB

/ITS

/ExT

R16

.001

4/03

GB

/SIR

/QA

R06

.001

4/08

IECEx Certificate

of Conformity


IEC


for Explosive

Atmospheres

for r

ules

and

det

ails

of t

he IE

CE

x S

chem

e vi

sit w

ww

.iece

x.co

m

Cer

tific

ate

No.

:IECEx ITS

16.0012X

Sta

tus:

Current

Dat

e of

Issu

e:20

19-1

0-23

App

lican

t:Eaton

Electrical Systems trading as

Raxton,

Redapt or Capri

Kin

gsw

ay S

outh

W

estg

ate

Ald

ridge

W

est M

idla

nds

WS

9 8F

S

United

Kingdom

Equ

ipm

ent:

Types CB, CF,

CK, CQ, CY,

PD-U, PH-E, PA-D, PA-U, PB-U/PB-D

and

PD-E4 Stopping plugs

Opt

iona

l acc

esso

ry:

Type

of P

rote

ctio

n:Ex db

, eb, tb

Mar

king

:

Pag

e 1

of 5

Issu

e N

o: 3

Cer

tific

ate

hist

ory:

Issu

e 2

(201

9-02

-22)

Issu

e 1

(201

8-04

-27)

Issu

e 0

(201

6-12

-20)

Ex

db I/

IIC M

b/G

b

mod

el.

1. 2. 3.App

rove

d fo

r iss

ue o

n be

half

of th

e IE

CE

x C

ertif

icat

ion

Bod

y:

Pos

ition

:

Sig

natu

re:

(for p

rinte

d ve

rsio

n)

Dat

e: This

cer

tific

ate

and

sche

dule

may

onl

y be

repr

oduc

ed in

full.

This

cer

tific

ate

is n

ot tr

ansf

erab

le a

nd re

mai

ns th

e pr

oper

ty o

f the

issu

ing

body

.Th

e S

tatu

s an

d au

then

ticity

of t

his

certi

ficat

e m

ay b

e ve

rifie

d by

vis

iting

ww

w.ie

cex.

com

or u

se o

f thi

s Q

R C

ode.

Cer

tific

ate

issu

ed b

y:

Intertek

Testing

& Certification Limited

ITS

House, Cleeve Road

Leatherhead

Surrey,

KT22 7SA

United

Kingdom

V K

Varma

Certificatin

Officer



Cable fittings


IECEx Certificate

of Conformity

Cer

tific

ate

No.

:IECEx ITS

16.0012X

Dat

e of

issu

e:20

19-1

0-23

Pag

e 4

of 5

Issu

e N

o: 3

Equipment (continued):

O-r

ing

Ser

vice

tem

pera

ture

Non

e fit

ted

-60°

C to

200

°C *

EP

DM

-50°

C to

+10

0°C

Nitr

ile -3

0°C

to +

80°C

Neo

pren

e -4

0°C

to +

80°C

Vito

n -2

0°C

to +

180°

C *

Silic

one

-60°

C to

+18

0°C

*

Fluo

rosi

licon

e -6

0°C

to +

130°

C

Note:.

Note:

Conditions

of manufacture

1.Th

e P

D-E

4 st

oppi

ng p

lugs

man

ufac

ture

d fro

m N

ylon

sha

ll no

t be

mar

ked

with

any

info

rmat

ion

that

indi

cate

s th

at th

ey a

re s

uita

ble

for

Gro

up I

use.

2.Th

e m

anuf

actu

rer s

hall

take

all

reas

onab

le s

teps

to e

nsur

e th

at th

e us

er c

an c

ompl

y w

ith th

e sp

ecia

l con

ditio

ns fo

r saf

e us

e an

d sh

all

advi

se th

e us

er in

resp

ect o

f the

mat

eria

ls th

at a

re u

sed

in th

e co

nstru

ctio

n of

the

devi

ces.

3.Th

ese

prod

ucts

sha

ll be

mar

ked

in a

ccor

danc

e w

ith th

e in

form

atio

n as

spe

cifie

d in

this

cer

tific

ate

and

rela

ted

repo

rts.

4. 5.Th

ese

prod

ucts

sha

ll be

mar

ked

in a

ccor

danc

e w

ith th

e in

form

atio

n as

spe

cifie

d in

this

cer

tific

ate

and

rela

ted

repo

rts.

6. mar

ked

appr

opria

tely

thic

k.

IECEx Certificate

of Conformity

Cer

tific

ate

No.

:IECEx ITS

16.0012X

Dat

e of

issu

e:20

19-1

0-23

Pag

e 3

of 5

Issu

e N

o: 3

EQUIPMENT:

E

quip

men

t and

sys

tem

s co

vere

d by

this

Cer

tific

ate

are

as fo

llow

s:

SPECIFIC

CONDITIONS

OF USE: YES

as shown below:

The

stop

ping

plu

gs a

re th

read

ed a

nd a

re u

sed

to fi

ll un

used

ent

ries

in a

ssoc

iate

d ap

para

tus.

The

y ha

ve th

read

form

s be

twee

n M

12 a

nd M

120

and

are

brie

fly d

escr

ibed

as

follo

ws:

The

PD

-U s

erie

s st

oppi

ng p

lugs

com

pris

e of

met

allic

roun

d bo

dies

with

a d

ome

head

hav

ing

a he

xago

nal k

ey-w

ay re

cess

for t

ight

enin

g. T

hey

The

PA-D

/ PA

-U, P

B-D

/ P

B-U

Ser

ies

stop

ping

plu

gs c

ompr

ise

of m

etal

lic ro

und

bodi

es w

ith a

thre

ad ru

n ou

t to

shou

lder

hav

ing

a he

xago

nal

key-

way

rece

ss fo

r int

erna

l or e

xter

nal t

ight

enin

g. C

oded

: Ex

db I/

IIC M

b/G

b, E

x eb

I/IIC

Mb/

Gb

Ex

tb II

IC D

b IP

6X

tight

enin

g.P

D-E

4 S

topp

ing

Plu

gs: t

hese

are

a ra

nge

of th

read

ed s

topp

ing

plug

s th

at a

re u

sed

to fi

ll un

used

ent

ries

in th

e as

soci

ated

app

arat

us. T

he P

D-

Mat

eria

l opt

ions

:

Note:.

Note:

fitte

d sh

all b

e su

ch a

s to

mai

ntai

n fiv

e fu

ll th

read

s of

eng

agem

ent.

asso

ciat

ed e

nclo

sure

sha

ll be

fitte

d

ensu

re th

at th

e ap

prop

riate

ingr

ess

prot

ectio

n le

vel i

s m

aint

aine

d at

thes

e in

terfa

ces

low

risk

from

mec

hani

cal i

mpa

ct

dire

ct e

xpos

ure

to s

unlig

ht

PD-E-4

Nylon

Stopping Plugs

+90°

C.

clea

ranc

e ho

les

for m

etric

mal

e th

read

ed p

rodu

cts,

sui

tabl

e fo

r cle

aran

ce h

ole

appl

icat

ions

of i

ncre

ased

saf

ety

encl

osur

es a

re to

hav

e a

+150

°C fo

r Gro

up I

appl

icat

ions



5 / 6

Cable fittings


IECEx Certificate

of Conformity

Cer

tific

ate

No.

:IECEx ITS

16.0012X

Dat

e of

issu

e:20

19-1

0-23

Pag

e 5

of 5

Issu

e N

o: 3

DETAILS

OF CERTIFICATE

CHANGES

(for

issues

1 and

above)

G10

3326

724

Ex

d an

d E

x e

certi

fied




DRAFT

IECEx certificate LCI 10.0009UEdition 1 – September 2018

EX



Switzerland


Title Page

IECEx certificate:

LCI 10.0009U

for


EN



IECEx certificate LCI 10.0009U 1Edition 1 - September 2018

DRAFT

LCI 10.0009U (EN)(Original copy)

Cable stuffing glandsCable stuffing glands

FR LCI 10.0009U (EN) Original copy EN

DRAFT



2 IECEx certificate LCI 10.0009UEdition 1 - September 2018



IECEx certificate LCI 10.0009U 3Edition 1 - September 2018

DRAFT




DRAFT



4 IECEx certificate LCI 10.0009UEdition 1 - September 2018


DRAFT

IECEx certificate PTB 03.0000Edition 1 – September 2018

EX



Switzerland


Title Page

IECEx certificate:

PTB 03.0000

for


EN



IECEx certificate PTB 03.0000 1Edition 1 - September 2018

DRAFT

PTB 03.0000 (EN)(Original copy)


FR PTB 03.0000 (EN) Original copy EN

DRAFT



2 IECEx certificate PTB 03.0000Edition 1 - September 2018



IECEx certificate PTB 03.0000 3Edition 1 - September 2018

DRAFT




DRAFT



4 IECEx certificate PTB 03.0000Edition 1 - September 2018




www.meggitt.com


Document reference IECEx PTB 11.0019XEdition 3 – October 2020

Title page

IECEx PTB 11.0019Xfor


EX






Document reference IECEx PTB 11.0019X EX CERTIFICATE – IECExEdition 3 - October 2020 IECEx PTB 11.0019X for cable fittings (stuffing glands)

3 / 6

Cable fittings

FR IECEx PTB 11.0019X (EN) Original copy EN

IEC

Ex C

ertif

icat

eof

Con

form

ityCer

tificat

e No.

:IE

CEx

PTB

11.

0019

X

Dat

e of

issu

e:20

20-0

4-22

Page

2 o

f 4

Issu

e No:

2

Man

ufac

ture

r:Pf

litsc

h G

mbH

& C

o. K

GEr

nst-P

flits

ch-S

traße

1

4249

9 H

ücke

swag

en

Ger

man

y

Addi

tiona

l m

anuf

actu

ring

loca

tions

:

This

cer

tificat

e is

issu

ed a

s ve

rificat

ion

that

a s

ampl

e(s)

, rep

rese

ntat

ive

of p

rodu

ctio

n, w

as a

sses

sed

and

test

ed a

nd fo

und

to c

ompl

y with

th

e IE

C S

tand

ard

list b

elow

and

that

the

man

ufac

ture

r's q

uality

syst

em, r

elat

ing

to th

e Ex

pro

duct

s co

vere

d by

this

cer

tificat

e, w

as

asse

ssed

and

foun

d to

com

ply

with

the

IECEx

Qua

lity

syst

em re

quire

men

ts.T

his

certi

ficat

e is

gra

nted

sub

ject

to th

e co

ndition

s as

set

out

in

IECEx

Sch

eme

Rul

es, I

ECEx

02

and

Ope

ratio

nal D

ocum

ents

as

amen

ded

STANDARDS

:Th

e eq

uipm

ent a

nd a

ny a

ccep

tabl

e va

riatio

ns to

it s

pecifie

d in

the

sche

dule

of t

his

certi

ficat

e an

d th

e id

entif

ied

docu

men

ts, w

as fo

und

to c

ompl

y with

the

follo

win

g st

anda

rds

IEC

600

79-0

:201

7 Ed

ition

:7.0

Expl

osive

atm

osph

eres

- Pa

rt 0:

Equ

ipm

ent -

Gen

eral

requ

irem

ents

IEC

600

79-3

1:20

13

Edition

:2Ex

plos

ive

atm

osph

eres

- Pa

rt 31

: Equ

ipm

ent d

ust i

gnition

pro

tect

ion

by e

nclo

sure

"t"

IEC

600

79-7

:201

7 Ed

ition

:5.1

Expl

osive

atm

osph

eres

- Pa

rt 7:

Equ

ipm

ent p

rote

ctio

n by

incr

ease

d sa

fety

"e"

This

Cer

tificat

e do

es n

ot in

dica

te c

ompl

ianc

e with

saf

ety

and

perfo

rman

ce re

quire

men

ts

othe

r tha

n th

ose

expr

essly

incl

uded

in th

e St

anda

rds

liste

d ab

ove.

TEST

& A

SSES

SMEN

T R

EPO

RTS

:A

sam

ple(

s) o

f the

equ

ipm

ent l

iste

d ha

s su

cces

sful

ly m

et th

e ex

amin

atio

n an

d te

st re

quire

men

ts a

s re

cord

ed in

:

Test

Rep

ort:

Qua

lity

Asse

ssm

ent R

epor

t:

DE/

PTB/

ExTR

11.0

032/

02

DE/

PTB/

QAR

10.0

003/

04

IEC

Ex C

ertif

icat

eof

Con

form

ityIN

TERNAT

IONA

L EL

ECTR

OTE

CHN

ICA

L CO

MM

ISSI

ON

IEC

Cer

tific

atio

n Sy

stem

for E

xplo

sive

Atm

osph

eres

for r

ules

and

det

ails

of t

he IE

CEx

Sch

eme

visit w

ww.

iece

x.co

m

Cer

tificat

e No.

:IE

CEx

PTB

11.

0019

X

Stat

us:

Cur

rent

Dat

e of

Issu

e:20

20-0

4-22

Appl

ican

t:Pf

litsc

h G

mbH

& C

o. K

GEr

nst-P

flits

ch-S

traße

1

4249

9 H

ücke

swag

en

Ger

man

y

Equi

pmen

t:C

able

gla

nd ty

pe b

lueg

lobe

HT

xx x

xx

xxxx

xx,

blu

eglo

be H

T A

C x

xx x

x x

xx x

xxx

xxxx

xx

and

blue

glob

e H

T TR

I xx

x xx

xxx

x xx

Opt

iona

l acc

esso

ry:

Type

of P

rote

ctio

n:In

crea

sed

Safe

ty "

eb",

Pro

tect

ion

by E

nclo

sure

"tb

"

Mar

king

:

Page

1 o

f 4

Issu

e No:

2

Cer

tificat

e hi

stor

y:Is

sue

1 (2

015-

09-2

4)Is

sue

0 (2

011-

05-2

3)

Ex e

b IIC

Gb

Ex tb

IIIC

Db

1. 2. 3.Appr

oved

for i

ssue

on

beha

lf of

the

IECEx

Cer

tificat

ion

Body

:

Positio

n:

Sign

atur

e:(fo

r prin

ted

vers

ion)

Dat

e: This

cer

tificat

e an

d sc

hedu

le m

ay o

nly

be re

prod

uced

in fu

ll.Th

is c

ertif

icat

e is

not

tran

sfer

able

and

rem

ains

the

prop

erty

of t

he is

suin

g bo

dy.

The

Stat

us a

nd a

uthe

nticity

of t

his

certi

ficat

e m

ay b

e ve

rifie

d by

visiting

ww

w.ie

cex.

com

or u

se o

f thi

s Q

R C

ode.

Cer

tificat

e is

sued

by:

Phys

ikal

isch

-Tec

hnis

che

Bun

desa

nsta

lt (P

TB)

Bun

desa

llee

100

3811

6 B

raun

schw

eig

Ger

man

y

Dr.

Ing.

Det

lev

Mar

kus

Hea

d of

Dep

artm

ent "

Expl

osio

n Pr

otec

tion

in E

nerg

y Te

chno

logy

"


EX CERTIFICATE – IECEx Document reference IECEx PTB 11.0019XIECEx PTB 11.0019X for cable fittings (stuffing glands) Edition 3 - October 20204 / 6

Cable fittings


IEC

Ex C

ertif

icat

eof

Con

form

ityCer

tificat

e No.

:IE

CEx

PTB

11.

0019

X

Dat

e of

issu

e:20

20-0

4-22

Page

4 o

f 4

Issu

e No:

2

DET

AIL

S O

F C

ERTI

FICAT

E C

HAN

GES

(for

issu

es 1

and

abo

ve)

Ann

ex:

CO

CA-

11.0

019X

Issu

e 2.

pdf

1) T

he p

ress

ure

scre

w c

an b

e op

tiona

lly e

quip

ped

with

a s

ilicon

e co

atin

g.2)

Two

diffe

rent

sea

ling

com

pone

nts

can

be u

sed:

sea

ling

com

pone

nt w

ith m

ould

ed in

let a

nd tw

o-pa

rt se

alin

g co

mpo

nent

.3)

New

test

acc

ordi

ng to

IEC

600

79-0

:201

7 (E

d. 7

), IE

C 6

0079

-7:2

015+

A1:2

017

(Ed.

5.1

) and

IEC

600

79-3

1:20

13 (E

d. 2

).

IEC

Ex C

ertif

icat

eof

Con

form

ityCer

tificat

e No.

:IE

CEx

PTB

11.

0019

X

Dat

e of

issu

e:20

20-0

4-22

Page

3 o

f 4

Issu

e No:

2

EQU

IPM

ENT:

Eq

uipm

ent a

nd s

yste

ms

cove

red

by th

is C

ertif

icat

e ar

e as

follo

ws:

SPEC

IFIC

CO

ND

ITIO

NS

OF

USE

: YES

as

show

n be

low

:

The

cabl

e gl

and

type

blu

eglo

be H

T xx

x x

x xx

xx x

x, b

lueg

lobe

HT

AC x

xx x

x x

xx x

xxx

xx a

nd b

lueg

lobe

HT

TRI x

x x

xx x

xxx

xx m

ade

of

bras

s bl

ank

or n

icke

l-pla

ted

and

stai

nles

s st

eel,

serv

es to

intro

duce

fixe

d ca

bles

into

ele

ctric

al a

ppar

atus

of t

he ty

pe o

f pro

tect

ion

incr

ease

d sa

fety

"eb"

and

pro

tect

ion

by e

nclo

sure

"tb"

. The

cab

le g

land

con

sist

s of

:- p

ress

ure

scre

w w

ithou

t cla

mpi

ng d

evice

- sea

ling

com

pone

nt w

ith m

ould

ed in

let o

r two-

part

seal

ing

com

pone

nt- d

oubl

e ni

pple

with

met

ric c

onne

ctio

n th

read

in d

iffer

ent l

engt

h an

d an

O-ri

n g.

For m

ount

ing

enclos

ures

with

thro

ugh

bore

-hol

es o

r thr

eade

d ho

les

are

used

. Loc

k nu

ts a

re u

sed

with

thro

ugh

bore

-hol

es.

Acce

ssor

y is

an

AC g

roup

for s

teel

arm

oure

d ca

bles

, a T

RI-s

prin

g fo

r shi

elde

d ca

bles

as

wel

l as

a pl

astic

bol

t for

sea

ling

of c

able

gla

nds

whi

ch a

re n

ot u

sed.

Tech

nica

l dat

a an

d Nom

enclat

ure

see

Anne

x.

Onl

y pe

rman

ently

wire

d ca

bles

may

be

ente

red.

The

use

r sha

ll pr

ovid

e th

e re

quire

d st

rain

relie

f.

Whe

n th

e te

sted

seal

ing

com

pone

nts a

re se

lect

ed, t

he m

axim

um th

erm

al lo

ad o

f the

cab

les i

ntro

duce

d m

ust b

e ta

ken

into

acc

ount

.


Document reference IECEx PTB 11.0019X EX CERTIFICATE – IECExEdition 3 - October 2020 IECEx PTB 11.0019X for cable fittings (stuffing glands)

5 / 6

Cable fittings


Atta

chm

ent t

o C

ertif

icat

e IE

CEx

PTB

11.

0019

X, Is

sue

No.

2

Ph

ysik

alis

ch-T

echn

isch

e B

unde

sans

talt

(PTB

) Bu

ndes

alle

e 10

0, 3

8116

Bra

unsc

hwei

g, G

erm

any

Post

fach

33

45, 3

8023

Bra

unsc

hwei

g, G

erm

any

Tele

phon

e +4

9 53

1 59

2-0,

Tel

efax

+49

531

592

-360

5

Page

2 o

f 3

max

. Tor

que

blue

glob

e an

d bl

uegl

obe

TRI

blue

glob

e H

Tand

blu

eglo

be T

RI H

T Th

read

M

olde

d in

let

Torq

ue

Pres

sure

scr

ew

/ dou

ble

nipp

le

Cab

le d

iam

eter

w

ith in

let

Cab

le d

iam

eter

w

ithou

t inl

et

Mec

hani

cal

stre

ngth

M12

X

5 N

m

---

8,0

–

5,0

7 J

M16

X

8 N

m

7,0

–

4,0

11,0

–

7,0

7 J

M20

X

10 N

m

9,0

–

5,0

14,0

–

9,0

7 J

M25

X

15 N

m

16,0

– 1

1,0

20,0

– 1

6,0

7 J

M32

15 N

m

20,0

– 1

5,0

25,0

– 2

0,0

7 J

M40

20 N

m

26,0

– 2

0,0

32,0

– 2

6,0

7 J

Con

nect

ion

thre

ad: m

etric

, acc

. to

IEC

60

423

N

ote:

The

torq

ue d

epen

ds o

n th

e ca

ble

used

and

the

inse

rt se

al b

ut s

houl

d no

t exc

eed

the

valu

e gi

ven

in th

e ta

ble.

max

. Tor

que

blue

glob

e A

C

blue

glob

e H

T A

C fo

r arm

oure

d ca

ble

Thre

ad

Mol

ded

inle

t To

rque

Pr

essu

re s

crew

/ d

oubl

e ni

pple

Cab

le

diam

eter

w

ith in

let

Cab

le

diam

eter

w

ithou

t inl

et

Cla

mpi

ng

rang

e of

AC

gr

oup

Mec

ha-

nica

l st

reng

th

M20

X

15 N

m

14,0

– 9

,0

---

13,0

– 9

,0

7 J

M20

X

15 N

m

20,0

– 1

6,0

16,0

- 11

,0

15,0

– 1

0,0

7 J

M25

X

15 N

m

20,0

– 1

6,0

---

17,0

– 1

4,0

7 J

M32

15 N

m

25,0

– 2

0,0

---

23,0

– 1

9,0

7 J

M32

15 N

m

32,0

– 2

6,0

26,0

- 20

,0

27,0

– 2

3,0

7 J

M40

20 N

m

32,0

– 2

6,0

----

31,0

– 2

8,0

7 J

Con

nect

ion

thre

ad: m

etric

, acc

. to

IEC

60

423

Not

e: T

he to

rque

dep

ends

on

the

cabl

e us

ed a

nd th

e in

sert

seal

but

sho

uld

not e

xcee

d th

e va

lue

give

n in

the

tabl

e.

Nom

encl

atur

e

blue

glob

e H

T xx

x

xx

xxxx

xx

1

2 3

4 5

6 1:

Typ

e

2: b

g 3:

Typ

e of

thre

ad, 2

= s

erie

s m

etric

, 8 =

ser

ies

met

ric lo

ng

4: C

onne

ctin

g th

read

5:

Mat

eria

l 6:

Ex

Atta

chm

ent t

o C

ertif

icat

e IE

CEx

PTB

11.

0019

X, Is

sue

No.

2

Ph

ysik

alis

ch-T

echn

isch

e B

unde

sans

talt

(PTB

) Bu

ndes

alle

e 10

0, 3

8116

Bra

unsc

hwei

g, G

erm

any

Post

fach

33

45, 3

8023

Bra

unsc

hwei

g, G

erm

any

Tele

phon

e +4

9 53

1 59

2-0,

Tel

efax

+49

531

592

-360

5

Page

1 o

f 3

Appl

ican

t: Pf

litsc

h G

mbH

& C

o. K

G

Er

nst-P

flits

ch-S

traße

1

42

499

Hüc

kesw

agen

Ger

man

y

Elec

trica

l App

arat

us:

Cab

le g

land

type

blu

eglo

be H

T xx

x x

x xx

xx x

x,

bl

uegl

obe

HT

AC x

xx x

x x

xx x

xxx

xx a

nd

bl

uegl

obe

HT

TRI x

x x

xx x

xxx

xx

Des

crip

tion

Th

e ca

ble

glan

d ty

pe b

lueg

lobe

HT

xx x

xx

xxxx

xx,

blu

eglo

be H

T AC

xxx

xx

x xx

xxx

x xx

and

bl

uegl

obe

HT

TRI x

x x

xx x

xxx

xx m

ade

of b

rass

bla

nk o

r nic

kel-p

late

d an

d st

ainl

ess

stee

l, se

rves

to in

trodu

ce fi

xed

cabl

es in

to e

lect

rical

app

arat

us o

f the

type

of p

rote

ctio

n in

crea

sed

safe

ty "e

b" a

nd p

rote

ctio

n by

enc

losu

re "t

b". T

he c

able

gla

nd c

onsi

sts

of:

- pre

ssur

e sc

rew

with

out c

lam

ping

dev

ice

- sea

ling

com

pone

nt w

ith m

ould

ed in

let o

r tw

o-pa

rt se

alin

g co

mpo

nent

- d

oubl

e ni

pple

with

met

ric c

onne

ctio

n th

read

in d

iffer

ent l

engt

h an

d an

O-ri

ng

For m

ount

ing

encl

osur

es w

ith th

roug

h bo

re-h

oles

or t

hrea

ded

hole

s ar

e us

ed. L

ock

nuts

are

us

ed w

ith th

roug

h bo

re-h

oles

. Ac

cess

ory

is a

n AC

gro

up fo

r ste

el a

rmou

red

cabl

es, a

TR

I-spr

ing

for s

hiel

ded

cabl

es a

s w

ell

as a

pla

stic

bol

t for

sea

ling

of c

able

gla

nds

whi

ch a

re n

ot u

sed.

Te

chni

cal d

ata

Si

ze o

f thr

ead

M12

to M

40

Suite

d fo

r dev

ices

of e

quip

men

t gro

up II

w

ith m

echa

nica

l ris

k le

vel

Hig

h

Mou

nted

in e

nclo

sure

s w

ith c

lear

ance

ho

les

Plas

tic, w

all t

hick

ness

M

etal

, wal

l thi

ckne

ss

> 2

mm

>

1 m

m

Mou

nted

in e

nclo

sure

s w

ith th

read

ed

hole

s Pl

astic

, wal

l thi

ckne

ss

Met

al, w

all t

hick

ness

> 5

mm

>

3 m

m

Torq

ue

D

epen

ding

on

the

nom

inal

siz

e,

see

list b

elow

m

etric

: 5 N

m to

20

Nm

Am

bien

t tem

pera

ture

s In

sert

and

conn

ectin

g O

-ring

Silic

on

Bolt

-55

°C to

+16

0 °C

-5

5 °C

to

+90

°C

Prot

ectio

n ag

ains

t sol

id fo

reig

n ob

ject

s,

wat

er a

nd c

onta

ct

IP66

and

IP 6

8 in

acc

orda

nce

with

IE

C 6

0529


EX CERTIFICATE – IECEx Document reference IECEx PTB 11.0019XIECEx PTB 11.0019X for cable fittings (stuffing glands) Edition 3 - October 20206 / 6

Cable fittings


Atta

chm

ent t

o C

ertif

icat

e IE

CEx

PTB

11.

0019

X, Is

sue

No.

2

Ph

ysik

alis

ch-T

echn

isch

e B

unde

sans

talt

(PTB

) Bu

ndes

alle

e 10

0, 3

8116

Bra

unsc

hwei

g, G

erm

any

Post

fach

33

45, 3

8023

Bra

unsc

hwei

g, G

erm

any

Tele

phon

e +4

9 53

1 59

2-0,

Tel

efax

+49

531

592

-360

5

Page

3 o

f 3

bl

uegl

obe

HT

AC

xxx

xx

x xx

xx

xx

xxxx

xx

1

2 3

4 5

6 7

8 1:

Typ

e

2: M

etric

ada

pter

3:

bg

4: T

ype

of th

read

, 2 =

ser

ie m

etric

5:

Con

nect

ing

thre

ad

6: M

ater

ial

7: A

C fo

r am

oure

d ca

ble,

cla

mpi

ng ra

nge

8:

Ex

blue

glob

e H

T TR

I xx

x

xx

xxxx

xx

1

2 3

4 5

6 1:

Typ

e

2: b

g 3:

Typ

e of

thre

ad, 2

= s

erie

met

ric

4: C

onne

ctin

g th

read

5:

Mat

eria

l 6:

Ex

Con

ditio

ns o

f Cer

tific

atio

n

Onl

y pe

rman

ently

wire

d ca

bles

may

be

ente

red.

The

use

r sha

ll pr

ovid

e th

e re

quire

d st

rain

re

lief.

The

max

imum

ther

mal

load

of t

he c

able

s an

d co

ndui

ts e

nter

ed is

to b

e ta

ken

into

acc

ount

.



www.meggitt.com


Document reference IECEx SEV 15.0018Edition 2 – October 2020

Title page

IECEx SEV 15.0018for


EX






Document reference IECEx SEV 15.0018 EX CERTIFICATE – IECExEdition 2 - October 2020 IECEx SEV 15.0018 for cable fittings (stuffing glands)

3 / 4

Cable fittings

FR IECEx SEV 15.0018 (EN) Original copy EN


EX CERTIFICATE – IECEx Document reference IECEx SEV 15.0018IECEx SEV 15.0018 for cable fittings (stuffing glands) Edition 2 - October 20204 / 4

Cable fittings

FR IECEx SEV 15.0018 (EN) Original copy EN



www.meggitt.com


Document reference IECEx SEV 15.0019XEdition 4 – January 2022

Title page

IECEx SEV 15.0019Xfor


EX






Document reference IECEx SEV 15.0019X EX CERTIFICATE – IECExEdition 4 - January 2022 IECEx SEV 15.0019X for cable fittings (stuffing glands)

3 / 4

Cable fittings

FR IECEx SEV 15.0019X (EN) Original copy EN

IECEx Certificate

of Conformity

Cer

tific

ate

No.

:IECEx SEV

15.0019X

Dat

e of

issu

e:20

20-1

2-03

Pag

e 2

of 4

Issu

e N

o: 4

Man

ufac

ture

r:AGRO

AG

Kor

back

erw

eg 7

55

02 H

unze

nsch

wil

Switzerland

Add

ition

al

man

ufac

turin

g lo

catio

ns:

This

cer

tific

ate

is is

sued

as

verif

icat

ion

that

a s

ampl

e(s)

, rep

rese

ntat

ive

of p

rodu

ctio

n, w

as a

sses

sed

and

test

ed a

nd fo

und

to c

ompl

y w

ith th

e IE

C S

tand

ard

list b

elow

and

that

the

man

ufac

ture

r's q

ualit

y sy

stem

, rel

atin

g to

the

Ex

prod

ucts

cov

ered

by

this

cer

tific

ate,

was

ass

esse

d an

d fo

und

to c

ompl

y w

ith th

e IE

CE

x Q

ualit

y sy

stem

requ

irem

ents

.Thi

s ce

rtific

ate

is g

rant

ed s

ubje

ct to

the

cond

ition

s as

set

out

in IE

CE

x S

chem

e R

ules

, IE

CE

x 02

and

Ope

ratio

nal D

ocum

ents

as

amen

ded

STANDARDS

:Th

e eq

uipm

ent a

nd a

ny a

ccep

tabl

e va

riatio

ns to

it s

peci

fied

in th

e sc

hedu

le o

f thi

s ce

rtific

ate

and

the

iden

tifie

d do

cum

ents

, was

foun

d to

com

ply

with

the

follo

win

g st

anda

rds

IEC

600

79-0

:201

1 E

ditio

n:6.

0E

xplo

sive

atm

osph

eres

- P

art 0

: Gen

eral

requ

irem

ents

IEC

600

79-3

1:20

13

Edi

tion:

2E

xplo

sive

atm

osph

eres

- P

art 3

1: E

quip

men

t dus

t ign

ition

pro

tect

ion

by e

nclo

sure

"t"

IEC

600

79-7

:201

5 E

ditio

n:5.

0

This

Cer

tific

ate does

not

indi

cate

com

plia

nce

with

saf

ety

and

perfo

rman

ce re

quire

men

ts

othe

r tha

n th

ose

expr

essl

y in

clud

ed in

the

Sta

ndar

ds li

sted

abo

ve.

TEST


A sa

mpl

e(s)

of t

he e

quip

men

t lis

ted

has

succ

essf

ully

met

the

exam

inat

ion

and

test

requ

irem

ents

as

reco

rded

in:

Test

Rep

ort:

Qua

lity

Ass

essm

ent R

epor

t:

CH

/SE

V/E

xTR

15.0

021/

04

CH

/SE

V/Q

AR

12.0

001/

06

IECEx Certificate

of Conformity


IEC


for Explosive

Atmospheres

for r

ules

and

det

ails

of t

he IE

CE

x S

chem

e vi

sit w

ww

.iece

x.co

m

Cer

tific

ate

No.

:IECEx SEV

15.0019X

Sta

tus:

Current

Dat

e of

Issu

e:20

20-1

2-03

App

lican

t:AGRO

AG

Kor

back

erw

eg 7

55

02 H

unze

nsch

wil

Switzerland

Equ

ipm

ent:

Cable

glands and accessories,

Type:

Progress *** ***** EX

Opt

iona

l acc

esso

ry:

Thre

ad a

dapt

ers;

Cou

nter

nut

s; B

lank

ing

bolts

Type

of P

rote

ctio

n:eb, tb

Mar

king

:

Pag

e 1

of 4

Issu

e N

o: 4

Cer

tific

ate

hist

ory:

Issu

e 3

(201

8-12

-18)

Issu

e 2

(201

8-10

-01)

Issu

e 1

(201

8-07

-16)

Issu

e 0

(201

6-01

-13)

Ex

eb II

C G

bE

x tb

III C

Db

1. 2. 3.App

rove

d fo

r iss

ue o

n be

half

of th

e IE

CE

x C

ertif

icat

ion

Bod

y:

Pos

ition

:

Sig

natu

re:

(for p

rinte

d ve

rsio

n)

Dat

e: This

cer

tific

ate

and

sche

dule

may

onl

y be

repr

oduc

ed in

full.

This

cer

tific

ate

is n

ot tr

ansf

erab

le a

nd re

mai

ns th

e pr

oper

ty o

f the

issu

ing

body

.Th

e S

tatu

s an

d au

then

ticity

of t

his

certi

ficat

e m

ay b

e ve

rifie

d by

vis

iting

ww

w.ie

cex.

com

or u

se o

f thi

s Q

R C

ode.

Cer

tific

ate

issu

ed b

y:

Eurofins Electric

& Electronic Product

Testing AG

Luppmenstrasse 3

CH-8320 FEHRALTORF

Switzerland

Martin

Plüss

Manager

Product

Certification


EX CERTIFICATE – IECEx Document reference IECEx SEV 15.0019XIECEx SEV 15.0019X for cable fittings (stuffing glands) Edition 4 - January 20224 / 4

Cable fittings

FR IECEx SEV 15.0019X (EN) Original copy EN

IECEx Certificate

of Conformity

Cer

tific

ate

No.

:IECEx SEV

15.0019X

Dat

e of

issu

e:20

20-1

2-03

Pag

e 4

of 4

Issu

e N

o: 4

DETAILS

OF CERTIFICATE

CHANGES

(for

issues

1 and

above)

New

type

s of

cab

le g

land

s P

rogr

ess

mad

e in

sta

inle

ss s

teel

wer

e ad

ded

IECEx Certificate

of Conformity

Cer

tific

ate

No.

:IECEx SEV

15.0019X

Dat

e of

issu

e:20

20-1

2-03

Pag

e 3

of 4

Issu

e N

o: 4

EQUIPMENT:

E

quip

men

t and

sys

tem

s co

vere

d by

this

Cer

tific

ate

are

as fo

llow

s:

SPECIFIC

CONDITIONS

OF USE: YES

as shown below:

The

cabl

e gl

and

type

Pro

gres

s **

* E

X m

ade

of b

rass

ste

el o

r rei

nfor

ced

plas

tics

for i

nsta

llatio

n of

cab

les

in e

quip

men

t with

type

of p

rote

ctio

n in

crea

sed

safe

ty "e

b" a

nd p

rote

ctio

n by

enc

losu

re "t

b". I

nsta

llatio

n ta

kes

plac

e in

to th

e en

clos

ure

with

thre

aded

hol

es a

nd th

roug

h ho

les.

The

ca

ble

glan

d co

nsis

ts e

ssen

tially

of t

he c

ompr

essi

on n

ut, i

nter

med

iate

sup

port

and

seal

inse

rt. T

he s

train

relie

f tak

es p

lace

by

the

use

of s

eal

inse

rt or

by

an a

dditi

onal

stra

in re

lief d

evic

e.A

cces

sorie

s ar

e re

duct

ions

, ext

ensi

ons,

bla

nkin

g el

emen

ts a

nd c

ount

er n

ut a

nd b

lank

ing

bolts

.

Type

Pro

gres

s M

S *

*** K

B E

X (M

12; P

g7; N

PT1

/4")

Add

ition

al th

e fo

llow

ing

cust

omer

var

iant

s ar

e in

clud

ed:

Pro

gres

s M

S FK

EX

, A2

FK E

X, A

4 FK

EX

, arti

cle

num

ber.

EX

130*

.75.

*620

.140

Pro

gres

s M

S E

MV

eas

yCO

NN

EC

T K

B E

X(b

rass

Ni w

ith c

lam

ping

jaw

s, M

12; P

g7; N

PT1

/4")

Onl

y pe

rman

ently

inst

alle

d ca

ble

may

be

inse

rted

into

an

encl

osur

e. T

he u

ser m

ust p

rovi

de a

sui

tabl

e st

rain

relie

f.

The

type

s w

ith a

low

impa

ct e

nerg

y m

ust b

e in

stal

led

on th

e en

clos

ure

in s

uch

way

, tha

t the

y ar

e pr

otec

ted

mec

hani

cally

from

impa

ct

ener

gy a

ccor

ding

to E

N 6

0079

-0 c

laus

e 26

.4.2

.


E - 1

APPENDIX E: KGS CERTIFICATIONS


Table E-1: Related KGS certificates


EA4xx, IQS4xx and TQ4xx KGS 15-GA4BO-0664X

GSI127 KGS 17-GA4BO-0325X

INSTALLATION MANUAL Document reference MAPROX400/EProximity measurement systems using TQ4xx proximity sensors Edition 19 - January 2022E - 2



DRAFT

KGS certificate 15-GA4BO-0664XEdition 1 - January 2016

EX



Switzerland


Title Page

KGS certificate:

15-GA4BO-0664X


KO


KGS certificate 15-GA4BO-0664X 1Edition 1 - January 2016

DRAFT

15-GA4BO-0664X(Original copy)

EA 4xx, IQS 4xx and TQ 4xxEA 4xx, IQS 4xx and TQ 4xxFR 15-GA4BO-0664X Original copy EN

DRAFT



2 KGS certificate 15-GA4BO-0664XEdition 1 - January 2016


DRAFT

KGS certificate 17-GA4BO-0325XEdition 1 - June 2017

EX



Switzerland


Title Page

KGS certificate:

17-GA4BO-0325X

for

GSI127

KO


KGS certificate 17-GA4BO-0325X 1Edition 1 - June 2017

DRAFT


GSI127GSI127FR 17-GA4BO-0325X Original copy EN

DRAFT


GSI127

2 KGS certificate 17-GA4BO-0325XEdition 1 - June 2017

GSI127FR 17-GA4BO-0325X Original copy EN


F - 1

APPENDIX F: UK CERTIFICATIONS


Table F-1: Related UK certificates


GSI127 CML 21 UKEX 4542 X

INSTALLATION MANUAL Document reference MAPROX400/EProximity measurement systems using TQ4xx proximity sensors Edition 19 - January 2022F - 2





www.meggitt.com

EX CERTIFICATE – UK

Document reference CML 21 UKEX 4542 XEdition 1 – September 2021

Title page

CML 21 UKEX 4542 Xfor

GSI127 galvanic separation unit

EX






Document reference CML 21 UKEX 4542 X EX CERTIFICATE – UKEdition 1 - September 2021 CML 21 UKEX 4542 X for GSI127 galvanic separation unit

3 / 6

IQS9xx

FR CML 21 UKEX 4542 X (EN) Original copy EN

Th

is c

ertif

icat

e sh

all o

nly

be c

opie

d 1

of 2

L.

A. B

risk

in it

s en

tiret

y an

d w

ithou

t cha

nge

C

ertif

icat

ion

Offi

cer

ww

w.C

MLE

x.co

m

Type

Exa

min

atio

n C

ertif

icat

e C

ML

21U

KEX

4542

X Is

sue

0 U

nite

d K

ingd

om C

onfo

rmity

Ass

essm

ent

1 Pr

oduc

t or

Pr

otec

tive

Syst

em

Inte

nded

fo

r us

e in

Po

tent

ially

Ex

plos

ive

Atm

osph

eres

U

KSI 2

016:

1107

(as

amen

ded)

2 Eq

uipm

ent

GSI

127

inte

rfac

e

3 M

anuf

actu

rer

Meg

gitt

SA

4 Ad

dres

s R

oute

de

Mon

cor 4

, 17

52 V

illar

s-su

r-G

lane

, Sw

itzer

land

5 Th

e eq

uipm

ent i

s sp

ecifi

ed in

the

desc

riptio

n of

this

cer

tific

ate

and

the

docu

men

ts to

whi

ch it

re

fers

.

6 Eu

rofin

s E&

E C

ML

Lim

ited,

New

port

Busi

ness

Par

k, N

ew P

ort R

oad,

Elle

smer

e Po

rt, C

H65

4LZ

, U

nite

d Ki

ngdo

m, c

ertif

ies

that

this

equ

ipm

ent h

as b

een

foun

d to

com

ply

with

the

Esse

ntia

l Hea

lth

and

Safe

ty R

equi

rem

ents

rela

ting

to th

e de

sign

and

con

stru

ctio

n of

equ

ipm

ent i

nten

ded

for u

se

in p

oten

t ially

exp

losi

ve a

tmos

pher

es g

iven

in S

ched

ule

1 of

the

Reg

ulat

ions

.

The

exam

inat

ion

and

test

resu

lts a

re re

cord

ed in

the

conf

iden

tial r

epor

ts li

sted

in S

ectio

n 12

.

7 If

an ‘X

’ suf

fix a

ppea

rs a

fter t

he c

ertif

icat

e nu

mbe

r, it

indi

cate

s th

at th

e eq

uipm

ent i

s su

bjec

t to

spec

ific

cond

ition

s of

use

(af

fect

ing

corre

ct in

stal

latio

n or

saf

e us

e).

Thes

e ar

e sp

ecifi

ed in

Se

ctio

n 14

.

8 Th

is T

ype

Exam

inat

ion

certi

ficat

e re

late

s on

ly to

the

desi

gn a

nd c

onst

ruct

ion

of th

e sp

ecifi

ed

equi

pmen

t. Fu

rther

req

uire

men

ts o

f the

Reg

ulat

ions

app

ly to

the

man

ufac

turin

g pr

oces

s an

d su

pply

of t

he p

rodu

ct. T

hese

are

not

cov

ered

by

this

cer

tific

ate.

9 C

ompl

ianc

e w

ith th

e Es

sent

ial H

ealth

and

Saf

ety

Req

uire

men

ts, w

ith t

he e

xcep

tion

of th

ose

liste

d in

the

conf

iden

tial r

epor

t, ha

s be

en d

emon

stra

ted

thro

ugh

com

plia

nce

with

the

follo

win

g do

cum

ents

:

EN

IEC

600

79-0

:201

8 EN

600

79-1

1:20

12

EN 6

0079

-15:

2010

10

The

equi

pmen

t sha

ll be

mar

ked

with

the

follo

win

g:

R

efer

to a

ttach

ed c

ertif

icat

e LC

IE 1

3 AT

EX 3

037

X, Is

sue

01 fo

r spe

cific

mar

king

of

expl

osio

n pr

otec

tion

sym

bols

.

Ref

er to

atta

ched

cer

tific

ate

LCIE

13

ATEX

303

7 X,

Issu

e 01

for m

arke

d co

de a

nd a

mbi

ent

tem

pera

ture

rang

e.

CM

L 21

UK

EX45

42X

Issu

e 0

This

cer

tific

ate

shal

l onl

y be

cop

ied

2

of 2

in it

s en

tiret

y an

d w

ithou

t cha

nge

Vers

ion:

4.0

App

rova

l: Ap

prov

ed

ww

w.C

MLE

x.co

m

11

Des

crip

tion

For p

rodu

ct d

escr

iptio

n re

fer t

o at

tach

ed c

ertif

icat

e LC

IE 1

3 AT

EX 3

037

X, Is

sue

01.

12

Cer

tific

ate

hist

ory

and

eval

uatio

n re

port

s Is

sue

Dat

e A

ssoc

iate

d re

port

N

otes

0 06

Aug

202

1 R

1418

2C/0

0

Issu

e of

the

prim

e ce

rtific

ate.

LCIE

13

ATEX

303

7 X,

Issu

e 01

is a

ttach

ed a

nd

shal

l be

refe

rred

to in

con

junc

tion

with

this

ce

rtific

ate.

Not

e: D

raw

ings

that

des

crib

e th

e eq

uipm

ent a

re li

sted

in th

e An

nex.

13

Con

ditio

ns o

f Man

ufac

ture

For c

ondi

tions

of m

anuf

actu

re, r

efer

to a

ttach

ed c

ertif

icat

e LC

IE 1

3 AT

EX 3

037

X, Is

sue

01.

Any

rout

ine

test

s/ve

rific

atio

ns re

quire

d by

the

ATEX

cer

tific

atio

n sh

all b

e co

nduc

ted

14

Spec

ific

Con

ditio

ns o

f Use

For s

peci

fic c

ondi

tions

of u

se, r

efer

to a

ttach

ed c

ertif

icat

e LC

IE 1

3 AT

EX 3

037

X, Is

sue

01.


EX CERTIFICATE – UK Document reference CML 21 UKEX 4542 XCML 21 UKEX 4542 X for GSI127 galvanic separation unit Edition 1 - September 20214 / 6

IQS9xx


ATT

ESTA

TIO

N D

’EXA

MEN

UE

DE

TYPE

E

U T

YP

E E

XA

MIN

ATI

ON

CER

TIFI

CA

TE

Seu

l le

text

e en

fran

çais

peu

t eng

ager

la re

spon

sabi

lité

du L

CIE

. Ce

docu

men

t ne

peut

être

repr

odui

t que

dan

s so

n in

tégr

alité

, san

s au

cune

mod

ifica

tion.

Il e

st

étab

li en

acc

ord

avec

le ré

fére

ntie

l de

certi

ficat

ion

ATE

X du

LC

IE. T

he L

CIE

’s li

abili

ty a

pplie

s on

ly o

n th

e Fr

ench

text

. Thi

s do

cum

ent m

ay o

nly

be re

prod

uced

in

its e

ntire

ty a

nd w

ithou

t any

cha

nge.

It is

issu

ed in

acc

orda

nce

with

LC

IE’s

ATE

X C

ertif

icat

ion

Rul

es.

CE

RT-

ATEX

-FO

RM

04

Rev

. 02

Page

1 o

f 3

1 Ve

rsio

n : 0

1 LC

IE 1

3 A

TEX

3037

X

Issu

e : 0

1

D

irect

ive

2014

/34/

UE

D

irect

ive

2014

/34/

EU

2 A

ppar

eil

ou S

ystè

me

de P

rote

ctio

n de

stin

é à

être

util

isé

en

Atm

osph

ères

Exp

losi

bles

Equ

ipm

ent o

r Pro

tect

ive

Sys

tem

Inte

nded

for u

se in

Pot

entia

lly

Exp

losi

ve A

tmos

pher

es

3 P

rodu

it :

P

rodu

ct :

In

terf

ace

GSI

127

GSI

127

inte

rfac

e

Ty

pe: 2

44-1

27-0

00-X

XX-A

2-B

YY

4 Fa

bric

ant :

Man

ufac

ture

r :

M

EGG

ITT

SA

5 A

dres

se :

Add

ress

:

R

oute

de

Mon

cor 4

17

52 V

illars

-sur

-Glâ

ne

SU

ISS

E

6 C

e pr

odui

t et s

es v

aria

ntes

éve

ntue

lles

acce

ptée

s so

nt d

écrit

s da

ns

I'ann

exe

de

la

pr

ésen

te

atte

stat

ion

et

dans

le

s do

cum

ents

des

crip

tifs

cité

s en

réfé

renc

e.

Th

is p

rodu

ct a

ny a

ccep

tabl

e va

riatio

n th

eret

o is

spe

cifie

d in

the

sche

dule

to th

is c

ertif

icat

e an

d th

e do

cum

ents

ther

ein

refe

rred

to.

7 Le

LC

IE,

Org

anis

me

Not

ifié

sous

la

ré

fére

nce

0081

co

nfor

mém

ent

à l’a

rticl

e 17

de

la d

irect

ive

2014

/34/

UE

du

Par

lem

ent e

urop

éen

et d

u C

onse

il du

26

févr

ier

2014

, cer

tifie

qu

e ce

pro

duit

est

conf

orm

e au

x E

xige

nces

Ess

entie

lles

de

Séc

urité

et d

e S

anté

pou

r la

con

cept

ion

et la

con

stru

ctio

n de

pr

odui

ts d

estin

és à

être

util

isés

en

atm

osph

ères

exp

losi

bles

, do

nnée

s da

ns l’

anne

xe II

de

la D

irect

ive.

LC

IE, N

otifi

ed B

ody

num

ber 0

081

in a

ccor

danc

e w

ith a

rticl

e 17

of

the

Dire

ctiv

e 20

14/3

4/E

U o

f th

e Eu

rope

an P

arlia

men

t an

d th

e C

ounc

il of

26

Febr

uary

201

4 ce

rtifie

s th

at p

rodu

ct h

as b

een

foun

d to

co

mpl

y w

ith

the

Ess

entia

l H

ealth

an

d S

afet

y R

equi

rem

ents

re

latin

g to

th

e de

sign

an

d co

nstru

ctio

n of

pr

oduc

ts in

tend

ed fo

r use

in p

oten

tially

exp

losi

ve a

tmos

pher

es,

give

n in

Ann

ex II

to th

e D

irect

ive.

Les

résu

ltats

des

vér

ifica

tions

et

essa

is f

igur

ent

dans

le(

s)

rapp

ort(s

) con

fiden

tiel(s

) N°

:

The

exam

inat

ion

and

test

res

ults

are

rec

orde

d in

con

fiden

tial

repo

rt(s)

N°:

1080

46-6

1494

7; 1

4152

9-68

5013

8 Le

resp

ect d

es E

xige

nces

Ess

entie

lles

de S

écur

ité e

t de

San

té

est a

ssur

é pa

r la

conf

orm

ité à

:

Com

plia

nce

with

th

e Es

sent

ial

Hea

lth

and

Safe

ty

Req

uire

men

ts h

as b

een

assu

red

by c

ompl

ianc

e w

ith :

E

N 6

0079

-0:2

012

+ A

11:2

013

E

N 6

0079

-11:

2012

E

N 6

0079

-15:

2010

9 Le

sig

ne «

X »

lor

squ'

il es

t pl

acé

à la

sui

te d

u nu

mér

o de

l’a

ttest

atio

n, in

diqu

e qu

e ce

t app

arei

l est

sou

mis

aux

con

ditio

ns

parti

culiè

res

d’ut

ilisat

ion ,

men

tionn

ées

dans

l’an

nexe

de

cette

at

test

atio

n.

If

the

sign

“X” i

s pl

aced

afte

r the

cer

tific

ate

num

ber,

it in

dica

tes

that

the

pro

duct

is s

ubje

ct t

o th

e Sp

ecifi

c C

ondi

tions

of

Use

sp

ecifi

ed in

the

sche

dule

to th

is c

ertif

icat

e.

10

Cet

te A

ttest

atio

n d'

Exa

men

UE

de

Type

con

cern

e un

ique

men

t la

con

cept

ion

et la

con

stru

ctio

n du

pro

duit

spéc

ifié.

This

EU

Typ

e E

xam

inat

ion

Cer

tific

ate

rela

tes

only

to th

e de

sign

an

d co

nstru

ctio

n of

the

spec

ified

pro

duct

.

Des

exi

genc

es s

uppl

émen

taire

s de

la d

irect

ive

sont

app

licab

les

pour

la fa

bric

atio

n et

la fo

urni

ture

du

prod

uit.

Ces

der

nièr

es n

e so

nt p

as c

ouve

rtes

par l

a pr

ésen

te a

ttest

atio

n.

Fu

rther

re

quire

men

ts

of

the

Dire

ctiv

e ap

ply

to

the

man

ufac

turin

g pr

oces

s an

d su

pply

of

this

pro

duct

. The

se a

re

not c

over

ed b

y th

is c

ertif

icat

e.

11 L

e m

arqu

age

du p

rodu

it es

t men

tionn

é da

ns l’

anne

xe d

e ce

tte

atte

stat

ion.

The

mar

king

of t

he p

rodu

ct is

spe

cifie

d in

the

sche

dule

to th

is

certi

ficat

e.

Fo

nten

ay-a

ux-R

oses

, le

30 n

ovem

bre

2016

Res

pons

able

de

Cer

tific

atio

n

Cer

tific

atio

n O

ffice

r Ju

lien

Gau

thie

r JJJ

llilliilllliGG

aauauuuuuauuauauauauaauauauuaauauauuaauuuuauaauauuuuuuuuuuuuauuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuauauuuuuuuuuaaauuuuuuuuuuauuuuuuuuaaaauuuauuuuaauuaaauuuuaauththtthttttthtttththttthttthtttttttthttttthhhhhhhhhhhhh

ieieieieerrrrrrrrrrrrr

JuJuJuJuJJJuJuJuJuJuJuJuJJuuJJuJJJuJuJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJllllliillillllilililile

nennnnGGGGGGG

ATT

ESTA

TIO

N D

’EXA

MEN

UE

DE

TYPE

- A

NN

EXE

EU

TY

PE

EX

AM

INA

TIO

N C

ER

TIFI

CA

TE -

SC

HE

DU

LE

Seu

l le

text

e en

fran

çais

peu

t eng

ager

la re

spon

sabi

lité

du L

CIE

. Ce

docu

men

t ne

peut

être

repr

odui

t que

dan

s so

n in

tégr

alité

, san

s au

cune

mod

ifica

tion.

Il e

st

étab

li en

acc

ord

avec

le ré

fére

ntie

l de

certi

ficat

ion

ATE

X du

LC

IE. T

he L

CIE

’s li

abili

ty a

pplie

s on

ly o

n th

e Fr

ench

text

. Thi

s do

cum

ent m

ay o

nly

be re

prod

uced

in

its e

ntire

ty a

nd w

ithou

t any

cha

nge.

It is

issu

ed in

acc

orda

nce

with

LC

IE’s

ATE

X C

ertif

icat

ion

Rul

es.

CE

RT-

ATEX

-FO

RM

04

Rev

. 02

Page

2 o

f 3

1 Ve

rsio

n : 0

1 LC

IE 1

3 A

TEX

3037

X

Issu

e : 0

1

12

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

DU

PR

OD

UIT

DES

CR

IPTI

ON

OF

PRO

DU

CT

L’

inte

rface

GS

I 12

7 fo

urni

t un

e is

olat

ion

galv

aniq

ue e

ntre

le

circ

uit d

’alim

enta

tion

ou le

circ

uit d

e tra

item

ent d

e si

gnal

(E

x nA

) et u

n ca

pteu

r ou

un c

ondi

tionn

eur (

Ex

ia).

L’

appa

reil

se c

ompo

se d

’une

car

te é

lect

roni

que

et d

es b

orne

s à

vis

mon

tées

dan

s un

boî

tier

plas

tique

. U

n re

vête

men

t co

nfor

me

est a

ppliq

ué s

ur d

eux

face

s de

la c

arte

.

Th

e G

SI

127

inte

rface

pro

vide

s ga

lvan

ic in

sola

tion

betw

een

pow

er s

uppl

y ci

rcui

t or

sign

al tr

eatm

ent c

ircui

t (E

x nA

) an

d a

sens

or o

r a c

ondi

tione

r (E

x ia

).

The

equi

pmen

t co

nsis

ts o

f el

ectro

nic

boar

d an

d sc

rew

ed

term

inal

s bl

ocks

m

ount

ed

insi

de

a pl

astic

en

clos

ure.

C

onfo

rmal

coa

ting

is a

pplie

d on

bot

h si

des

of t

he e

lect

roni

c bo

ard.

D

ETA

IL D

E LA

GA

MM

E

RA

NG

E D

ETA

ILS

24

4 -12

7-00

0-XX

X-A

2-B

YY

XX

X dé

finit

la v

ersi

on d

u pr

odui

t (X

= 0

à 9)

. Y

Y dé

finit

le m

ode

de t

rans

fert

(YY

= 01

à 1

9 po

ur l

a sp

écifi

catio

n ac

tuel

le;

YY =

20

à 39

pou

r la

spé

cific

atio

n al

tern

ativ

e).

24

4-12

7-00

0-XX

X-A

2-B

YY

XX

X de

fines

the

vers

ion

of th

e pr

oduc

t (X

= 0

to 9

). Y

Y de

fines

the

tra

nsfe

r m

ode

(YY

= 01

to

19 f

or a

ctua

l sp

ecifi

catio

n; Y

Y =

20 to

39

for a

ltern

ate

spec

ifica

tion)

.

M

AR

QU

AG

E

MA

RK

ING

Le m

arqu

age

du p

rodu

it do

it co

mpr

endr

e :

Th

e m

arki

ng o

f the

pro

duct

sha

ll in

clud

e th

e fo

llow

ing

:

M

EG

GIT

T S

A o

u V

IBR

O-M

ETE

R o

u M

FR S

3960

Adr

esse

: …

.. Ty

pe :

244-

127-

000-

XXX-

A2-

BY

Y

N°

de fa

bric

atio

n : …

A

nnée

de

fabr

icat

ion

: …

� II

3 (1

) G

Ex

nA [i

a G

a] II

C T

4 G

c LC

IE 1

3 A

TEX

3037

X

Alim

enta

tion

: U ≤

30

V, I

≤ 15

0 m

A C

apte

ur o

u co

nditi

onne

ur :

Pou

r 244

-127

-000

-XX

X-A

2-B

01 à

B19

: U

o: 25

,2 V

; Io:

60 m

A; P

o: 0,

7 W

; Co:

95 n

F; L

o: 5

mH

P

our 2

44-1

27-0

00-X

XX-

A2-

B20

à B

39:

Uo:

25,2

V; I

o: 45

mA

; Po:

0,5

W; C

o: 95

nF;

Lo:

10 m

H

M

EG

GIT

T S

A o

r VIB

RO

-ME

TER

or M

FR S

3960

Add

ress

: ...

Type

: 244

-127

-000

-XX

X-A

2-B

YY

S

eria

l num

ber:

...

Ye

ar o

f con

stru

ctio

n: …

�

II 3

(1) G

E

x nA

[ia

Ga]

IIC

T4

Gc

LC

IE 1

3 A

TEX

3037

X

Pow

er s

uppl

y : U

≤ 3

0 V

, I ≤

150

mA

Sen

sor o

r con

ditio

ner :

Fo

r 244

-127

-000

-XX

X-A

2-B

01 to

B19

: U

o: 25

.2 V

; Io:

60 m

A; P

o: 0.

7 W

; Co:

95 n

F; L

o: 5

mH

Fo

r 244

-127

-000

-XX

X-A

2-B

20 to

B39

: U

o: 25

.2 V

; Io:

45 m

A; P

o: 0.

5 W

; Co:

95 n

F; L

o: 10

mH

L’

appa

reil

doit

égal

emen

t co

mpo

rter

le

mar

quag

e no

rmal

emen

t pr

évu

par

les

norm

es d

e co

nstru

ctio

n qu

i le

co

ncer

nent

sou

s la

resp

onsa

bilit

é du

fabr

ican

t.

Th

e eq

uipm

ent s

hall

also

bea

r the

usu

al m

arki

ng re

quire

d by

th

e pr

oduc

t sta

ndar

ds a

pply

ing

to s

uch

equi

pmen

t und

er th

e m

anuf

actu

rer r

espo

nsib

ility.

13

CO

ND

ITIO

NS

PAR

TIC

ULI

ERES

D'U

TILI

SATI

ON

SPEC

IFIC

CO

ND

ITIO

NS

OF

USE

a.

L’ap

pare

il ne

doi

t être

racc

ordé

qu'

à de

s m

atér

iels

de

sécu

rité

intri

nsèq

ue c

ertif

iés

ou à

un

appa

reil

sim

ple.

Cet

te a

ssoc

iatio

n do

it êt

re c

ompa

tible

vis

-à-v

is d

e la

séc

urité

intri

nsèq

ue.

Th

e eq

uipm

ent

shal

l on

ly

be

conn

ecte

d to

as

soci

ated

in

trins

ical

ly s

afe

certi

fied

equi

pmen

t or s

impl

e ap

para

tus.

Thi

s co

mbi

natio

n m

ust b

e co

mpa

tible

as

rega

rd th

e in

trins

ic s

afet

y ru

les.

b.

L’

appa

reil

doit

être

inst

allé

dan

s un

e en

velo

ppe

conf

orm

e au

x ex

igen

ces

de l

a no

rme

EN

600

79-0

et

ayan

t un

deg

ré d

e pr

otec

tion

min

imal

IP54

.

Th

e ap

para

tus

shal

l be

inst

alle

d in

an

encl

osur

e co

nfor

m t

o th

e re

quire

men

ts o

f st

anda

rd E

N 6

0079

-0 a

nd w

ith in

gres

s pr

otec

tion

at le

ast I

P54.

c

Tem

péra

ture

am

bian

te d

’util

isat

ion

: -40

°C à

+70

°C.

O

pera

ting

ambi

ent t

empe

ratu

re: -

40°C

to +

70°C

.

14

EXIG

ENC

ES E

SSEN

TIEL

LES

DE

SAN

TE E

T D

E SE

CU

RIT

E

ESSE

NTI

AL

HEA

LTH

AN

D S

AFE

TY R

EQU

IREM

ENTS

C

ouve

rtes

par l

es n

orm

es li

stée

s au

poi

nt 8

.

C

over

ed b

y st

anda

rds

liste

d at

8.


Document reference CML 21 UKEX 4542 X EX CERTIFICATE – UKEdition 1 - September 2021 CML 21 UKEX 4542 X for GSI127 galvanic separation unit

5 / 6

IQS9xx


ATT

ESTA

TIO

N D

’EXA

MEN

UE

DE

TYPE

- A

NN

EXE

EU

TY

PE

EX

AM

INA

TIO

N C

ER

TIFI

CA

TE -

SC

HE

DU

LE

Seu

l le

text

e en

fran

çais

peu

t eng

ager

la re

spon

sabi

lité

du L

CIE

. Ce

docu

men

t ne

peut

être

repr

odui

t que

dan

s so

n in

tégr

alité

, san

s au

cune

mod

ifica

tion.

Il e

st

étab

li en

acc

ord

avec

le ré

fére

ntie

l de

certi

ficat

ion

ATE

X du

LC

IE. T

he L

CIE

’s li

abili

ty a

pplie

s on

ly o

n th

e Fr

ench

text

. Thi

s do

cum

ent m

ay o

nly

be re

prod

uced

in

its e

ntire

ty a

nd w

ithou

t any

cha

nge.

It is

issu

ed in

acc

orda

nce

with

LC

IE’s

ATE

X C

ertif

icat

ion

Rul

es.

CE

RT-

ATEX

-FO

RM

04

Rev

. 02

Page

3 o

f 3

1 Ve

rsio

n : 0

1 LC

IE 1

3 A

TEX

3037

X

Issu

e : 0

1

15

DO

CU

MEN

TS D

ESC

RIP

TIFS

DES

CR

IPTI

VE D

OC

UM

ENTS

N

° D

escr

iptio

n R

efer

ence

R

ev.

Dat

e P

age(

s)

1.

Tech

nica

l file

D

T 10

52

01

2016

-10-

24

36

2.

Use

r man

ual (

extra

ct)

PZ

8763

00

20

16-0

9-06

1

16

INFO

RM

ATI

ON

S C

OM

PLEM

ENTA

IRES

AD

DIT

ION

AL

INFO

RM

ATI

ON

S

Es

sais

indi

vidu

els

R

outin

e te

sts

C

haqu

e tra

nsfo

rmat

eur

T1 d

evra

être

sou

mis

à u

n es

sai

diél

ectri

que

sous

te

nsio

n d’

essa

i de

15

00

V ;

50/6

0 H

z ap

pliq

uée

entre

l’enr

oule

men

t prim

aire

et l

es e

nrou

lem

ents

se

cond

aire

s pe

ndan

t au

m

oins

60

s

conf

orm

émen

t au

pa

ragr

aphe

11.

2 de

la n

orm

e E

N 6

0079

-11:

2012

.

E

ach

trans

form

er T

1 sh

all b

e su

bmitt

ed to

die

lect

ric s

treng

th

test

und

er te

st v

olta

ge o

f 150

0 V

; 50/

60 H

z ap

plie

d be

twee

n th

e pr

imar

y w

indi

ng a

nd t

he s

econ

dary

win

ding

s du

ring

at

leas

t 60

s in

acc

orda

nce

with

cla

use

11.2

of

EN

600

79-1

1:20

12 s

tand

ard.

C

ondi

tions

de

cert

ifica

tion

C

ondi

tions

of c

ertif

icat

ion

Le

s dé

tent

eurs

d’a

ttest

atio

ns d

’exa

men

UE

de

type

doi

vent

ég

alem

ent s

atis

faire

les

exig

ence

s de

con

trôle

de

prod

uctio

n te

lles

que

défin

ies

à l’a

rticl

e 13

de

la D

irect

ive

2014

/34/

UE

.

H

olde

rs o

f EU

type

exa

min

atio

n ce

rtific

ates

are

als

o re

quire

d to

com

ply

with

the

prod

uctio

n co

ntro

l req

uire

men

ts d

efin

ed in

ar

ticle

13

of D

irect

ive

2014

/34/

EU

.

E

n ac

cord

ave

c l’A

rticl

e 41

de

la D

irect

ive

2014

/34/

UE

, le

s at

test

atio

ns d

’exa

men

CE

de

type

men

tionn

ant

la D

irect

ive

94/9

/CE

ém

ises

ava

nt l

a da

te d

’app

licat

ion

de l

a D

irect

ive

2014

/34/

UE

(20

avril

201

6) p

euve

nt ê

tre c

onsi

déré

es c

omm

e ém

ises

en

acco

rd a

vec

la D

irect

ive

2014

/34/

UE

. Les

nou

velle

s ve

rsio

ns d

e ce

s at

test

atio

ns p

euve

nt c

onse

rver

le n

umér

o de

l’a

ttest

atio

n d’

orig

ine

émis

e av

ant l

e 20

avr

il 20

16.

In

acc

orda

nce

with

Arti

cle

41 o

f D

irect

ive

2014

/34/

EU

, E

C-

Type

Exa

min

atio

n C

ertif

icat

es r

efer

ring

to D

irect

ive

94/9

/EC

th

at w

ere

in e

xist

ence

prio

r to

the

dat

e of

app

licat

ion

of

Dire

ctiv

e 20

14/3

4/E

U (2

0 A

pril

2016

) may

be

refe

renc

ed a

s if

they

wer

e is

sued

in a

ccor

danc

e w

ith D

irect

ive

2014

/34/

EU

. N

ew i

ssue

s of

suc

h ce

rtific

ates

may

con

tinue

to

bear

the

or

igin

al c

ertif

icat

e nu

mbe

r iss

ued

prio

r to

20 A

pril

2016

.

17

DET

AIL

S D

ES M

OD

IFIC

ATI

ON

S

D

ETA

ILS

OF

CH

AN

GES

V

ersi

on 0

0 :

(31/

05/2

013)

E

valu

atio

n de

la c

onfo

rmité

sel

on le

s no

rmes

E

N 6

0079

-0:2

012,

EN

600

79-1

1:20

12 e

t E

N 6

0079

-15:

2010

.

Is

sue

00 :

(2

013/

05/3

1)

Con

form

ity a

sses

smen

t acc

ordi

ng to

E

N 6

0079

-0:2

012,

EN

600

79-1

1:20

12 a

nd

EN

600

79-1

5:20

10 s

tand

ards

.

V

ersi

on 0

1 :

� M

ise

à jo

ur n

orm

ativ

e se

lon

la n

orm

e

EN

600

79-0

:201

2 +

A11

:201

3.

� N

ouve

lle p

lage

de

tem

péra

ture

am

bian

te

d’ut

ilisat

ion

: -40

°C à

+70

°C

� M

ise

à jo

ur d

e la

dés

igna

tion

du ty

pe p

our

diffé

renc

ier d

eux

spéc

ifica

tions

.

Is

sue

01 :

�

Nor

mat

ive

upda

te a

ccor

ding

to

EN

600

79-0

:201

2 +

A11

:201

3 st

anda

rd.

� N

ew o

pera

ting

ambi

ent t

empe

ratu

re ra

nge:

-4

0°C

to +

70°C

. �

Upd

ate

of ty

pe d

esig

natio

n to

diff

eren

tiate

tw

o sp

ecifi

catio

ns.


EX CERTIFICATE – UK Document reference CML 21 UKEX 4542 XCML 21 UKEX 4542 X for GSI127 galvanic separation unit Edition 1 - September 20216 / 6



G - 1

APPENDIX G: EAЭC RU CERTIFICATIONS


Table G-1: Related EAЭC RU certificates


ABA17x EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.02998/21

GSI127 EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.03008/21

EA4xx, IQS4xx and TQ4xx EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.03003/21

PA151 EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.03022/21

INSTALLATION MANUAL Document reference MAPROX400/EProximity measurement systems using TQ4xx proximity sensors Edition 19 - January 2022G - 2





www.meggitt.com

EX CERTIFICATE – RU

Document reference EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.02998/21 Edition 1 – March 2021

Title page

EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.02998/21 for

ABA17x industrial housings

EX





Original copy (Russian)

Document reference EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.02998/21 EX CERTIFICATE – RUEdition 1 - March 2021 EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.02998/21 for ABA17x

1 / 4

FR EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.02998/21 (EN) Original copy EN


EX CERTIFICATE – RU Document reference EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.02998/21 EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.02998/21 for ABA17x Edition 1 - March 20212 / 4



Document reference EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.02998/21 EX CERTIFICATE – RUEdition 1 - March 2021 EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.02998/21 for ABA17x

3 / 4



EX CERTIFICATE – RU Document reference EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.02998/21 EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.02998/21 for ABA17x Edition 1 - March 20214 / 4




www.meggitt.com


Document reference EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.03008/21 Edition 1 – March 2021

Title page

EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.03008/21 for

GSI127 galvanic separation unit

EX






Document reference EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.03008/21 EX CERTIFICATE – RUEdition 1 - March 2021 EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.03008/21 for GSI127

1 / 4



EX CERTIFICATE – RU Document reference EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.03008/21 EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.03008/21 for GSI127 Edition 1 - March 20212 / 4



Document reference EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.03008/21 EX CERTIFICATE – RUEdition 1 - March 2021 EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.03008/21 for GSI127

3 / 4



EX CERTIFICATE – RU Document reference EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.03008/21 EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.03008/21 for GSI127 Edition 1 - March 20214 / 4




www.meggitt.com


Document reference EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.03003/21Edition 1 – March 2021

Title page

EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.03003/21for

TQ4xx, EA4xx and IQS4xxproximity measurement systems

EX






Document reference EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.03003/21 EX CERTIFICATE – RUEdition 1 - March 2021 EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.03003/21 for TQ4xx, EA4xx and IQS4xx

1 / 4



EX CERTIFICATE – RU Document reference EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.03003/21EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.03003/21 for TQ4xx, EA4xx and IQS4xx Edition 1 - March 20212 / 4



Document reference EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.03003/21 EX CERTIFICATE – RUEdition 1 - March 2021 EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.03003/21 for TQ4xx, EA4xx and IQS4xx

3 / 4



EX CERTIFICATE – RU Document reference EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.03003/21EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.03003/21 for TQ4xx, EA4xx and IQS4xx Edition 1 - March 20214 / 4




www.meggitt.com


Document reference EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.03022/21Edition 1 – March 2021

Title page

EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.03022/21for

PA151 probe mounting adaptor

EX






Document reference EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.03022/21 EX CERTIFICATE – RUEdition 1 - March 2021 EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.03022/21 for PA151

1 / 4



EX CERTIFICATE – RU Document reference EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.03022/21EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.03022/21 for PA151 Edition 1 - March 20212 / 4



Document reference EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.03022/21 EX CERTIFICATE – RUEdition 1 - March 2021 EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.03022/21 for PA151

3 / 4



EX CERTIFICATE – RU Document reference EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.03022/21EAЭC RU C-CH.AД07.B.03022/21 for PA151 Edition 1 - March 20214 / 4



H - 1

APPENDIX H: PESO CERTIFICATIONS


Table H-1: Related PESO certificates


EA4xx, IQS4xx and TQ4xx PESO A/P/HQ/WB/104/5575 (P447944)

INSTALLATION MANUAL Document reference MAPROX400/EProximity measurement systems using TQ4xx proximity sensors Edition 19 - January 2022H - 2



Meggitt SA, Rte de Moncor 4, PO Box 1616, CH-1701 Fribourg, Switzerland Tel: +41 26 407 1111Fax: +41 26 407 1660


www.meggitt.com

EX CERTIFICATE – PESO

Document reference PESO A/P/HQ/WB/104/5575 (P447944)Edition 1 – May 2020

Title page

A/P/HQ/WB/104/5575 (P447944)for

TQ4xx, EA4xx and IQS4xxproximity measurement system

EX






Document reference PESO A/P/HQ/WB/104/5575 (P447944) EX CERTIFICATE – PESOEdition 1 - May 2020 A/P/HQ/WB/104/5575 (P447944) for TQ4xx, EA4xx and IQS4xx

1 / 2

FR PESO A/P/HQ/WB/104/5575 (P447944) (EN) Original copy EN


EX CERTIFICATE – PESO Document reference PESO A/P/HQ/WB/104/5575 (P447944)A/P/HQ/WB/104/5575 (P447944) for TQ4xx, EA4xx and IQS4xx Edition 1 - May 20202 / 2

FR PESO A/P/HQ/WB/104/5575 (P447944) (EN) Original copy EN

Documents

Manual_TQ4xx_installation-en.pdf - Meggitt Sensing Systems